As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 2009 Registration No. _____________



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549



FORM 10



GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS


Under Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934



Calibrus, Inc.

(Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)



                                                Nevada

                                                                                                                                     86-0970023

                           (State or other jurisdiction of                                                                  (I.R.S. Employer

                            incorporation or organization)                                                                Identification No.)


              1225 West Washington Street, Suite 213, Tempe, AZ

                                                          85281

                        (Address of principal executive offices)                                                       (Zip Code)


                                                                   Issuer's telephone number: (602) 778-7500


                                                       Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:


                               Title of each class                                                         Name of each exchange on which

                              to be so registered                                                            each class is to be registered

                                        None

                                                                              None

                                                     Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:


                                                              Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

                                                                                     (Title of Class)


Indicate by Check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check One):

Large Accelerated filer ¨

Accelerated filer ¨

Non-accelerated filer     ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company x




Calibrus, Inc., Inc.

 

FORM 10

                                

TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

 

Page

 

 

 

Item 1

Business

3

Item 2

Financial Information

13

Item 3

Properties

18

Item 4

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

18

Item 5

Directors and Executive Officers

20

Item 6

Executive Compensation

23

Item 7

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence

27

Item 8

Legal Proceedings

27

Item 9

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's

              Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

27

Item 10

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

28

Item 11

Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

28

Item 12

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

29

Item 13

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

29

Item 14

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

30

Item 15

Financial Statements and Exhibits

30

 

 

 






SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


This Form 10 contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies or synergies, competitive positions, growth opportunities for existing products, plans and objectives of management. Statements in this Form 10 that are not historical facts are hereby identified as “forward-looking statements.”


Item 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS


Calibrus, Inc. is a technology based Hosted Business Solutions provider established in 1999.  Calibrus provides Third Party Verification Services, Hosted Call Recording Services and Interactive Voice Response/Voice Recognition Unit (IVR/VRU) Services to some of the largest telecom, cable and insurance companies in the nation.  We estimate that we have processed over 50 million live agent calls/recordings and 5 million IVR calls/recordings to date serving these companies.  With over 160 employees and cutting edge PBXs, ACD, network equipment, data storage arrays and servers, we are the hosted solution company that these Fortune 100/50 companies trust with their data.


Our technology provides us with the ability to provide fully-integrated live voice, data, and automated services and combinations of services out of a unified platform.  Our system’s processes and functionality are completely controlled by object-oriented code means allowing our IT staff to easily design and build systems that satisfy client’s process requirements.  Using our technology has allowed us to develop and build customized web-based solutions incorporating call recording, “click to call” and voice message broadcast functionality.


Calibrus Products and Services


Calibrus Hosted Third Party Verification (TPV) Services


Calibrus' Third Party Verification service is easy to use and offers both Live Operator and IVR/VRU Third Party Verification services.  Calibrus’ Live Operators process thousands of TPV calls daily.  Live Operator TPV to date, has been the solution of choice for several of our largest customers.  Live operators offer the best customer experience and typically higher success rates over IVR/VRU solutions.  Our Automated IVR (Interactive Voice Response) solution offers a low-cost alternative to a live voice agent while ensuring compliance with both FCC and State PUC (Public Utility Commission) Third Party Verification requirements. Our IVR systems feature intuitive scripting to automatically ensure the correct questions are asked. Our custom IVR solutions enable client’s customers to easily opt-out to a live agent at any time if they require personal attention.


What is Third Party Verification?


Third Party Verification, (TPV) is the confirmation of a customer’s order by an independent third party.  This process protects both the customer and the company selling from fraud and slamming/cramming of products onto their lines.  Once the sale has been made the customer is transferred to an independent Third Party, such as Calibrus, that will read a pre-determined script to which the customer will answer yes or no.  


The Federal Communications Commission, FCC, in 1996 enacted the Telecommunications Act which forced the Regional Bell Operating Companies to open their lines to competition.  Accordingly, telecom companies were required to allow competitors to lease their lines and provide service to customers at a rate set by each individual State’s Utility Commission.  This was to promote competition and help new competitors compete with the larger telecom companies on a level playing field.  Unfortunately, this led to another phenomena called slamming, customers being switched from one company to another without their approval, and sometimes without any knowledge whatsoever until they received their bill.  


In response to slamming, legislation was enacted that required companies that were changing a customer’s dial tone or long distance to their services would have to first obtain the customer’s approval in one of three ways:


·

A written and signed Letter of Authorization indicating that customer agrees to the change.


·

An automated or live agent independent third party that the customer is transferred to for the verification.


·

An electronic Signature on an electronic Letter of Authorization, usually done on websites.

 


 

-3-





Calibrus fulfills the second requirement, providing both automated IVR/VRU and Live Agent Third party Verifications Services for our clients.


Automated IVR/VRU Service Highlights


·

Dual Channel Recording to Eliminate the Loss of Interactions/Customer Statements

·

Very Low Implementation and Ongoing Cost

·

Simple to Set Up, Implement and Launch

·

Close to Real-Time Call Record and .wav File Retrieval and Posting

·

Dedicated Management and IT Resources, 24/7 Availability

·

Superior Value and Cost Competitive IVR Services


Our automated IVR verification method provides customers with a pre-determined script to comply with each client's unique verification requirements.  The following diagram demonstrates our basic Automated IVR Process Method:


[CALIBRUSFORM10FINALDEC18001.JPG]


Our Automated IVR/VRU TPV services are priced on per transaction or per minute usage.


Live Operator TPV


In addition to our automated TPV services, we also offer Live Operator TPV Service.  When customers want to provide live interactions with ultimate flexibility, our Live Operator Services can be used in conjunction with our automated TPV services or as a stand alone service.  Customers that select our Live Operator service offering will see several benefits, such as:


·

Provides better Customer Experience

·

Superior Universal Language Coverage (i.e. Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc.)

·

Documented Higher Success Rates (success rates average over 96%)

·

Higher Success Rates Mean:

o

Less Back Room Clean-up Expense

o

Fewer Lost Sales due to Non-Verified TPV’s

·

Close to Real-Time Call Record and .wav File Retrieval and Posting

·

Cost Competitive Live Operator Answering Service

 


 

-4-





Calibrus has developed a TPV process that allows for a very efficient transfer of data from a sales agent to a Calibrus Live Operator.  This process reduces call lengths, agent errors, and TPV costs.  The following is a diagram of our Live Operator TPV Process Method.


[CALIBRUSFORM10FINALDEC18002.JPG]




Our Live Operator Third Party Verification solution helps our customers meet compliance requirements and improve their overall business processes.   TPV revenue accounted for 94.5% of the company's total revenue.  For 2007, 99% of our TPV revenue was derived from Live Operator services and 1% was derived IVR/VRU services.  Our TPV services are priced on per transaction or per minute usage.



VOIP Verifications


Calibrus Live Agent VOIP Verifications provide a solution for customers that want to provide live interactions with the ultimate flexibility.  Automated IVR Verifications is a low-cost alternative to a live voice agent that still complies with both FCC and State PUC third party verification requirements.  Intuitive scripting ensures the correct questions are automatically asked.  Customers can easily opt-out to a live agent at any time if they require personal attention.  


Hosted Call Recording


Calibrus’ Call Recording service is easy to use and cost-effective and offers a number of features necessary for a superior call recording solution.  Calibrus’ Hosted Call Recording solutions are an alternative for companies that do not wish to invest in expensive hardware, maintenance and support of a state-of-the-art call recording system.


Our Hosted Call Recording Features include:


·

All Inclusive Pay-As-You-Go Pricing Model by the Minute or by the Transaction/Call

·

No Maintenance, Upgrade, Programming, Site/Seat Licensing or Change Fees

·

Call Record & .wav File Access 24/7 Via a Secured Website for Easy Retrieval

·

Customized Reporting Options

·

High Quality Recording with Redundant Systems and Disaster Recovery

·

Compatible and Flexible Process can be used with Virtually Any System

·

Optional Quality Control Monitoring and Evaluation Services



Hosted Call Recording for the Insurance Industry


Our call recording solution assists insurance companies to record and retain valuable, mission critical conversations that occur during claim statements and interviews, while, we believe, improving efficiencies and reducing costs in the claims process.  



-5-

 



Calibrus’ recording process is easy to use, secure and completely customizable.  Insurance adjusters can set up a call and start recording quickly without expensive equipment.  The Calibrus system ties important information for the claim, claim number, interviewee name, and other information to the .wav file so customers can sort it later.  The adjustor dials into Calibrus and records the conversation with the claimant and simply hangs up when finished.  The recording will be processed and available within minutes after the call is finished and accessible via the reporting website.  If necessary, Calibrus can send a confirmation email to the adjuster that includes a hyperlink to the recording for easy retrieval.


Once the recording has ended a secure password protected web-based reporting website allows claims managers, compliance officers and executives to access the recordings of the claim statements and interviews in seconds.  Indexing of the data such as claim number, insured name, interviewee name, and adjuster ID allows authorized individuals the ability to search on things such as claim number and find all associated recordings for that claim.  The reporting website serves as a QA (quality assurance) and management tool as well, providing the ability to pull up all recordings for an adjuster ID and listen to every call that a particular adjuster did that day.  


For independent/contracted adjusters out in the field Calibrus has developed an upload tool to provide insurance companies with the ability to combine all of their digital claims recordings, whether done internally or externally by contracted companies, into one database.  The Calibrus upload capability allows external adjustors/interviewers to record interviews “on the street” and then upload them to the Calibrus database using a secure web portal.  Independent adjusters can use any handheld recorder that can download a recording into a .wav file format onto their computers.  


The upload process is very simple to use:  Access the secure web portal, enter in the information into the portal  to be tied to the recording, mark the “Upload” existing file checkbox, identify the file and hit submit.  The file is then uploaded into the Claims Recording Database and is then available to pull in the reporting website. Calibrus offers insurance companies the ability to switch to a hosted solution without having to invest heavily into an internal recording solution.  By using our hosted solution customers forgo having to invest in hardware, software, site licenses, continuous upgrades, storage facilities and dedicated IT support.  We handle all of that for our customers, and  get a recording solution in place within weeks.  Other benefits of using our solution are immediate access for playback of the recorded statement, back up redundancy of the digital .wav file for security purposes, enhanced call tracking and data analysis, ability by managers to quickly review calls and provide coaching easily, and customizable report capabilities.   For 2007, 5.5% of our total revenue was derived from Call Recording services.


Voice Message Broadcasting (VMB)


Our web-based voice message broadcasting solution has the ability to contact hundreds to thousands of people in seconds.  Create dialing parameters based upon dialing lists, message to be sent and the times to call out on, which can be adjusted to fit time zones across the nation.  Customers can broadcast caller id, change and record your message in a matter of minutes.


Our voice message broadcasting programs can assist in:


·

Retail Sales Alerts

·

Thank You Messages

·

Direct Customers to your website

·

Relationship calls – Happy Birthday, Anniversary, etc.

·

Political Campaigns – Get out to Vote

·

Customer Loyalty campaigns to repeat customers

·

Meeting/Conference Notifications

·

Fundraising

·

Sports Team Advertising

·

School and Emergency Notifications


Calibrus Click-To-Call Services “ClickTalk”


Calibrus “ClickTalk”  service allows customers to put a button or icon on a website or web-listing that will allow customers to contact


-6-





others by telephone automatically and anonymously.  The “ClickTalk” functionality has a variety of uses:


·

Call Tracking

·

Lead Generation

·

Save Sales on Cancellations

·

Online Phone Surveys

·

Real Estate Listings


When someone presses the Calibrus “ClickTalk” button a pop up appears so that they can enter their phone number.  Once a phone number is entered, hit the submit button, the Calibrus system places an outbound call to them and once they have answered our system places a second call to a pre-programmed number and connects you with the customer.


Call Center Services


Calibrus, Inc. has been delivering call center services since 1999 to Fortune 500 companies as well as small businesses.  Calibrus live operator agents can provide call center services to customers who want to grow their business or handle temporary, seasonal or overflow volume.


Several call center services Calibrus can provide are:


Outbound

Inbound

Cold Calls

Customer Support/Help Desk

Outbound Telemarketing

Order Taking/Fulfillment

Phone Surveys

Answering Service

Lead Qualifying

Sales Verifications

Direct Mail Follow up

Seminar Sign-up

Fundraising

Political Campaigns

Internet Sales Verifications

Collections


SpeechTrack.com


Calibrus has developed a hosted call recording utility that anyone can use from any phone.  Through the SpeechTrack.com website anyone can record a phone conversation whether they are at work, home or on a cell phone.  SpeechTrack enables phone conversations to be recorded easily, and securely, at a low per minute cost.  SpeechTrack is an ideal solution for any individual, independent professional or small business owner.  SpeechTrack is a hosted solution that requires no hardware or software to be purchased.  SpeechTrack can also be used for dictation purposes.  Customers can access their recordings online on SpeechTrack’s secure website.  Customers can add notes to the recording file to keep track of their calls and they can also download the recordings to their computer.  Our plan is to market SpeechTrack.com to small to midsize businesses and individual professionals through several different marketing channels, including internet advertising, radio ads, forums, blogs and traditional print media.


Businesses and individuals use SpeechTrack for:


Staffing and Training

Protection/Disputes/Resolution – Prove “who said what” in a dispute

Confirmation of Agreements or Document Replacement

Compliance

Best Practice/Advice or Instructions

 


-7-





SpeechTrack users use our service for a myriad of purposes.  Below is a partial list of just some of the type of independent professionals/small business owners that may utilize Speechtrack.


Attorneys

Accountants

Contractors/Vendors

Doctors

Executive Coaching

Service Providers

Sales Professionals

Private Investigators

Project Manager/Coordinators

Insurance Agents

Mortgage/Financial Brokers

Conference Calls

Market Researchers


Technology


Using software based PBX (public exchange system – best known as a telephone switch), ACD (automated call distribution), network equipment, data storage arrays, and servers; we have developed object oriented software application building blocks and relational databases. Because we record every verification conversation digitally, our system allows clients to be actively involved in monitoring and managing our services through secure Internet sites, VPN (virtual private networks), and dedicated point-to-point connectivity. By allowing near real time review of data and verification conversations, this infrastructure allows our clients to actively participate in the management of their programs.  We virtually eliminate data errors because the majority of the data is transferred electronically.  


Redundancy and Safeguards


Calibrus has worked diligently to provide the necessary redundancy and disaster recovery requirements to our clients.  We offer a number of safeguards for our clients including separate power generation units in the event of a failure by the utility; we have UPS’s (uninterrupted power supply) for all network and telecom equipment; we have UPS on every agent station and our system up-time was over 99.9%.  For telecom access Calibrus utilizes two separate long distance providers that both have multiple access points into the Phoenix Metro area.  One telecom company provides the primary number while the second provides the back-up number to prevent any downtime that could arise in a particular company’s network.  


Calibrus’ facilities ride self-healing SONET rings to ensure uptime and eliminate the worry of fiber cuts.  Since Calibrus is connected to the telecom’s network, we are able to install additional T1’s or PTP (point-to-point) data circuits on a significantly reduced timeframe.  It is common to have new circuits delivered and functioning within 10 business days, much quicker than the 30-45 business days most companies will receive.  Calibrus uses multiple PBX’s, including fail over switches and trunk groups; we utilize multiple firewalls, routers and networks; and have automated tape back-up guards against data loss and corruption.  


Calibrus uses both PRI's and Dedicated Long Distance T1s for inbound calls and is capable of receiving and interpreting ANI (automatic number identification) information.  Calibrus can then use this information in conjunction with our CTI (computer telephone integration) functionalities for reporting and indexing functionality.  


Security


Calibrus understands the need to protect data belonging to our customers.  With that understanding, we have developed strict guidelines to protect customer information.  Controlled access to data centers, physical security measures, and strong passwords on all network equipment ensures that only authorized personnel can gain entrance to sensitive areas and protects Calibrus’ internal vulnerabilities.  Firewalls, Access Control Lists and VPNs ensure that data is safe from external vulnerabilities.   



-8-

 



We do offer several levels of securing access to our client’s data, as it can vary from client to client.  With the web based utility that some clients utilize we offer password protection and unique individual logins, that can be completely controlled and maintained by the client by a custom interface, which can also be password protected, if necessary.   Some of our clients find that task to be burdensome due to their number of agents and managers.  For those specific clients, if they are coming through a proxy, we can limit access to the websites, both agent entry and, to trusted IPs (internet protocol).  This would limit the access to only those that are coming through the company’s client side channel, to the Calibrus website.


Reporting


Calibrus custom builds all reports to suit our client’s needs because we have found that the information that each customer requires may be different from the information required by another client.  All PBX’s are centralized in our server databases and therefore, we can easily relate PBX data with call data.  As a result, we can custom build reports to the specifications of our clients and provide the data in any format to the client:  Excel, fixed length and comma delimited, and deliver it in multiple ways, such as through a website, Web Service, e-mail, connect direct or FTP (file transfer protocol).  We build all return files to client specifications and can deliver them at the times the client requests.


Regulations


One of Calibrus’ main services is providing both Live Operator and IVR/VRU Third Party Verification (TPV).  Third Party Verification is mandated by both the FCC and State PUC agencies.  Third Party Verification is the confirmation of a customer’s order by an independent third party.  This process protects both the customer and the company selling from fraud and slamming/cramming of products onto their lines.  Once the sale has been made the customer is transferred to an independent Third Party that will read a pre-determined script to which the customer will answer yes or no.


The Federal Communications Commission, FCC, in 1996 enacted the Telecommunications Act which forced the Regional Bell Operating Companies to open their lines to competition.  Accordingly, they were required to allow competitors to lease their lines and provide service to customers at a rate set by each individual State’s Utility Commission.  This was to promote competition and help new competitors compete with the large corporations on a level playing field.  


This led to another phenomena called slamming, customers being switched from one company to another without their approval, and sometimes without any knowledge whatsoever until they received their bill.  


In response to this, legislation was enacted that required companies that were changing a customer’s Dial Tone or Long Distance to their services would have to first obtain the customer’s approval in one of three ways.  


·

A written and signed Letter of Authorization indicating that customer agrees to the change.


·

An automated or live agent independent third party that the customer is transferred to for the verification.


·

An electronic Signature on an electronic Letter of Authorization, usually done on websites.


Calibrus fulfills the second requirement, providing both automated IVR, and Live Agent Third Party Verifications Services for our clients.  Third Party Verification though intended to be a protection for the customer, is also a protection for the company initiating the switch as well.  The necessity for TPV prevents companies from switching customers without their approval, and it also prevents a customer, or another company, from alleging that the company switched a customer without their approval.  The protection that TPV provides for the company is critical as the fines levied by the FCC and the State PUCs can run in the millions of dollars and also include the loss of the ability to sell telecommunications products in a specific area.  


 

-9-

 


Even though Calibrus acts as a Third Party Verification provider, Calibrus is not directly subject under any regulations.  The service or process that we provide for our clients does have several defined rules and regulations that must be followed.   For example, scripts that are implemented and used in both our Live Operator and IVR/VRU TPV services must be read verbatim to the customer.  There are certain pre-defined questions that must be asked to the customer and certain types of information must be gathered from the customer in order for the TPV to be verified.  The FCC and each State PUC has varying requirements in regards to the information that must be communicated to the customer and the information that must be captured.   In addition, there are record keeping requirements for both data and voice for each Third Party Verification transaction.  Whether the TPV is conducted by a Live Operator or IVR/VRU TPV there must be a voice recording of the customer responding to the script and the data that was captured during the transaction must also be recorded.  The voice recordings and associated data must be archived and made available for up to thirty six (36) months.  



Competitors


Calibrus faces numerous competitors both within and outside the United States.  Many of Calibrus’ competitors are much larger and better financed.  The only barrier to entry in Calibrus markets is sufficient start up capital to buy initial equipment and such costs are not substantial.


Some of Calibrus’ competitors include VoiceLog, now owned and operated by BSG Group, 3PV and Data Exchange.  Calibrus competes with these competitors for business by offering superior quality of service that is reliable and low cost in the market.


Concentration of Customers


Currently over eighty percent of our revenue comes from two customers, AT&T Communications and Cox Communications.  This revenue is derived from our TPV business.  We are actively moving away from the TPV business being our primary operations and are hopeful that we will be able to reduce our reliance on these two customers.  If we were to lose one of these customers before our other business starts generating more revenue, it could have a detrimental effect on our ability to stay in business.


Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Franchises, Concessions, Royalty Agreements or Labor Contracts, including Duration


We protect some of our technology as trade secrets and, where appropriate, we use trademarks or register trademarks  in connection with products and our core name.  We do not have any patents.  We have one trademark covering our name “Calibrus.”


Research and Development Costs During the Last Two Fiscal Years


From January 1, 2006, to December 31, 2007, we did not incur research and development costs.  We expect as we expand into new markets we may start incurring more research and development costs.


Risks Related to Calibrus

 

Calibrus’ operations are subject to a number of risks including:


We currently have losses from operations and will need additional capital to execute our business plan.


Currently we have losses from operations and we have had to rely on profits from prior years to fund current losses.    As consolidation has come over the telecommunications business, our TPV business has been reduced.  We have been leveraging our technology capabilities to expand into new areas but it will take some time for the new areas to replace the loss in business from our TPV operations.  If we are not able to generate sufficient revenues, we may be forced to seek additional capital to fund potential shortfalls.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital or that we will be able to raise capital on terms that are favorable to Calibrus and current stockholders.


If we are not able to stop our losses or expand into new areas, we may be forced to terminate operations.

 


-10-

 


With revenues from our main business, TPV, being reduced as a result of consolidation in the telecommunications’ industry, we have had to look to expand into new areas.  If these expansion efforts do not prove successful, our ability to stay in operation is questionable.  We are already trying to reduce our expenses related to TPV to be able to make a profit at anticipated revenue levels.  With long term rent commitments, we were only able to reduce expenses in the last couple of quarters. Even with the reduced expenses, we still operate at a loss and will have to continue to reduce expenses to be able to make a profit at anticipated TPV revenue levels.  Our future success will depend to a great extent on our ability to expand into new revenue areas.  Since we are only beginning expansion into these revenue areas, prospective investors will not be able to rely on an operating history when evaluating our potential.  If our expansion efforts do not prove successful, it is likely we would not be able to stay in business with only TPV sales.


With our expansion into new business areas, our ability to raise additional capital may be key to our success and without additional capital, we may not be able to stay in business.


We have been losing money and need to expand into new business areas as our TPV business, which has been our primary operations, has declining revenue.  Even if we leverage our current technology and infrastructure, without additional capital it will be difficult for us to enter into new business markets.  With the current credit crisis in the United States, it may be difficult to raise capital and we do not think traditional forms of financing, such as bank loans, will be available for us.  We may explore raising capital through the sale of debt or equity securities but at this point have not evaluated the nature of any such sales.  Given the current economic times, we would anticipate it being difficult to raise any capital and believe the terms we could obtain may not be very favorable, possibly resulting in substantial dilution to current shareholders.


There can be no assurance the new business areas we pursue will be successful and if they are not, it is likely we would be forced to terminate operations.


We have only begun to expand our product offering and to date have not had significant sales outside of our TPV operations.  Accordingly, it will be difficult to evaluate the potential for success of the new product offerings.  If the new products and services do not prove successful, it will be unlikely we will have the capital to pursue new business directions.  


Our inability to adequately retain or protect our employees, customer relationships and proprietary technology could harm our ability to compete.     


Our future success and ability to compete depends in part upon our employees and their customer relationships, as well as our proprietary technology.  Despite our efforts, we may not prevent third parties from soliciting our employees or customers or infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our employees, customer relationships and intellectual property may not provide us with a competitive advantage adequate to prevent the competitors from entering the markets for our products and services. Additionally, our competitors, which are larger and better financed, could independently develop non-infringing technologies that are competitive with, and equivalent or superior to our technology.


We face numerous competitors and as a result, we may not get the business we seek.    


We have many competitors with comparable technology and capabilities that compete for the same group of customers. Our competitors are competent and experienced and are continuously working to take projects away from us. Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Our ability to compete effectively may be adversely affected by the ability of these competitors to devote greater resources to the sale and marketing of their products and services.


We depend upon a single customer segment, the telecommunication market, for the majority of revenues and a decrease in its demand for our services or pricing modifications in this customer segment might harm our operating results.     


Currently, a substantial part of our revenue sources come from our TPV business related to telecommunications.  As the telecommunication business has consolidated, we have already seen a reduction in revenue.  If this market segment continues to consolidate, we could see a further reduction in the TPV revenue from telecommunications.  Although we have moved to expand our product offerings, it will take time for our new offerings to gain acceptance in the marketplace and there can be no assurances that the new product offerings will prove successful.  Accordingly, it is possible, we could see further reduction in business and increased losses if the TPV business is reduced further.  Additionally, two customers, AT&T Communications and Cox Communications, account for over  80% of our business and the loss of either could make it difficult for us to stay in business.

 


-11-

 

 


We may not be able to adapt quickly enough to changing customer requirements and industry standards .

  

We are in an industry dependent on technology and the ability to adapt this technology to changing  market needs.   We may not be able to adapt quickly enough to changing customer requirements and preferences and industry standards. Competitors are continually  introducing new products and services with new technologies. These changes and the emergence of new industry standards and practices could render our existing products obsolete and will require us to spend funds on research and development to stay competitive.


Efforts to expand will place a significant strain on our management, operational, financial and other resources .

  

We plan to expand our operations by introducing new products and aggressively marketing existing products  placing a significant strain on our management, operations, technical performance and financial resources. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage expansion effectively.  Our current and planned personnel, systems, procedures, and controls may not be adequate to support and effectively manage our future operations, especially as we employ personnel in multiple geographic locations. We may not be able to hire, train, retain, motivate, and manage required personnel, which may limit our growth. If any of this were to occur, it could damage our reputation, limit our growth, negatively affect our operating results and harm our business.

  

We have limited funds upon which to rely for adjusting to business variations and for growing new business.


We have recently been experiencing losses in our business as we move to expand our product offerings and adjust to changes in our customers.  Currently, our working capital is limited and if we were to lose existing customers, it could further hurt our ability to continue in business.  It is likely we will have to seek additional capital in the future as we seek to expand our product offerings.  There can be no assurance we will be able to raise additional capital and even if we are successful in raising additional capital, that we will be able to raise capital on reasonable terms. If we do raise capital, our existing shareholders may incur substantial and immediate dilution.


We may issue more stock without shareholder input or consent which could dilute the book value of your investment.


The board of directors has authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of the authorized but unissued shares. In addition, the board of directors has authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to fix and determine the rights, preferences, and privileges of the preferred stock, which may be given voting rights superior to that of the common stock. Any issuance of additional shares of common stock or preferred stock will dilute the ownership percentage of shareholders and may further dilute the book value of Calibrus’ shares. It is likely we will seek additional capital in the future to fund operations. Any future capital will most likely reduce current investors’ percentage of ownership.


There is no current market for Calibrus’ stock. Should a market not develop, you may not be able to sell the stock.


At the present time, there is no public market for shares of Calibrus’ common stock, and we do not know if a public market will develop.  Calibrus is seeking a securities broker-dealer, called a market maker, willing to apply for a trading symbol and trade our stock. We do not know if such a market maker will continue acting for us, or that an active market will be developed or maintained. Even if a market develops, the future market price may be volatile and significant volume may not result in our stock, making it difficult to sell our stock if purchased.  If no market develops, or if the future market price is low, you may be unable to sell your shares or may only be able to sell at a loss.


You will not receive dividend payments.

Calibrus has not paid and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future even if our operations are profitable. Earnings, if any, will be used to expand our operations, hire additional staff, pay operating expenses and salaries, rather than to make distributions to shareholders. Future value of an investment will be tied to an increase in Calibrus enterprise value and/or market price of our common stock, if trading on an exchange or market.



-12-





Your ability to sell shares may be limited if the price of our stock, once listed, is below $5.00 per share because of special sales practice requirements applicable to "designated securities" or "penny stock."

Upon successful listing of the common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board, if the bid price for our common stock is below $5.00 per share, our common stock would be subject to special sales practice requirements applicable to “designated securities” on “penny stocks” which are stock which trade below $5.00 per share and whose underlying companies do not meet certain minimum asset requirements. No assurance can be given that the bid price for our common stock will be above $5.00 per share. If such $5.00 minimum bid price is not maintained and another exemption is not available, our common stock would be subject to additional sales practice requirements imposed on broker-dealers who sell the common stock to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding  $200,000 or $300,000 jointly with their spouse). For transactions covered by these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser's written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. These limitations make it difficult for broker dealers to sell penny stocks and most will not recommend a penny stock or sell a penny stock except to long term customers who are accredited investors. Because of these limitations many brokers do not follow penny stocks or recommend them to clients. Consequently, the penny stock rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common stock and also may affect the ability of persons acquiring our common stock to resell such securities in any trading market that may develop. If brokers do not recommend Calibrus to their clients, it may be difficult to establish a market for the securities or to develop a wide spread shareholder base. Therefore, an investor trying to resell our shares may have difficulty because there may be little demand for our shares and even small share sales may result in a reduction in our share price.


Employees


As of October 1, 2008, we had 98 full-time employees and 64 part-time employees.


Offices


Our offices are located at 1225 West Washington, Tempe, Arizona 85281 where we lease approximately 13,295 square feet.  Our lease runs through October 31, 2010 at a lease rate of approximately $27 per square foot, including common area charges, for an annual lease amount of $361,296, or $30,108 per month.  Management believes our current lease will serve current and future expansion plans through its term.


Item 2.  Financial Information


Summary of Financial Information


We had revenues of $4,219,491 and a net loss of $845,266 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008.  At September 30, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $745,274 and working capital of approximately $1,426,950, which represented a decrease in working capital of $748,164 from the amount reported at December 31, 2007, of $2,175,114.  

 


-13-

 



The following table shows selected summarized financial data for Calibrus at the dates and for the periods indicated.  The data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes included herein beginning on page F-1.


STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA :


 

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2007

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2006

For the Nine Months

Ended

September 30, 2008

(Unaudited)

For the Nine Months

Ended

September 30, 2007

(Unaudited)

Revenues

$    6,558,142

$    7,597,889

     $      4,219,491

$     5,094,241

Cost of Revenues

3,358,832

3,772,785

2,107,179

2,601,770

General and Administrative Expenses


3,731,117


3,584,163


2,971,555


2,802,306

Net Income (Loss)

(1,043,638)

381,296

(845,266)

(834,160)

Basic Income (Loss) per Share

(0.15)

0.06

(0.12)

(0.12)

Diluted Income (Loss) per Share

(0.15)

0.05

(0.12)

(0.12)

Basic Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding


6,794,600


6,794,348


6,794,600


6,794,600

Diluted Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding


6,794,600


7,164,396


6,794,600


6,794,600


BALANCE SHEET DATA :

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

December 31, 2006

September 30, 2008 (Unaudited)

 

Total Current Assets

$     2,541,686

$     3,614,160

1,813,961

 

Total Assets

2,872,286

4,200,179

2,047,459

 

Total Current Liabilities

366,572

651,391

387,011

 

Working Capital

2,175,114

2,962,769

1,426,950

 

Shareholders’ Equity

2,505,714

3,531,031

1,660,448

 



Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operations


Certain statements in this Report constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, among others, uncertainties relating to general economic and business conditions; industry trends; changes in demand for our products and services; uncertainties relating to customer plans and commitments and the timing of orders received from customers; announcements or changes in our pricing policies or that of our competitors; unanticipated delays in the development, market acceptance or installation of our products and services; changes in government regulations; availability of management and other key personnel; availability, terms and deployment of capital; relationships with third-party equipment suppliers; and worldwide political stability and economic growth. The words "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "intend" and "plan" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date the statement was made.

 


-14-

 


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the audited  Financial Satements and unaudited Condensed Financial Statements and accompanying notes.  Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  Calibrus believes there have been no significant changes during the year ended December 31, 2007.  Calibrus believes that the following addresses Calibrus’ most critical accounting policies.


We recognize revenue in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”).  Under SAB 104, revenue is recognized at the point of passage to the customer of title and risk of loss, when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.


Our allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained to provide for losses arising from customers’ inability to make required payments.  If there is deterioration of our customers’ credit worthiness and/or there is an increase in the length of time that the receivables are past due greater than the historical assumptions used, additional allowances may be required.


Stock-Based Compensation. The Company has stock-based compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123R"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted during the year, or granted in a prior year if not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The value of the compensation cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the award (the option vesting term).


·

The Company estimates fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Assumptions used to estimate compensation expense are determined as follows:


·

Expected term is determined using an average of the contractual term and vesting period of the award;


·

Expected volatility of award grants made under the Company's plans is measured using the historical daily changes in the market price of similar industry indices, which are publicly traded, over the expected term of the award;


·

Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards; and,


·

Forfeitures are based on the history of cancellations of awards granted by the Company and   management's analysis of potential forfeitures.


Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25").


We account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109).  Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Deferred tax assets will be reflected on the balance sheet when it is determined that it is more likely than not that the asset will be realized.

 


-15-

 



Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Third Party Verification market size has been shrinking over the last four (4) years.  Calibrus’ business has been severely impacted by industry consolidation and increased competition.  The telecommunications industry has been experiencing consolidation between the major Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (ILEC). Over the past decade the major telecommunications players have been Verizon, SBC Communications, BellSouth Communications, AT&T, Sprint, MCI, Adelphia Communications and Qwest Communications.  In the past two years SBC communications acquired AT&T and Bellsouth Communications.  Adelphia Communications and MCI are no longer in business.  The remaining players are Verizon, AT&T, and Sprint.  The result is that the number of potential Calibrus ILEC/ TPV customers has declined and may shrink even further over the next several years, reducing the overall TPV market size even further.   


Calibrus’ overall business has also been affected by increased competition from Wireless, Cable and Broadband Industries which have reduced revenue and market share for our business.  For sometime the ILEC’s have been experiencing tremendous pressure in their core business offerings (Local and Long Distance phone service).  Wireless, Cable and Broadband companies are impacting the way in which customers are buying communication services.  VOIP is also beginning to add to existing pressures on the Telecommunications companies revenue growth and creating upward pressures on capital spending.  In order to fight the increased competition the ILEC’s are reinventing their business models by expanding their offerings from Local and Long Distance phone service.  ILEC’s are providing a multi-service offering, i.e. Local and Long Distance phone service, Broadband, VOIP and TV services to their customers.  ILEC’s have just begun to incorporate a business strategy of “bundling” services, where a service provider includes DSL service, Cable or Satellite TV along with Telephone or VOIP services all at discounted rates.  This is a proven strategy designed to increase revenue per customer, promote customer loyalty and increase retention, making it more difficult for customers to switch to another company.    It is clear to us that our TPV volume will continue to decrease due to increased competition from service providers offering multiple services to customers.


With the decline of the TPV market Calibrus is looking to penetrate new markets with its products and services.  Over the next twelve (12) months Calibrus will be focusing on more Automated Hosted Business Solutions that require little to no labor involvement.  Calibrus management strongly believes in trying to significantly reduce one of its highest costs, its Live Operator workforce.  Industries that we have targeted for our Automated Hosted Business solutions are the Insurance, Internet, Real Estate, and Financial Industries.  Automated Hosted Business programs while typically generating less top line revenue tend to have significantly higher margins. Going forward, Calibrus plans to focus its time and efforts into pursuing these types of products and services that shall return a higher margin than what we are able to achieve from Live Operator programs.   


Over the next twelve (12) months Calibrus intends to continue to offer and develop customized solutions on a client by client basis in call recording, IVR/VRU, Voice Message Broadcast and “Click-To-Call” services.  We will market these types of Automated Hosted Business Solutions through print, radio and online advertising.  


We also intend to develop internally or through outsourcing, products and services that can be marketed directly to businesses or consumers.  Calibrus hopes to build upon and leverage our existing technology and infrastructure.  Calibrus is currently researching and developing existing technologies and platforms some of which are already developed, such as our Call Recording and “Click-To-Call” services.  Calibrus has several projects that are currently in idea stage that would utilize our current telephony infrastructure and “Click-To-Call” and Call Recording functionality.  Our plan is to further develop, implement, market and sell these services in the next twelve (12) months, given sufficient capital.  


It is anticipated that additional hardware and software may be required, as well as additional employees, particularly software programmers and web developers, may be needed in order to complete certain products and services.  We believe within the next twelve (12) months in order to further develop, implement, market and sell Automated Hosted Business services we will need to raise additional capital.  


In the next twelve (12) months we will also be looking to grow our business through acquisition, although we have not identified any potential targets.  Given sufficient capital, we believe there will be opportunities to acquire companies that are providing similar Automated Hosted Business services.             

 


-16-

 


Results of Operations


September 30, 2008 (Unaudited)


For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we had revenue of $4,219,491 which was a decrease of $874,750 for the same period in 2007.  Our net loss before taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $845,266 compared to a loss of $273,160 in 2007.  The increase loss was the result of a reduction in our third party verification services revenue.  Additionally, our general and administrative expenses increased over $169,000 to $2,971,555 as we worked on expanding our product offerings.  We are hopeful these changes will increase revenues, but can offer no assurances in this regard.  Additionally, we have made changes to reduce ongoing expenses. These changes include consolidating our operations at one location and closing one of our call centers.  We have also been able to reduce our workforce as a result of the consolidation and focus on products which are less labor intensive and rely more on automation.  Previously, our cost of revenues was approximately fifty-one percent.  We are hopeful as we expand into less labor intensive products that we will be able to reduce our cost of revenues, although no assurances can be offered in this regard.  


December 31, 2007


For the year ended December 31, 2007, we had revenues of $6,558,142 compared to revenues of $7,597,889 for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The reduction in revenues is the result of less third party verification work available as the telecommunication industry continued to consolidate.  Since we currently represent most of the large telecommunication companies, we do not believe we will see a significant increase in revenues from this source.  Accordingly, we are actively expanding our product offerings to leverage our core technology and capabilities to cover other needs of businesses.  Since these efforts to expand our products and services have only recently begun, we cannot say if we will be successful in bringing in additional revenues.  


We have reduced expenses to better match our current revenue stream.  As part of this reduction, we elected to terminate the lease on one of our facilities and we consolidated operations into one location.  Unfortunately, we had to wait until the early termination period was effective to do so.  As such our cost of revenues continued to be approximately fifty to fifty-four percent.  Additionally, as we sought to expand our product offerings, our general and administrative expenses increased resulting in a net loss before taxes of $482,638 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to Net Income of $255,346 before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2006.


Seasonality and Cyclicality


We do not believe our business is cyclical.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


As of September 30, 2008 (unaudited), we had working capital of $1,426,950 with current assets of $1,813,961 and current liabilities of $387,011.  Our working capital as of September 30, 2008, was down from working capital of $2,175,114  at December 31, 2007, as we continued to incur losses as we deal with a slowing economy and a reduction in third party verifications resulting from the consolidation in the telecommunications industry.  We have been working to reduce our dependence on third party verification revenues by expanding our product offerings. This expansion has increased our usage of capital which is reflected, in part, in the reduction of our working capital.


Although we have been expanding our product offerings, which have increased our need for capital, we have also reduced our long term expenses by closing one of our call centers and centralizing our operations to reflect our business focus going forward.  With the closing of one of our call centers we were also able to reduce expenses through a reduction in our workforce.  We are hopeful these changes along with our new product offerings, which are not as labor intensive, will allow us to return to profitability in the near future, but can offer no assurances in this regard.  

 


-17-

 


As we try to expand our product offerings, we will need to seek additional capital.  We have enough capital to last at least 12 months based on our current burn rate, but management believes it will need to raise additional capital to help expand our marketing efforts and to be able to aggressively launch our new product offerings.  Given the current state of Calibrus and our revenues, we do not believe bank financing will be feasible and if we need additional capital it will probalably be in the form of an equity or debt offering.  To this end, management has made the decision to position Calibrus to be more attractive to investors, particularly angel investors.  Management believes as a public company with a trading market, Calibrus may be able to attract additional investors that otherwise would not be interested in a private company. Even as a public company, there is no guarantee Calibrus will be able to raise additional capital.  Calibrus has not had to raise capital for over five years and it is uncertain, particularly given current economic conditions, that we will be able to raise additional capital.  Management is hopeful that even without additional capital, the changes made over the last few months, including consolidating operations in one location and reducing staffing will help conserve capital until new product offerings can start producing revenues although no assurances can be offered in this regard.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements


We have no off balance sheet arrangements.


ITEM 3.  PROPERTIES


Our offices are located at 1225 West Washington, Tempe, Arizona 85281 where we lease approximately 13,295 square feet.  Our lease runs through October 31, 2010, at a lease rate of approximately $27 per square foot, including common area charges, for an annual lease amount of $361,296 or $30,108 per month.  Management believes our current lease will serve current and future expansion plans through the term of our lease.


ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2007, with respect to the beneficial ownership of Calibrus’ Common Stock by each director of Calibrus and each person known by Calibrus to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Calibrus’ outstanding shares of Common Stock.  At December 31, 2007, there were 6,794,600 shares of common stock outstanding.

For purposes of this table, information as to the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes general voting power and/or investment power with respect to securities. Except as otherwise indicated, all shares of our common stock are beneficially owned, and sole investment and voting power is held, by the person named. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock, which such person has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date hereof. The inclusion herein of such shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership.


All percentages are calculated based upon a total number of 6,794,600 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 1, 2008, plus, in the case of the individual or entity for which the calculation is made, that number of options or warrants owned by such individual or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 


-18-

 




Title of Class


Name of Beneficial Owner

Number of Shares Owned


Percent of Class

 

 Principal Shareholders

 

 

Common

Jeff W. Holmes

225 West Washington Street

Suite 213

Tempe, Arizona 85281

1,658,667

23.84%

Common

Kirk Blosch

2081 S. Lakeline Drive

Salt Lake City, Utah 84109

1,620,334

23.08%

 

 Director(s)

 

 

Common

Jeff W. Holmes (1)                           --------------See above--------------

Common

Kirk Blosch (2)                                 --------------See above--------------

Common

Charles House (3)

185,000

2.65%

Common

Christian J. Hoffmann, III (4)

300,000

4.27%

Common

All Officers and Director as a Group (four  persons)

3,764,001

49.57%


(1) Shares include 163,333 stock options which are exercisable now at prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52.  Mr. Holmes owns 1,495,334 shares exclusive of the options.  In calculating Mr. Holmes’ percentage, the 163,333 shares have been added to the 6,794,600 shares currently outstanding.


(2) Shares include 225,000 stock options which are exercisable now at prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52.  Mr. Blosch owns 1,395,334 shares exclusive of the options.  In calculating Mr. Blosch’s percentage, the 225,000 shares have been added to the 6,794,600 shares currently outstanding.


(3) Shares include 185,000 stock options which are exercisable now at prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52.  Mr. House owns no shares.  The shares shown are the options he can exercise.  In calculating Mr. House’s percentage, the 185,000 shares have been added to the 6,794,600 shares currently outstanding.


(4) Shares include 225,000 stock options which are exercisable now at prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52.  Mr. Hoffmann owns 75,000 shares exclusive of the options.  In calculating Mr. Hoffmann’s percentage, the 225,000 shares have been added to the 6,794,600 shares currently outstanding.


Control by Existing Shareholders


Given the large percentage of stock owned by current management, they most likely will be able to control any shareholder vote.  As a result, the persons currently in control of Calibrus will most likely continue to be in a position to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Calibrus, to dissolve, merge or sell the assets of Calibrus, and generally, to direct the affairs of Calibrus.


Dividends


We have not declared any cash dividends with respect to our common stock, and do not intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future. Our future dividend policy cannot be ascertained with any certainty. There are no material restrictions limiting, or that are likely to limit, our ability to pay dividends on our securities.



-19-

 


Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans







Plan Category



Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights



Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans excluding securities reflected in column (a)

 

(a)

(b)

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

1,349,999

1.51

2,950,001

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

65,000

1.50

0

Total

1,414,999

1.51

2,950,001



ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


The following table sets forth information with respect to the officers and directors of Calibrus.  Calibrus’ directors serve for a term of one year and thereafter until their successors have been duly elected by the shareholders and qualified.  Calibrus’ officers serve for a term of one year and thereafter until their successors have been duly elected by the Board of Directors and qualified.     


Name

Age

Positions


Jeff W. Holmes

55

CEO, Director

Greg Holmes

45

President

Kirk Blosch

54

Director

Charles House

68

Director

Christian J. Hoffmann, III

61

Director

Kevin Asher

32

CFO

Tom Harker

35

CTO



Jeff W. Holmes – Chairman and C.E.O .  Jeff Holmes is a founder of Calibrus and has been active in the roles of President, C.E.O. and Chairman of the Board of Directors since Calibrus’ inception in 1999.  For the past 25 years Mr. Holmes has been active in developing technologies that improve the efficiencies of business processes in the Healthcare, Internet, Computer (hardware and software) and Telecommunications industries.  He graduated in 1976 with a B.S. in Marketing and Management from the University of Utah.


Greg W. Holmes – President .  Greg Holmes is a founder of Calibrus and has served in several positions during his Calibrus tenure which began in 1999.  Most recently, Mr. Holmes served as Director of Business Development working on developing new business opportunities and strategic relationships. In 2003, Mr. Holmes served as Production Manager over Calibrus’ Papago Facility managing activities related to client call volumes, staffing levels, scheduling and Quality Assurance issues for Fortune 1000 clients at Calibrus Corporate headquarters in Tempe, AZ.  From January 2001 to February 2003, Mr. Holmes was the Director of Human Resources for Calibrus.  He was also responsible for managing accounts receivable, accounts payable and invoicing.  From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Holmes was head of Internet Business Development & Research for J.W. Holmes & Associates and The Scottsdale Equity Growth Fund.  Responsibilities included conducting research and analysis for existing portfolio companies and companies seeking investment capital.  From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Holmes was Director of Finance & Director of Human Resources for Pro Tour Tennis in which he handled the accounts payable, payroll, budget forecasting, financial statements and human resource duties.  He earned his Bachelors degree in Geography and minor in Finance from the University of Utah in 1995.  

 


-20-

 



Kirk Blosch – Director.   Mr. Blosch is a general partner and founder of Blosch and Holmes LLC, a business consulting and private venture funding general partnership established in 1984.  Mr. Blosch is and has been since October 1999 a member of the board of directors of Calibrus, Inc.  From the first quarter of 1997 through the second quarter of 2000, Mr. Blosch was a director of Zevex International, a medical product company specializing in medical devices and ultrasound technology.  Zevex (ZVXI) was traded on NASDAQ prior to its sale.  Mr. Blosch also served on the board of directors of OCIS, Inc. from 2003 through July 2007.  Mr. Blosch graduated from the University of Utah in 1977 with a B.S. degree in Speech Communications.


Christian J. Hoffmann, III – Director.   Mr. Hoffmann, Director is a lawyer specializing in corporate, securities, mergers and acquisitions and venture capital.  He has been a partner with Quarles & Brady, LLP and its predecessor in Phoenix, Arizona since November 1995. He graduated magna cum laude from Georgetown University with Bachelors of Science in Business Administration in 1969 and from the Georgetown University Law Center with a juris doctorate in 1973.


Charles House – Director .   Mr. House, 68, has been Executive Director for Media X at Stanford University, as well as Senior Research Scholar in the H-STAR (Human Science and Technologies Advanced Research) Division since 2006.  Before joining Stanford, he was at Intel Corporation, as co-founding Director of their Research Collaboratory in 2003.  He joined Intel when they bought Dialogic Corporation in 1999 where House headed Corporate Engineering.  From 1995 to 1997, House was President of Spectron Microsystems, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dialogic that was sold to Texas Instruments.  Prior, House was President of the Vista Division of Veritas Software (1993-1995), and the R&D Vice President for Informix (1991-1993) after many years in a variety of roles for Hewlett-Packard (1962-1991).  House is an IEEE Fellow, a past President of ACM, and chair for many years of the Information Council for CSSP in Washington D.C.  He holds numerous technology awards for his work, including the Computer Hall of Fame, the Entrapreneur’s Hall of Fame, and the Smithsonian “Wizards of Computing”.


Kevin J. Asher - Chief Financial Officer .  Mr. Asher, prior to joining Calibrus, from March 2006 to February 2008, Mr. Asher was the Principal, General Manager and CFO of Medical Aesthetics, LLC, an operator of five medical spa clinics in the greater Phoenix metropolitan area. Mr. Asher was responsible for all aspects of the business including finance, accounting, human resources and day to day decision making. From February 2005 through March 2006, Mr. Asher was Vice President of Finance for AirLink Mobile, Inc., an industry leading  MVNO and provider of prepaid wireless telephone service where he was responsible for all aspects of accounting and finance including financial reporting, treasury management, financial analysis, financial projections, payroll, regulatory reporting and daily accounting. From September 2003 to February 2005, Mr. Asher was a director of MCA Financial Group Ltd. of Phoenix, Arizona which provides advisory services to businesses, financial institutions and investor groups in the areas of financial restructuring, mergers and acquisitions, business oversight, and corporate and capital formation. His responsibilities included representation of debtors and creditors in the areas of business turnarounds, financial restructuring, chapter 11 business reorganizations, divestures, mergers and acquisitions, business valuations, financial management, and performance improvement. He advised clients in a variety of industries including aviation, aerospace and defense, retail, homebuilding, construction and manufacturing. Prior to his position at MCA Financial, Mr. Asher worked in the public accounting industry primarily as an audit manager. Mr. Asher has a Bachelor of Science degree in accountancy from Northern Arizona University at Flagstaff, Arizona and is a Certified Public Accountant.


Tom Harker – Chief Technology Officer .  Mr. Harker has served as Director of Software Development and CTO at Calibrus since 2000.  Tom’s responsibilities are to oversee all aspects of design and implementation of IT systems.  Prior to coming to Calibrus, Tom served as Division Software Manager at ACS (Affiliated Computer Services) for 2 years. Mr. Harker has been involved deeply in the Third Party Verification (TPV) process for the past 9 years with an understanding of the TPV process and FCC requirements.


Key Employees:


Michael J. Brande, MCSE - Vice President of Network Operations .  For the past 6 years, Michael Brande has served as the Director of Network Operations and Facilities at Calibrus.  His team is responsible for all aspects of the data and telecom networks at Calibrus - from cabling to wiring, and switches and routers, to the servers, PBX’s and PC workstations.  Mr. Brande directs and cultivates many key business relationships for Calibrus and its Vendor Partners.  His responsibilities range from procurement, to services, to facilities and equipment maintenance.  Prior to his employment with Calibrus, Michael was employed by ACS (Affiliated Computer Services) TeleSolutions as the Division Network Manager and was part of a team that designed a new and better process for Third Party Verification.  He has over 12 years experience in the call center industry.

 


-21-

 


Michael Rae - Vice President of Software Development .  Mr. Rae received his Bachelor of Science in Computer Information Systems in 1999. Prior to working at Calibrus he worked at a software development company where he was responsible for developing a large scale web application used to organize and track volunteers. Mr. Rae as has been working as a Senior Systems Architect for Calibrus since 2000.  His responsibilities include designing and developing all web related technologies/products for clients and internal management as well as serving as a technical contact for clients.  To date, client order entry web sites have successfully completed over 40 million TPV transactions.  Mike Rae accepted the position of Vice President of Software Development in 2006. 


James Stockert – Vice President of Marketing and Sales .  Mr. Stockert oversees all aspects of the negotiations of establishing clients and helping clients through the process of setup and implementation.  Mr. Stockert joined the Calibrus team in 2005 after working for SBC in their Marketing department since 1999.  Mr. Stockert oversaw the implementation and processes of Calibrus as SBC’s Third Party Verification provider and managed the relationship for over four years.  Mr. Stockhert graduated with a BBA in Marketing from Texas State in 1994 and before working with SBC worked with Montgomery Ward in their Merchandising department at their headquarters in Chicago.


Kelly M. Robinson – Director of TPV Operations .  Mr. Robinson joined the Calibrus team in 2003.  His background includes developing and managing Third Party Verification operations for major telecommunications companies including, BellSouth, Verizon and SBC/AT&T Communications, Cox Communications, CenturyTel, Frontier and others. He has also directed Customer Service and Lead Generation programs for Oakwood Corporate Housing, Grainger Tools, Lucent Technologies/Avaya and others.  He has worked within the TPV industry for the last 11 years at Calibrus and previously at ACS (Affiliated Computer Services) and understands the nuances of Third Party Verification processes and its importance to the overall sales process.  


Family Relationships


Except for Jeff Holmes and Greg Holmes, who are brothers, there are no family relationships between our officers and directors.


None of the officers and directors has filed for bankruptcy, been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been the subject of any order, judgment, or decree permanently, temporarily, or otherwise limiting activities (1) in connection with the sale or purchase of any security or commodity, or in connection with any violation of Federal or State securities laws or Federal commodities laws, (2) engaging in any type of business practice, or (3) acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of an investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity.

 

 

-22-

 



ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Calibrus’ chief executive officer and each of the other executive officers that were serving as executive officers at December 31, 2007 (collectively referred to as the "Named Executives").  No other executive officer serving during 2007 received compensation greater than $100,000.


SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


Name and Principal Position

Year

Salary

Bonus

Stock Awards

Option Awards

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Nonqualified  Deferred Compensation

All Other Compensation

Total

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f) (1)

(g)

(h)

(i) (2)

(j)

Jeff W. Holmes, CEO

12/31/2007

$220,000

$500

$0

$0

$0

$0

$2,591

$223,091

12/31/2006

$220,000

$4,000

$0

$1,458

$0

$0

$0

$225,458

12/31/2005

$180,000

$7,000

$0

$8,250

$0

$0

$0

$195,250

Greg W. Holmes, President

12/31/2007

$150,000

$500

$0

$0

$0

$0

$4,392

$154,892

12/31/2006

$150,000

$4,000

$0

$1,458

$0

$0

$5,357

$160,815

12/31/2005

$105,000

$7,000

$0

$8,250

$0

$0

$4,570

$124,820

Thomas Harker, CTO

12/31/2007

$140,000

$500

$0

$0

$0

$0

$4,706

$145,206

12/31/2006

$140,000

$4,000

$0

$1,458

$0

$0

$6,197

$151,665

12/31/2005

$120,000

$7,000

$0

$16,500

$0

$0

$5,370

$148,870

Kevin J. Asher, CFO

12/31/2007

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

12/31/2006

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

12/31/2005

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0



 (1) This column represents the aggregate dollar amount of the awards granted in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Therefore, the values shown here are not representative of the amounts that may eventually be realized by an executive. Pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have provided a grant date fair value for option awards in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-based Payments.” For option awards, the fair value is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of certain assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, volatility and expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield at the date of grant of a U.S. Treasury security with a maturity period equal to or approximating the option’s expected term. The dividend yield assumption is based on our historical dividend payouts, which is zero. The volatility assumption is based on the historical volatility of an industry sector over a period equal to the option’s expected term or trading stock’s trading history which ever is shorter. The expected term of options granted is based on expectations about future exercises and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.


(2) The amounts shown include Company-paid portion of health insurance for the fiscal years ended 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 



-23-

 



Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End


  -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -     

 

Stock Awards

Stock Awards

Name

Number of securities underlying unexercised Options (#) Exercisable

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)

Option Exercise Price ($)

Option Expiration Date

Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)

Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)

Equity Incentive Plan Awards Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)

Jeff W. Holmes, CEO

  45,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.50

12/13/2008

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  45,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.50

5/9/2009

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  27,500 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/29/2009

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  25,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/15/2010

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  20,833 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/11/2011

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

Greg W. Holmes, President

  25,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.50

12/13/2008

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  25,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/29/2009

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  25,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/15/2010

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  20,833 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/11/2011

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

Thomas Harker, CTO

  25,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.50

12/13/2008

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  25,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/29/2009

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  50,000 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/15/2010

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  20,833 

  -     

  -     

$1.52

12/11/2011

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

Kevin J. Asher, CFO

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     

  -     


Compensation of Directors


Name

Year

Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)

Stock Awards ($)

Option Awards ($)

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)

All Other Compensation ($)

Total ($)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

Kirk Blosch

12/31/2007

  -     

  -     

$3,150

  -     

  -     

  -     

$3,150

12/31/2006

  -     

  -     

$3,150

  -     

  -     

  -     

$3,150

12/31/2005

  -     

  -     

$14,850

  -     

  -     

  -     

$14,850

Charles House

12/31/2007

  -     

  -     

$3,150

  -     

  -     

  -     

$3,150

12/31/2006

  -     

  -     

$3,150

  -     

  -     

  -     

$3,150

12/31/2005

  -     

  -     

$14,850

  -     

  -     

  -     

$14,850

Christian J. Hoffmann, III

12/31/2007

  -     

  -     

$3,150

  -     

  -     

  -     

$3,150

12/31/2006

  -     

  -     

$3,150

  -     

  -     

  -     

$3,150

12/31/2005

  -     

  -     

$14,850

  -     

  -     

  -     

$14,850

 



-24-

 



Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year


In fiscal 2007, no options were granted out of Calibrus’ Incentive Option Plan and 135,000 options were granted out of the Non-Qualified Option Plan.


The Company has adopted two Stock Options Plans, the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company increased the number of options available for grant under the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and Incentive Stock Option Plan by 1,425,000 and 725,000 options, respectively.  Under the 2001 Non-Qualified Plan, the Company may grant options for up to 2,850,000 shares of common stock and has granted 725,000 as of November 15, 2008, at exercise prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52. The maximum term of the options is five years, and they vest at various times according to the Option Agreements. Under the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the Company may grant options for up to 1,450,000 shares of common stock and has granted 624,999 as of November 15, 2008, at exercise prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52. The maximum term of the options is five years and they vest at various times according to the Option Agreements.


Stock Option Exercise


In fiscal 2007, none of the named executives exercised any options to purchase shares of common stock.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)


There were no awards granted during fiscal year 2007, 2006, or 2005 under a long-term incentive plan.


Board of Directors Compensation


Each director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors, and may be paid a stated salary as director or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board or directors or both.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore.    Each director received options during the prior years with the non-employee directors receiving 45,000 options each with an exercise price of $1.52 for 2007, 45,000 options each with an exercise price of $1.52 for 2006 and 45,000 options each with an exercise price of $1.52 for 2005.


No other compensation arrangements exist between Calibrus and our Directors.


Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements


Calibrus has employment contracts with all officers and those employees identified herein as key employees.   All of our employment agreements contain language assigning all inventions over to Calibrus and non-compete agreements.  Additionally, on termination, if not for cause and Calibrus is cash flow and earnings positive, our officers and key employees will receive up to three months salary as severance. On a change of control of Calibrus, which results in termination of the officer or key employee and Calibrus is cash flow positive and has a positive earnings per share at the time of the change of control, the officer or key employee will receive a three months salary as severance based on the officers or employees’ current salary.  Employment contracts are entered into for two, three or four year periods with automatic two,three or four one year extensions depending on the officer or key employee.


Report on Repricing of Options/SARs


We have not adjusted or amended the exercise price of stock options or SARs previously awarded to any executive officers.

 


-25-

 


Report on Executive Compensation


The Board of Directors determines the compensation of Calibrus’ executive officer and president and sets policies for and reviews with the chief executive officer and president the compensation awarded to the other principal executives, if any.   The board of directors has two committees, the audit and compensation committee which are made up of non-employee directors.  Our Compensation Committee is composed of Kirk Blosch and Charles House.  Our Audit Committee is composed of Kirk Blosch, Charles House and Christian J. Hoffmann, III.  


The compensation policies utilized by the Board of Directors are intended to enable Calibrus to attract, retain and motivate executive officers to meet our goals using appropriate combinations of base salary and incentive compensation in the form of stock options. Generally, compensation decisions are based on contractual commitments, if any, as well as corporate performance, the level of individual responsibility of the particular executive and individual performance. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, Calibrus’ chief executive officer was Jeff W. Holmes and Greg W. Holmes, President.  Kevin J. Asher, CFO, was retained as CFO in February of 2008.


Base salaries for Calibrus’ executive officers are determined initially by evaluating the responsibilities of the position held and the experience of the individual, and by reference to the competitive marketplace for management talent, including a comparison of base salaries for comparable positions at comparable companies within Calibrus’ industry.


Annual salary adjustments are determined by evaluating the competitive marketplace, the performance of Calibrus, the performance of the executive, particularly with respect to the ability to manage the growth of Calibrus, the length of the executive's service to Calibrus and any increased responsibilities assumed by the executive.


During 2007, the board of directors of Calibrus met one time.  Additionally, the Compensation Committee  and the Audit Committee each met once.  All members of the board of directors were either present in person or by proxy at all the meetings.  


Code of Ethics


We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our directors and executive officers serving in any capacity for our Company, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions.


Board of Directors Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions


No such interlocks existed or such decisions were made during fiscal year 2007.  Jeff Holmes and Kirk Blosch are business partners in other matters including owning a consulting company together.


Option Plans


Calibrus has 4,300,000 shares reserved for issuance under stock option plans with 1,349,999 stock options issued and outstanding.  The board of directors has the authority to issue the options, at their sole discretion.


The Company has adopted two Stock Options Plans, the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company increased the number of options available for grant under the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and Incentive Stock Option Plan by 1,425,000 and 725,000 options, respectively.  Under the 2001 Non-Qualified Plan, the Company may grant options for up to 2,850,000 shares of common stock and has granted 725,000 as of November 15, 2008, at exercise prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52. The maximum term of the options is five years, and they vest at various times according to the Option Agreements. Under the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the Company may grant options for up to 1,450,000 shares of common stock and has granted 624,999 as of November 15, 2008, at exercise prices ranging from $1.50 to $1.52. The maximum term of the options is five years and they vest at various times according to the Option Agreements.

 


-26-


 


ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTORS INDEPENDENCE


We believe that all purchases from or transactions with affiliated parties were on terms and at prices substantially similar to those available from unaffiliated third parties.


There were no material transactions, or series of similar transactions, during our Company’s last fiscal year, or any currently proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which our Company was or is to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeded the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last three completed fiscal years and in which any director, executive officer or any security holder who is known to us to own of record or beneficially more than five percent of any class of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had an interest.


There were no material transactions, or series of similar transactions, during our Company’s last five fiscal years, or any currently proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which we or any of our subsidiaries was or is to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeded the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last three completed fiscal years and in which any promoter or founder of ours or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had an interest.


One of our directors, Christian J. Hoffmann, III, is a partner with Quarles & Brady, LLP, which has provided certain legal services for Calibrus.  Quarles & Brady, LLP is not currently providing any legal services to the Company. During 2006 and 2007, we paid Quarles & Brady, LLP $39,310 and $4,047, respectively.


ITEM 8.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


Calibrus is not involved in any legal proceedings.


ITEM 9.  MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANTS’ COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED                              SHAREHOLDERS MATTERS


Calibrus’ common stock is not quoted on any market or exchange.  Since its inception, Calibrus has not paid any dividends on shares of common stock, and Calibrus does not anticipate that it will pay dividends in the foreseeable future. At December 31, 2007, we had approximately 125 shareholders of record.  As of December 31, 2007, Calibrus had 6,794,600 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.


Possible Sale of Common Stock Pursuant to Rule 144


Calibrus has previously issued shares of common stock that constitute restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act.  Subject to certain restrictions, such securities may generally be sold in limited amounts under Rule 144.  Except for 500 shares of Calibrus’ common stock issued in 2006, all of Calibrus issued 6,794,600 shares have been outstanding for several years with the majority of the shares issued in 1999 and 2000.    Accordingly, all the share of common stock outstanding would meet the time test of Rule 144 and potentially be available for resale.  With the number of shares potentially becoming available for resale, there could be a depressive effect on any market that may develop for Calibrus’ common stock.


Reports to Shareholders


Upon the effectiveness of this Form 10, Calibrus will be required to file annual and quarterly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These report will be available over the internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission web site www.sec.gov.  


-27-


 

ITEM 10.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES


Calibrus has not sold any securities during the last three years except for 500 shares issued to an employee in 2006 related to an option exercise.


ITEM 11.  DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES


Calibrus' amended articles of incorporation authorize Calibrus to issue 50,000,000 shares of capital stock, par value $0.001 per share, with 45,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.  


Common Stock


The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote at any meeting of shareholders.  Shares of Common Stock do not carry cumulative voting rights and, therefore, a majority of the shares of outstanding Common Stock will be able to elect the entire board of directors and, if they do so, minority shareholders would not be able to elect any person to the board of directors. Calibrus’ bylaws provide that a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Calibrus constitutes a quorum for shareholders’ meetings, except with respect to certain matters for which a greater percentage quorum is required by statute or the bylaws.


Shareholders of Calibrus have no preemptive rights to acquire additional shares of Common Stock or other securities.  The Common Stock is not subject to redemption and carries no subscription or conversion rights.  In the event of liquidation of Calibrus, the shares of Common Stock are entitled to share equally in corporate assets after satisfaction of all liabilities.


Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends, as the board of directors may from time to time declare out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends.  Calibrus seeks growth and expansion of its business through the reinvestment of profits, if any, and does not anticipate that it will pay dividends in the foreseeable future.


Preferred Stock


Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series or classes, with each series or class having the rights and privileges respecting voting rights, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, and other rights of such series as determined by the board of directors at the time of issuance.  There are several possible uses for shares of Preferred Stock, including expediting financing and minimizing the impact of a hostile takeover attempt.   Calibrus currently has no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding.  


Authority to Issue Stock


The board of directors has the authority to issue the authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock without action by the shareholders.  The issuance of such shares would reduce the percentage ownership held by current shareholders.


Purchases of Equity Securities by Us and Affiliated Purchasers


There were no purchases of our equity securities by us or any of our affiliates during the year ended December 31, 2007, nor have there been any purchase through October 21, 2008.


Transfer Agent


Calibrus’ transfer agent is Colonial Stock Transfer Company, 66 Exchange Place, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, Telephone (801) 355-5740 and Facsimile (801) 355-6505



-28-

 



ITEM 12.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


Section 145 of the Nevada Corporation Law provides in relevant parts as follows:


(1)  A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or on a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.


(2)  A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine on application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.


(3)  To the extent that a director, officer, employee, or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in (1) or (2) of this subsection, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.


(4)  The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.


The foregoing discussion of indemnification merely summarizes certain aspects of indemnification provisions and is limited by reference to the above discussed sections of the Nevada Corporation Law.

  

Calibrus' certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the Registrant “may indemnify” to the full extent of its power to do so, all directors, officers, employees, and/or agents. It is anticipated that Calibrus will indemnify its officer and director to the full extent permitted by the above-quoted statute.


Insofar as indemnification by Calibrus for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to officers and directors of Calibrus pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, Calibrus is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.



ITEM 13.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


The financial statements, notes thereto, and the related independent registered public accounting firm’s report of Calibrus are set forth immediately following the signature page to this Form 10 and are herein incorporated by this reference.

 


-29-

 



ITEM 14.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGAREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


None.


ITEM 15 .  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.


The following financial statements, notes thereto, and the related independent registered public accounting firm’s report contained on page F-1 to our financial statements are herein incorporated:

December 31, 2007 and 2006

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm         

Balance Sheets - December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
Statements of Operations - Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity – Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

Notes to Financial Statements – Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

September 30, 2008

Balance Sheets – September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006
Condensed Statements of Operations (unaudited) – For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2007

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) – For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2007

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited) – For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

 


-30-

 


PART III


ITEM 1. INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Copies of the following documents are included as exhibits to this Form 10 pursuant to item 601 of regulation S-K.


SEC

Exhibit

Reference

No.

No.

Title of Document

Location


3(i)

3.01

Articles of Incorporation of Calibrus

This Filing


3(ii)

3.02

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation Calibrus-Name Change

This Filing


3(iii)

3.03

Bylaws of Calibrus

This Filing


4

4.01

Specimen Stock Certificate

This Filing


10

10.01

Lease Agreement – Paragon

This Filing


10

10.02

AT&T Services, Inc.-Agreement

This Filing

 

10

10.03

Magnet Warrant

This Filing


10

10.04

Employment Agreement-Jeff Holmes

This Filing


10

10.05

Employment Agreement-Greg Holmes

This Filing


10

10.06

Employment Agreement-Kevin Asher

This Filing


10

10.07

Incentive Stock Option Plan

This Filing


10

10.08

Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

This Filing


10

10.09

Form of Options

This Filing


14

14.01

Code of Ethics

This Filing



-31-





SIGNATURES

In accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunder duly authorized.


Calibrus, Inc.


By: /s/ Jeff W. Holmes ____________________________

      Jeff W. Holmes, CEO


By: /s/ Kevin J. Asher ____________________________

      Kevin J. Asher, CFO  


In accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned in the capacities and on the dates stated.


Signature

Title

Date

       




_ /s/ _ Jeff W. Holmes ________

Director, CEO

December 24, 2008

Jeff W. Holmes



_ /s/ _ Kirk Blosch ___________

Director

December 24, 2008

Kirk Blosch



_ /s/ _ Christan J. Hoffman _____

Director

December 24, 2008

Christian J. Hoffmann, III



_ /s/ _ Charles House _________

Director

December 24, 2008

Charles House


 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Board of Directors and Stockholders

Calibrus, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Calibrus, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related  statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.   The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.   Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedules.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Calibrus, Inc. at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its operations, changes in stockholders' equity and its cash flows for the years then ended , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


 /s/ Semple, Marchal & Cooper, LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

August 11, 2008


 

F-1





CALIBRUS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 $ 1,591,704 

 

 $ 1,914,049 

   Accounts receivable - trade, net

 

 

 

 

  791,560 

 

  1,043,921 

   Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

  158,422 

 

  157,190 

   Deferred tax asset - current portion

 

 

 

 

  -   

 

  499,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Current Assets

 

 

 

 

   2,541,686 

 

  3,614,160  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net  

 

 

 

 

  292,396 

 

  443,138 

Deferred tax asset - long-term portion

 

 

 

 

  -   

 

  62,000 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

  34,382 

 

  31,195 

Intangible asset, net

 

 

 

 

  3,822 

 

  49,686 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Assets

 

 

 

 

  $ 2,872,286 

 

 $ 4,200,179  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Notes payable - current portion

 

 

 

 

 $ 16,981 

 

 $ 176,215 

   Accounts payable - trade

 

 

 

 

  68,162 

 

  200,337 

   Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

  281,429 

 

  274,839 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

   366,572 

 

  651,391  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable - long-term portion

 

 

 

 

  -   

 

  17,757 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Liabilities

 

 

 

 

   366,572 

 

  669,148  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 5,000,000 

   shares authorized,none issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

                   -

 

                  -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Common stock, $.001 par value, 45,000,000 

   shares authorized,     6,794,600  shares issued

   and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and

   2006

 

 

 

 

  6,795 

 

  6,795 

   Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

  4,461,321 

 

  4,443,000 

   Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

 

  (1,962,402)

 

  (918,764)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

   2,505,714 

 

  3,531,031  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 $ 2,872,286 

 

 $ 4,200,179  

 

 


 

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of the Financial Statements

F-2





CALIBRUS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For The Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 $ 6,558,142 

 

 $ 7,597,889 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

  3,358,832 

 

  3,772,785 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

   3,199,310 

 

  3,825,104  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

  3,731,117 

 

  3,584,163 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

 

 

   (531,807)

 

  240,941  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Interest income

 

 

  55,060 

 

  53,067 

 

   Interest expense

 

 

  (5,891)

 

  (38,662)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  49,169 

 

  14,405 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

  (482,638)

 

  255,346 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense) - deferred

 

 

  (561,000)

 

  125,950 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

 

 $ (1,043,638)

 

 $ 381,296  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) per Common Share: (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Basic

 

 

 $ (0.15)

 

 $ 0.06 

 

   Diluted

 

 

 $ (0.15)

 

 $ 0.05 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Basic

 

 

  6,794,600 

 

  6,794,348 

 

   Diluted

 

 

  6,794,600 

 

  7,164,396 

 









The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of the Financial Statements

F-3






CALIBRUS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For The Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders'

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

  6,794,100 

 

 $ 6,795 

 

 $ 4,439,281 

 

 $ (1,300,060)

 

 $ 3,146,016 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

  500 

 

  -    

 

  750 

 

  -    

 

  750 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

  2,969 

 

  -    

 

  2,969 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income for the year ended  December 31, 2006

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

  381,296

 

  381,296 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  6,794,600 

 

  6,795 

 

  4,443,000 

 

  (918,764)

 

  3,531,031 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

  18,321 

 

  -    

 

  18,321 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss for the year ended December 31, 2007

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

  (1,043,638)

 

  (1,043,638)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

  6,794,600 

 

 $ 6,795 

 

 $ 4,461,321 

 

 $ (1,962,402)

 

 $ 2,505,714 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of the Financial Statements

F-4







CALIBRUS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For The Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006


 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Net Income (Loss)

 

 

 $ (1,043,638)

 

 $ 381,296 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from

 

 

 

 

 

     operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Depreciation and amortization

 

 

  364,368 

 

  433,478 

          Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

  12,000 

 

  -    

          Stock based compensation expense

 

 

  18,321 

 

  2,969 

          Deferred income tax

 

 

  561,000 

 

  (126,000)

     Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Accounts receivable - trade

 

 

  240,361 

 

  82,779 

          Prepaid expenses

 

 

  (1,232)

 

  94,124 

          Deposits

 

 

  (3,187)

 

  7,573 

          Accounts payable - trade

 

 

  (132,175)

 

  (44,460)

          Accrued liabilities

 

 

  6,590 

 

  32,264 

          Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

   22,408 

 

  864,023  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Purchase of fixed assets

 

 

  (167,762)

 

  (266,685)

          Net cash used by investing activities

 

 

  (167,762)

 

  (266,685)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Repayment of debt

 

 

  (176,991)

 

  (370,669)

          Exercise of options

 

 

  -    

 

  750 

          Net cash used by financing activities

 

 

  (176,991)

 

  (369,919)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

  (322,345)

 

  227,419  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

  1,914,049 

 

  1,686,630 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 $ 1,591,704 

 

 $ 1,914,049  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

   Interest

 

 

 $ 5,891 

 

 $ 38,662 

   Income Taxes

 

 

 $ 50 

 

 $ 50 

 

 

 

 

 

 







The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of the Financial Statements

F-5





CALIBRUS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates

                     

Operations


Calibrus, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on October 22, 1999, in the State of Nevada.  The Company’s principal business purpose is to operate a customer contact center for a variety of clients, who are located throughout the United States. The Company provides customer contact support services for various companies wishing to outsource these functions.  (See Note 2 – Concentrations of Risk).


Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes and depreciable lives of long lived assets.


Cash and Cash Equivalents


For financial accounting purposes, cash and cash equivalents are considered to be all highly liquid investments purchased with an initial maturity of three (3) months or less.


Accounts Receivable, Net


The Company provides for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable by use of the allowance method.  The allowance is provided based upon a review of the individual accounts outstanding, and the Company's prior history of uncollectible accounts receivable.  As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, a provision for uncollectible trade accounts receivable has been established in the amounts of $61,000 and $49,000, respectively. The Company does not accrue interest charges on delinquent accounts receivable. The accounts are generally unsecured.


Property and Equipment


Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided for on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  The average lives range from three (3) to five (5) years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life. Maintenance and repairs that neither materially add to the value of the property nor appreciably prolong its life are charged to expense as incurred.  Betterments or renewals are capitalized when incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, depreciation expense was $318,504 and $387,614, respectively.


Intangible Asset


The intangible asset is comprised of branding costs. The intangible asset is being amortized on the straight-line method over its estimated economic life, which is estimated to be seven (7) years, at a cost of $45,864 per year.




F-6

 



Note 1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates (Continued)


Capitalized Software Costs


The Company capitalizes software acquired from outside vendors and amortizes it over its expected useful life of three (3) years.


Revenue Recognition


Revenue for inbound calls is recorded on a per-call or per-minute basis in accordance with the rates established in the respective contracts. Revenue for outbound calls is on a commission basis, with revenue being recognized as the commission is earned.  As the Company’s customers are primarily well established, creditworthy institutions, Management believes collectability is reasonably assured at the time of performance.


Impairment of Long-Lived Assets


The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.


Income Taxes


The Company adopted the provisions of FASB interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on July 1, 2007, with no material impact on the accompanying financial statements.


The Company’s tax position taken in prior years for deferred income taxes have been provided by temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes.  We provide valuation allowances against the deferred tax assets for amounts when the realization is uncertain.  Management reviews these items regularly in light of changes in tax laws and court rulings at both federal and state levels.


The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the State of Arizona.  The Company is subject to federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for approximately the past three years, or in some instances longer periods.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses.  


Deferred income taxes are provided on the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of the changes in tax laws and rates of the date of enactment.

 


F-7

 

 

Note 1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates (Continued)

 

Income Taxes (Continued)


When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained.  The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any.  Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.  Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  Interests and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of operations.


Fair Value

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The estimated fair values for financial instruments are determined at discrete points in time based on relevant market information. These estimates involve uncertainties and cannot be determined with precision. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and notes payable approximate fair value given their short term nature or with regards to long term notes payable based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities.


Earnings per Share


Basic earnings per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution of securities that could share in the earnings of an entity, using the treasury stock method.

 



F-8

 



Note 1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates (Continued)

 

Earnings per Share (Continued)


The following data shows the amounts used in computing diluted earnings per share and the effect on income and the weighted average number of shares of potentially dilutive common stock.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December, 31

 

 

Year Ended December, 31

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) available to common stockholders

 

 $ (1,043,638)

 

 

 $ 381,296 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

used in basic earnings per share

 

6,794,600

 

 

6,794,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

      Stock options

 

  -    

 

 

133,618

      Stock warrants

 

  -    

 

 

236,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

and dilutive potential comon stock used in

 

 

 

 

 

diluted earnings per share

 

                      6,794,600 

 

 

                     7,164,396 

 

 

 

 

 

 


All dilutive common stock equivalents are reflected in our earnings per share calculations. Anti-dilutive common stock equivalents are not included in our earnings per share calculations. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had outstanding options to purchase 1,574,999 shares of common stock at a per share weighted average exercise price of $1.48, which were not included in the earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.  In addition, the Company did not include warrants to purchase 691,104 shares of common stock at a price of $1.00 per share in the earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.  


Stock-Based Compensation


The Company has stock-based compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123R"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted during the year, or granted in a prior year if not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The value of the compensation cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the award (the option vesting term).

 


F-9

 

 

Note 1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates (Continued)


Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


·

The Company estimates fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Assumptions used to estimate compensation expense are determined as follows:


·

Expected term is determined using an average of the contractual term and vesting period of the award;


·

Expected volatility of award grants made under the Company's plans is measured using the historical daily changes in the market price of similar industry indices, which are publicly traded, over the expected term of the award;


·

Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards; and,


·

Forfeitures are based on the history of cancellations of awards granted by the Company and   management's analysis of potential forfeitures.



Pending Accounting Pronouncements


In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” or SFAS No. 141R, which replaces SFAS No. 141. The statement retains the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, but requires a number of changes, including changes in the way assets and liabilities are recognized in the purchase accounting. It also changes the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, requires the capitalization of in-process research and development at fair value, and requires the expensing of acquisition-related costs as incurred. SFAS No. 141R is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and will apply prospectively to business combinations completed on or after that date. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 141R to have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements,” or SFAS No. 160. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling or minority interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest and, accordingly, requires all entities to report such interests in subsidiaries as equity in the consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 160 to have a material impact on its financial statements.


In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “ Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or SFAS No. 161 . SFAS No. 161 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 161 to have a material impact on its financial statements.

 


F-10

 

 

Note 1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates (Continued)


Pending Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)


In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP 142-3”). FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FSP 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FSP 142-3 on its financial position and results of operations.


In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS 162”). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements. SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

Note 2

Concentrations of Risk


During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company rendered a substantial portion of its services to its two largest customers representing 61% and 22% of total revenues.  As of December 31, 2007, the amounts due from the customers were $499,114 and $173,222, respectively.


During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company rendered a substantial portion of its services to its largest three customers representing 41%, 24% and 18% of total revenues. As of December 31, 2006, the amounts due from the customers were $612,457, $181,877, and $110,713, respectively.


The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at various financial institutions. Deposits not to exceed $100,000 at each financial institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had uninsured cash and cash equivalents in the approximate amounts of $1,404,000 and $1,384,000, respectively.

 

Note 3

Property and Equipment


Property and equipment as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 consist of the following:


 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer hardware

 

 

 $ 2,065,072 

 

 $ 1,975,704 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

  229,728 

 

  189,728 

Leashold improvements

 

 

  165,377 

 

  165,377 

Software costs

 

 

  1,192,615 

 

  1,154,221 

 

 

 

  3,652,792 

 

  3,485,030 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

  (3,360,396)

 

  (3,041,892)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $ 292,396 

 

 $ 443,138 

 

 

 

 

 

 


F-11

 

 

Note 4

Intangible Asset


At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the intangible asset consists of:


 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Branding costs

 

 

 $ 321,343 

 

 $ 321,343 

 

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

  (317,521)

 

  (271,657)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $ 3,822 

 

 $ 49,686  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $45,864 per year.


On an annual basis, the Company reviews the valuation of branding costs. As part of this review, the Company estimates the net realizable value of branding costs and assesses whether the unamortized balance can be recovered through expected future cash flows over the remaining life of the asset. As of December 31, 2007, the Company believes the value of branding costs is not impaired.

 

Note 5

Notes Payable


As of December 31, 2007 and 2006 notes payable were comprised of the following:


 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$1,000,000 note payable, due to Biltmore Bank of Arizona, interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at the rate of prime plus 2% principal payments of $27,778  plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

interest due monthly, due in full May 28, 2007; collateralized by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

all assets of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 $ -   

 

 $ 138,882 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to Biltmore Bank of Arizona, interest at prime plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2%, (9.50% at December 31, 2007), principal payments of $3,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

plus interest due monthly, due in full June, 2008; collateralized by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equipment.

 

 

 

 

  16,981 

 

  55,090 

 

 

 

 

 

  16,981 

 

  193,972 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: current portion

 

 

 

 

  (16,981)

 

  (176,215)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $ -    

 

 $ 17,757 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A schedule of future minimum payments due on the notes payable is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

$16,981 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$16,981 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


F-12

 

 

Note 5

Notes Payable (Continued)


In addition, as of December 31, 2007, the Company has an available $600,000 line of credit at Biltmore Bank of Arizona. Interest only payments at the rate of prime plus 1.5% (8.75%) at December 31, 2007) are due monthly. Principal is due in full on June 1, 2008. The line of credit is collateralized by assets of the Company.

 

Note 6

Accrued Liabilities


Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Payroll and related taxes

 

 

 

 $ 162,085 

 

 $ 171,004 

          Deferred rent

 

 

 

  49,555 

 

  45,044 

          Accrued vacation

 

 

 

  40,981 

 

  28,359 

          Other accrued expenses

 

 

 

  28,808 

 

  30,432 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $ 281,429 

 

 $ 274,839 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Note 7

Income Taxes


At December 31, 2007 and 2006, deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

Current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

 

 $ 666,549 

 

 $ 486,400 

        Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

  23,796 

 

  19,100 

        Accrued vacation

 

 

 

 

 

  15,987 

 

  11,100 

        Deferred rent expense

 

 

 

 

 

  (19,332)

 

  (17,600)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  687,000 

 

  499,000 

         Less: valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

  (687,000)

 

  -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset-current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 $ -   

 

 $ 499,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 $ 60,000 

 

 $ 62,000 

         Less: valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

  (60,000)

 

  -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset-long term portion

 

 

 

 

 

 $ -   

 

 $ 62,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, uncertainties exist that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has net federal operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,630,000. The net operating loss forwards may be applied against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire through December 31, 2022 for federal income tax purposes and December 31, 2012 for state income tax purposes.

F-13

 

 

Note 7

Income Taxes (Continued)


During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The Company has established a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2007 in the approximate amount of $747,000. The valuation allowance is equal to the full amount of the deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of the utilization of operating losses in future periods.


During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company determined that it was more likely than not, that they would utilize the deferred tax assets. Therefore, a benefit in the approximate amount of $126,000 was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006, which was net of the year’s expense of approximately $104,000.


The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal and state statutory income tax rates to pretax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 due to the following:  


 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Tax Benefit (Expense) at Statutory Rates

 

 $               165,000

 

$              (87,000) 

State Tax Benefit (Expense) at Statutory Rates

 

  24,000 

 

  (13,000) 

Meals and Entertainment

 

  (3,000) 

 

  (4,000) 

Benefit of Net Operating Losses

 

-  

 

103,950

Valuation Allowance Adjustment

 

  (747,000) 

 

126,000

 

 

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Benefit (Expense)

 

 $         (561,000)   

 

$               125,950

 

 

 

 

 



Due to the change in ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, net operating loss carry-forwards for Federal income tax reporting purposes are subject to annual limitations.  Should a change in ownership occur, net operating loss carry-forwards may be limited as to use in future years.

 


F-14

 



Note 8

Commitments and Contingencies


Operating Leases


The Company leases office space in Tempe, Arizona, under two five (5) year operating lease agreements expiring in 2010, at a combined current rate of approximately $59,000 per month.  Subsequent to December 31, 2007 the Company cancelled one of its office locations effective November 2008.  As a result of this cancellation the Company incurred a one time termination fee in the amount of $193,688.  This amount is included in the schedule below.


The Company leases office equipment under various operating lease agreements expiring through June 2011, at rates ranging from $753 to $2,620 per month.


Total rent expense under the aforementioned operating leases was approximately $712,021 and $692,123 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

A schedule of future minimum lease payments is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

Amount

2008

 

 

 

 

  931,292 

2009

 

 

 

 

  381,428 

2010

 

 

 

 

  313,351 

2011

 

 

 

 

  3,768 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $ 1,629,839  

 

 

 

 

 

 


Employment Agreements


Calibrus has employment contracts with all officers and key employees of the Company.  All of our employment agreements contain language assigning all inventions over to Calibrus and non-compete agreements.  Additionally, on termination, if not for cause and Calibrus is cash flow and earnings positive, our officers and key employees will receive up to three months salary as severance. On a change of control of Calibrus, which results in termination of the officer or key employee and Calibrus is cash flow positive and has a positive earnings per share at the time of the change of control, the officer or key employee will receive a three months salary as severance based on the officers or employees’ current salary.  Employment contracts are entered into for two, three or four year periods with automatic two, three or four one year extensions depending on the officer or key employee.  A summary of the officers employment contract are below:


Employee

 

Beginning Date

 

End Date

 

Annual Salary

 

Renewal Term

Jeff W. Holmes

 

1/1/2005

 

12/31/2009

 

 $ 220,000 

 

(4) one year      extensions

Greg W. Holmes

 

1/1/2005

 

12/31/2009

 

 $ 150,000 

 

(4) one year extensions

Kevin J. Asher

 

2/5/2008

 

2/4/2010

 

 $ 130,000 

 

(2) one year extensions

Tom Harker

 

1/1/2007

 

12/31/2010

 

 $ 140,000 

 

(3) one year extensions

Michael Brande

 

1/1/2007

 

12/31/2010

 

 $ 105,000 

 

(3) one year extensions

Michael Rae

 

1/1/2007

 

12/31/2010

 

 $ 90,000 

 

(3) one year extensions

Jim Stockert

 

9/26/2005

 

9/25/2009

 

 $ 80,000 

 

(4) one year extensions

Kelly Robinson

 

6/28/2004

 

6/28/2008

 

 $ 90,000 

 

(4) one year extensions


Indemnification agreements

The Company has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurences arising as a result of the officer or director serving in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer's or director's lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. As a result of no current or expected litigation, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal and has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.


 

F-15

 

 

Note 9

Stockholders’ Equity


Warrants


As of December 31, 2007, the Company had 691,104 warrants to purchase common stock outstanding. All of the warrants are convertible into one share of common stock at a price of $1.00 per share. The warrants carry an exercise term of seven (7) years. All of the warrants are vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2007. The following table summarizes warrant activity:


 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

Number of

 

Weighted Average

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic

 

 

Warrants

 

Exercise Price

 

Contractual Term

 

Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

 

  691,104 

 

 $ 1.00 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

 

  691,104 

 

 $ 1.00 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

 

  691,104 

 

 $ 1.00 

 

1.64

 

 $ -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2007

 

  691,104 

 

 $ 1.00 

 

1.64

 

 $ -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


The fair value of each warrant granted is estimated on the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

         Prior Years

         Expected volatility                         0%

         Risk-free interest rate               2.25%

         Expected dividends                       -

         Expected life                            7 years

         Fair value                                 $   -

 

 

            


Options


As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company has adopted two Stock Options Plans, the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company increased the number of options available for grant under the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and Incentive Stock Option Plan by 1,425,000 and 725,000 options, respectively.  Under the 2001 Non-Qualified Plan, the Company may grant options for up to 2,850,000 shares of common stock. The maximum term of the options is five years, and they vest at various times according to the Option Agreements. Under the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the Company may grant options for up to 1,450,000 shares of common stock. The maximum term of the options is five years and they vest at various times according to the Option Agreements.


The following is a table of activity for all options granted under these Plans, as well as 65,000 options granted outside the Plan:

 


F-16

 

 

Note 9

Stockholders’Equity (Continued)


Options (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

Options

 

Exercise Price

 

Term (in years)

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

 

  1,512,500 

 

 $ 1.42 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Granted

 

  272,499 

 

  1.52 

 

 

 

 

   Exercised

 

  (500)

 

  1.50 

 

 

 

 

   Forfeited

 

  (244,500)

 

  1.09 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006

 

  1,539,999 

 

  1.42 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Granted

 

  135,000 

 

  1.52 

 

 

 

 

   Exercised

 

  -    

 

  -   

 

 

 

 

   Forfeited

 

  (100,000)

 

  1.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2007

 

  1,574,999 

 

 $ 1.48 

 

2.25

 

 $ -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2007

 

  1,574,999 

 

 $ 1.48 

 

2.25

 

 $ -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


The intrinsic value of the options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $10. The total fair value of the options vested during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $26,847


A summary of the status of the Entity’s nonvested options as of December 31, 2007 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2007 is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant-Date

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Fair Value

Nonvested at January 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

  44,998 

 

 $ 0.33 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

  135,000 

 

 $ 0.07 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

  (179,998)

 

 $ 0.15 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

  -   

 

  -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

  -   

 

  -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


F-17

 

 

Note 9

Stockholders’Equity (Continued)


Options (Continued)


The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:


 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Expected Volatility

 

 

 

15%

 

15%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

 

5.03%

 

4.63%

 

Expected dividends

 

 

 

  -   

 

  -   

 

Expected life

 

 

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

Value per option

 

 

 

$0.07 

 

$0.07 



 

F-18

 

 



CALIBRUS, INC.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS


ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents  

 

 

 

 

 $ 745,274 

 

 $ 1,591,704 

   Accounts receivable - trade, net

 

 

 

 

  1,026,617 

 

  791,560 

   Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

  42,070 

 

  158,422 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Current Assets

 

 

 

 

   1,813,961 

 

  2,541,686  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net  

 

 

 

 

  199,116 

 

  292,396 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

  34,382 

 

  34,382 

Intangible asset, net

 

 

 

 

  -   

 

  3,822 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 $ 2,047,459 

 

 $ 2,872,286  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Notes payable - current portion

 

 

 

 

 $ -   

 

 $ 16,981 

   Accounts payable - trade

 

 

 

 

  130,339 

 

  68,162 

   Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

  256,672 

 

  281,429 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Liabilities

 

 

 

 

  387,011 

 

  366,572  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

  -    

 

  -    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares 

   authorized,  none issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

  -    

 

  -    

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Common stock, $.001 par value, 45,000,000

       shares authorized,6,794,600  shares issued and

       outstanding at September 30, 2008 and December

       31, 2007

 

 

 

 

  6,795 

 

  6,795 

   Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

  4,461,321 

 

  4,461,321 

   Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

 

  (2,807,668)

 

  (1,962,402)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Total Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

  1,660,448 

 

  2,505,714  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 $ 2,047,459 

 

 $ 2,872,286  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of these Condensed Financial Statements

 

F-19

 



CALIBRUS, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

( Unaudited)

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 $ 4,219,491 

 

 $ 5,094,241 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

  2,107,179 

 

  2,601,770 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

  2,112,312 

 

  2,492,471 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

  2,971,555 

 

  2,802,306 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

 

  (859,243)

 

  (309,835)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

 

 

 

 

 

   Interest income

 

  18,178 

 

  41,954 

 

   Interest expense

 

  (4,201)

 

  (5,279)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  13,977 

 

  36,675 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

  (845,266)

 

  (273,160)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense - deferred

 

  -   

 

  (561,000)

 

Net Loss

 

  (845,266)

 

  (834,160)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss per Common Share:

 

 

 

 

 

   Basic and Diluted

 

 $ (0.12)

 

 $ (0.12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding

 

  6,794,600 

 

  6,794,600 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of these Condensed Financial Statement


F-20

 


CALIBRUS, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)


 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Net Loss

 

 

 $ (845,266)

 

 $ (834,160)

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from

 

 

 

 

 

     operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Depreciation and amortization

 

 

  133,966 

 

  267,434 

          Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

  -   

 

  12,000 

          Stock based compensation expense

 

 

  -   

 

  18,321 

          Deferred income tax

 

 

  -   

 

  561,000 

     Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Accounts receivable - trade

 

 

  (235,057)

 

  158,186 

          Prepaid expenses

 

 

  116,352 

 

  75,438 

          Deposits

 

 

  -    

 

  (3,187)

          Accounts payable - trade

 

 

  62,177 

 

  (168,346)

          Accrued liabilities

 

 

  (24,757)

 

  18,497 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

  (792,585)

 

  105,183  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Purchase of fixed assets

 

 

  (36,864)

 

  (55,469)

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Net cash used by investing activities

 

 

  (36,864)

 

  (55,469)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

          Repayment of debt

 

 

  (16,981)

 

  (167,657)

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Net cash used by financing activities

 

 

  (16,981)

 

  (167,657)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

   (846,430)

 

  (117,943)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

  1,591,704 

 

  1,914,049 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

 

  $ 745,274 

 

 $ 1,796,106  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

   Interest

 

 

 $ 4,201 

 

 $ 5,279 

   Income Taxes

 

 

 $ -    

 

 $ -    

 

 

 

 

 

 



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral

Part of these Condensed Financial Statements


F-21

 


CALIBRUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates:

     

Presentation of Interim Information:


The condensed financial statements included herein have been prepared by Calibrus, Inc. (“we”, “us”, “our” or “Company”) without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements as of December 31, 2007.  Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted, as permitted by the SEC, although we believe the disclosures, which are made, are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Further, the condensed financial statements reflect, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly our financial position at September 30, 2008, and the results of our operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The December 31, 2007 condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Interim results are subject to significant seasonal variations and the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

     

Nature of Corporation:


Calibrus, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on October 22, 1999, in the State of Nevada.  The Company’s principal business purpose is to operate a customer contact center for a variety of clients, who are located throughout the United States. The Company provides customer contact support services for various companies wishing to outsource these functions.  


Use of Estimates:


          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes and deprsiable lives of long lived assets.

    

Earnings per Share:


 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings per Share” (“SFAS 128”) provides for the calculation of Basic and Diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution of securities that could share in the earnings of an entity.



 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Loss available to common stockholders

 

 $ (845,266)

 

 $ (834,160)

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

 

 

   used in basic earnings per share

 

   6,794,600 

 

  6,794,600 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

  Stock options

 

  -     

 

  -     

  Stock warrants

 

  -     

 

  -     

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

 

 

  and dilutive potential comon stock used in

 

 

 

 

  diluted earnings per share

 

  6,794,600 

 

  6,794,600 

 

 

 

 

 



F-22


 

CALIBRUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)


Anti-dilutive common stock equivalents are not included in our earnings per share calculations.  At September 30, 2008 and 2007 the Company had outstanding options to purchase 1,414,999 and 1,624,999 shares of common stock at a per share weighted average exercise price of $1.51 and $1.48, which were not included in the earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.  In addition, the Company did not include in either period warrants to purchase 691,104 shares of common stock at a price of $1.00 per share in the earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.  


Revenue Recognition


Revenue for inbound calls is recorded on a per-call or per-minute basis in accordance with the rates established in the respective contracts. Revenue for outbound calls is on a commission basis, with revenue being recognized as the commission is earned.  As the Company’s customers are primarily well established, creditworthy institutions, Management believes collectability is reasonably assured at the time of performance.


Stock-Based Compensation:


The Company has stock-based compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123R"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted during the year, or granted in a prior year if not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The value of the compensation cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the award (the option vesting term).


The Company estimates fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Assumptions used to estimate compensation expense are determined as follows:


Expected term is determined using an average of the contractual term and vesting period of the award;


Expected volatility of award grants made under the Company's plans is measured using the historical monthly changes in the market price of similar industry indices, which are publicly traded, over the expected term of the award;


Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards; and,


Forfeitures are based on the history of cancellations of awards granted by the Company and   management's analysis of potential forfeitures.


Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25").

 


F-23

 



CALIBRUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)


Income Taxes:


The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the State of Arizona.  With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004.


The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on July 1, 2007.  


Included in the balance at September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, are $0 of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.  Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.


Interests and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of operations. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties. 


Pending Accounting Pronouncements:


In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” or SFAS No. 141R, which replaces SFAS No 141. The statement retains the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, but requires a number of changes, including changes in the way assets and liabilities are recognized in the purchase accounting. It also changes the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, requires the capitalization of in-process research and development at fair value, and requires the expensing of acquisition-related costs as incurred. SFAS No. 141R is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and will apply prospectively to business combinations completed on or after that date. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 141R to have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements,” or SFAS No. 160. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling or minority interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest and, accordingly, requires all entities to report such interests in subsidiaries as equity in the consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 160 to have a material impact on its financial statements.


In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “ Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or SFAS No. 161 . SFAS No. 161 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 161 to have a material impact on its financial statements.


In April, 2008, FASB issued FSP SFAS 142-3 "Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets" ("SFAS 142-3"). SFAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FASB Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations, and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). SFAS 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company does not expect FSP SFAS 142-3 to have a material impact on its financial statements.



F-24

 



CALIBRUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)


In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS 162”). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements. SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.


Subsequent Events:


Subsequent to the quarter ended September 30, 2008, the Company cancelled one of its office locations effective November 2008.  As a result of the lease cancellation the Company incurred a one time termination fee in the amount of $193,688.  Payment of the cancellation fee took place in September and is included in general and administrative expenses.  


Subsequent to September 30, 2008, the Company issued 50,000 options to Kevin J. Asher, CFO in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement.  The options have a 5-year term and have an exercise price of $1.00.  All 50,000 options vested on the date of grant.


 

F-25





ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALLCITYBRANDS.COM, INC.



The undersigned incorporator, being a natural person more than eighteen (18) years of age and acting as the sole incorporator of the above-named corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation") hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for the Corporation.


ARTICLE I

NAME


The name of the Corporation shall be:  Allcitybrands.com, Inc.


ARTICLE II

PERIOD OF DURATION


The Corporation shall continue in existence perpetually unless sooner dissolved according to law.


ARTICLE III

PURPOSES


The Corporation is organized for the purpose conducting any lawful business for which a corporation may be organized under the laws of the State of Nevada.


ARTICLE IV

AUTHORIZED SHARES


The Corporation is authorized to issue a total of 50,000,000 shares, consisting of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.001 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock") and 45,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value $0.001 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock"). Shares of any class of stock may be issued, without shareholder action, from time to time in one or more series as may from time to time be determined by the board of directors.  The board of directors of this Corporation is hereby expressly granted authority, without shareholder action, and within the limits set forth in the Nevada Revised Statutes, to:


(a)

designate in whole or in part, the powers, preferences, limitations, and relative rights, of any class of shares before the issuance of any shares of that class;


(b)

create one or more series within a class of shares, fix the number of shares of each such series, and designate, in whole or part, the powers, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the series, all before the issuance of any shares of that series;


(c)

alter or revoke the powers, preferences, limitations, and relative rights granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued class of shares or any wholly unissued series of any class of shares; or

 

(d)

increase or decrease the number of shares constituting any series, the number of shares of which was originally fixed by the board of directors, either before or after the issuance of shares of the series; provided that, the number may not be decreased below the number of shares of the series then outstanding, or increased above the total number of authorized shares of the applicable class of shares available for designation as a part of the series.


The allocation between the classes, or among the series of each class, of unlimited voting rights and the right to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon dissolution, shall be as designated by the board of directors.  All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of the Corporation not expressly provided for to the contrary herein or in the Corporation's bylaws or in any amendment hereto or thereto shall be vested in the Common Stock.  Accordingly, unless and until otherwise designated by the board of directors of the Corporation, and subject to any superior rights as so designated, the Common Stock shall have unlimited voting rights and be entitled to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon dissolution.

 

ARTICLE V

NON-ACCESSIBILITY FOR DEBTS OF CORPORATION


After the amount of the subscription price, the purchase price, or the par value of the stock of any class or series is paid into the Corporation, owners or holders of shares of any stock in the Corporation may never be assessed to pay the debts of the Corporation.


ARTICLE VI

NO CUMULATIVE VOTING


Except as may otherwise be required by law, these articles of incorporation, or the provisions of the resolution or resolutions as may be adopted by the board of directors pursuant to Article IV of these articles of incorporation, in all matters as to which the vote or consent of stockholders of the Corporation shall be required to be taken, the holders of Common Stock shall have one vote per share of Common Stock held.   Cumulative Voting on the election of directors or on any other matter submitted to the stockholders shall not be permitted.


ARTICLE VII

NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS


No holder of any of the shares of any class or series of stock or of options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of any class or series of any additional shares of any class or series to be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation of any class or series, or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock of the Corporation of any class or series, or carrying any rights to purchase stock of any class or series, but any such unissued stock, additional authorized issue of shares of any class or series of stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock carrying any right to purchase stock may be issued and disposed of pursuant to an appropriate resolution of the board of directors to such persons, firms, corporations, or associations and on such terms as may be deemed advisable by the board of directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.


ARTICLE VIII

TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more or its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any corporation, firm or association in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or are financially interested, is void or voidable solely for this reason or solely because any such director or officer is present at the meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof which authorizes or approves the contract or transaction, or because the vote or votes of common or interested directors are counted for that purpose, if the circumstances specified in any of the following paragraphs exist:


(a)

The fact of the common directorship, office or financial interest is disclosed or known to the board of directors or committee and noted in the minutes, and the board or committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction in good faith by a vote sufficient for the purpose without counting the vote or votes of the common or interested director or directors;


(b)

The fact of the common directorship, office or financial interest is disclosed or known to the stockholders, and they approve or ratify the contract or transaction in good faith by a majority vote of stockholders holding a majority of the voting power.  The votes of the common or interested directors or officers must be counted in any such vote of stockholders; or


(c)

The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation at the time it is authorized or approved.



ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AND OTHERS


(a)

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation and their respective heirs, administrators, and executors against all liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by the laws of the state of Nevada now existing or as such laws may hereafter be amended.  The expenses of officers and directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.


(b)

The Corporation may indemnify each director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation and their respective heirs, administrators, and executors against all liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding to which such person may be made a party by reason of such person being, or having been, a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by the laws of the state of Nevada now existing or as such laws may hereafter be amended.


ARTICLE X

LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS LIABILITY

 

To the full extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes, directors and officers of the Corporation shall have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for damages resulting from (a) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law; (b) the payment of distribution in violation of section 78.300 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto.


ARTICLE XI

NO LIMITATIONS ON VOTING RIGHTS


To the extent permissible under the applicable law of any jurisdiction to which the Corporation may become subject by reason of the conduct of business, the ownership of assets, the residence of shareholders, the location of offices or facilities, or any other item, the Corporation elects not to be governed by the provisions of any statute that (i) limits, restricts, modifies, suspends, terminates, or otherwise effects the rights of any shareholder to cast one vote for each share of Common Stock registered in the name of such shareholder on the books of the Corporation, without regard to whether such shares were acquired directly from the Corporation or from any other person and without regard to whether such shareholder has the power to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power over any specific fraction of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding or (ii) grants to any shareholder the right to have his or her stock redeemed or purchased by the Corporation or any other shareholder of the Corporation.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by or be subject to the provisions of sections 78.378 through 78.3793 of the Nevada Revised Statutes or any similar or successor statutes adopted by any state which may be deemed to apply to the Corporation from time to time.


ARTICLE X II

PRINCIPAL OFFICE AND RESIDENT AGENT


The address of the Corporation in the State of Nevada is 600 Highway 50, Pinewild at Marla Bay, Unit 101.  The name and address of the Corporation's initial resident agent is:


Jeff Holmes

 600 Highway 50, Pinewild at Marla Bay, Unit 101

 Zephyr Cove, Nevada 89448


Either the principal office or the resident agent may be changed in the manner provided by law.


ARTICLE XI II

AMENDMENTS


The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal all or any portion of the provisions contained in these articles of incorporation from time to time in accordance with the laws of the state of Nevada; and all rights conferred herein on stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 


ARTICLE XI V

ADOPTION AND AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS


The initial bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the board of directors.  The power to alter, amend, or repeal the bylaws or adopt new bylaws shall be vested in the board of directors.  The bylaws may contain any provisions for the regulation or management of the affairs of the Corporation not inconsistent with these articles of incorporation and the laws of the state of Nevada now or hereafter existing.


ARTICLE X V

GOVERNING BOARD


The governing board of the Corporation shall be known as the "board of directors."  The board of directors must have at least one director or as otherwise specified in its bylaws or director’s resolutions.


The first board of directors shall consist of one person.  The name and address of the person who is to serve as the initial director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders and until such person's successor is elected and shall qualify is as follows:


NAME

ADDRESS


Jeff Holmes

600 Highway 50, Pinewild at Marla Bay, Unit 101, Zephyr Cove, Nevada 89448


ARTICLE XV I

POWERS OF GOVERNING BOARD


The governing board of the Corporation is specifically granted by these articles of incorporation all powers permitted to be vested in the governing board of a corporation by the applicable provisions of the laws of the state of Nevada now or hereafter existing.


ARTICLE XV II

INCORPORATOR


The name and mailing address of the incorporator signing these articles of incorporation is as follows:


NAME

ADDRESS


Jeff Holmes

600 Highway 50, Pinewild at Marla Bay, Unit 101, Zephyr Cove, Nevada 89448







The undersigned, being the sole incorporator of the Corporation herein before named, hereby makes and files these articles of incorporation, declaring and certifying that the facts contained herein are true.


DATED this _____ day of October 1999.




_ /s/ Jeff_Holmes ______________________

Jeff Holmes


STATE OF __________

)

:  ss

COUNTY OF ____________

)



On this _____ day of October 1999, before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared Jeff Holmes who, upon being first duly sworn, declared to me that he is the sole incorporator of Allcitybrands.com, Inc., and acknowledged to me that he executed the foregoing articles of incorporation as his free act and deed.




___________________________________

Notary Public







SIGNATURE OF ACCEPTANCE OF INITIAL RESIDENT AGENT


On this _________ (___) day of October, 1999, I, Jeff Holmes, hereby accept appointment as resident agent for Allcitybrands.com, Inc. as named in the foregoing Articles of Organization.


_ /s/ Jeff Holmes ______________________

                                                                        Jeff Holmes, Resident Agent







ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALLCITYBRANDS.COM, INC.


Pursuant to the provisions of Section 78.385, et. seq., of the Nevada Revised Statutes, Allcitybrands.com, Inc., a Nevada corporation, hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation,” hereby  adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:


FIRST:

The name of the Corporation is Allcitybrands.com, Inc.


SECOND:

Article I of the Articles of Incorporation shall be amended to read as follows:


Article I


The name of the corporation is Calibrus, Inc.


THIRD:

By executing these Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, the president and secretary of the Corporation do hereby certify that on January 19, 2000, the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Allcitybrands.com, Inc., was authorized and approved pursuant to Section 78.390 of the Nevada Revised Statutes by the consent of the majority of the Corporation’s shareholders.  The number of issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was 5,000,000 of which 5,000,000 shares voted for, no shares voted against and no shares abstained from the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.  No other class of shares was entitled to vote thereon as a class.


DATED this 19 th day of January, 2000


_ /s/ Jeff Holmes_ ____________

Jeff Holmes, President


_ /s/ Greg Holmes ____________

Greg Holmes, Secretary


State of Arizona

)

:

County of __________

)


On this ___ day of January, 2000, personally appeared before me, the undersigned, a notary public, Jeff Holmes and Greg Holmes, who being by me first duly sworn, declared that they are the president and secretary, respectively, of the above-named corporation, that they signed the foregoing Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation and that the statements contained therein are true.


WITNESS MY HAND AND OFFICIAL SEAL.


__________________________________

Notary Public

















BYLAWS





OF





ALLCITYBRANDS.COM, INC.




A NEVADA CORPORATION






TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE

PAGE


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1

Section

1.1

Business Office

1

Section

1.2

Registered Office

1

Section

1.3

Principal Office

1


ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

1

Section

2.1

Annual Shareholder Meeting

1

Section

2.2

Special Shareholder Meetings

1

Section

2.3

Place of Shareholder Meetings

1

Section

2.4

Notice of Shareholder Meetings

2

Section

2.5

Meetings by Telecommunications

3

Section

2.6

Fixing of Record Date

3

Section

2.7

Shareholder List

3

Section

2.8

Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements

4

Section

2.9

Increasing Either Quorum or Voting Requirements

4

Section

2.10

Proxies

4

Section

2.11

Voting of Shares

4

Section

2.12

Corporation's Acceptance of Votes

5

Section

2.13

Inspectors of Election

6

Section

2.14

Shareholder Action Without Meeting

6

Section

2.15

Election of Directors

6

Section

2.16

Business at Annual Meeting

6

Section

2.17

Conduct of Meeting

7

Section

2.18

Shareholder's Rights to Inspect Corporate Records

7

Section

2.19

Financial Statements Shall be Furnished to the Shareholders

8

Section

2.20

Dissenters' Rights

8


ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

8

Section

3.1

General Powers

8

Section

3.2

Number, Tenure, and Qualification of Directors

8

Section

3.3

Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors

9

Section

3.4

Special Meetings of the Board of Directors

9

Section

3.5

Notice of, and Waiver of Notice for, Special Director Meetings

9

Section

3.6

Director Quorum

9

Section

3.7

Directors, Manner of Acting

9

Section

3.8

Establishing a "Supermajority" Quorum or Voting Requirement for the

Board of Directors

9

Section

3.9

Director Action Without a Meeting

10

Section

3.10

Removal of Directors

10

Section

3.11

Board of Director Vacancies

10



i



ARTICLE

PAGE


Section

3.12

Director Compensation

11

Section

3.13

Director Committees

11


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

12

Section

4.1

Number of Officers

12

Section

4.2

Appointment and Term of Office

12

Section

4.3

Removal of Officers

12

Section

4.4

President

12

Section

4.5

Vice-Presidents

12

Section

4.6

Secretary

12

 Section

4.7

Treasurer

13

Section

4.8

Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers

13

Section

4.9

Salaries

13


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS,

AND EMPLOYEES

13

Section

5.1

Indemnification of Directors

13

Section

5.2

Advance Expenses for Directors

13

Section

5.3

Indemnification of Officers, Agents, and Employees Who are not Directors

14


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

14

Section

6.1

Certificates for Shares

14

Section

6.2

Shares Without Certificates

14

Section

6.3

Registration of the Transfer of Shares

15

Section

6.4

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares Permitted

15

Section

6.5

Acquisition of Shares

16


ARTICLE VII

DISTRIBUTIONS

16


ARTICLE VIII

CORPORATE SEAL

17


ARTICLE IX

DIRECTORS CONFLICTING INTEREST TRANSACTIONS

17


ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

17


ARTICLE XI

FISCAL YEAR

17


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

18



ii





BYLAWS

OF

ALLCITYBRANDS.COM, INC.



ARTICLE I

OFFICES


Section 1.01

Registered Office .  The registered office shall be in the city of ________, __________, State of Nevada.


Section 1.02

Location of Offices .  The corporation may maintain such offices within or without the state of Nevada as the board of directors may from time to time designate or require.


Section 1.03

Principal Office .  The address of the principal office of the corporation shall be at the address of the Registered office of the corporation as so designated in the office of the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation, or at such other address as the board of directors shall from time to time determine.



ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS


Section 2.1

Annual Shareholder Meeting .  The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held within 150 days of the close of the corporation's fiscal year, at a time and date as is determined by the corporation's board of directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.  If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the state of Nevada, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.


If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders, or at any subsequent continuation after adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as convenient.  The failure to hold an annual or special meeting does not affect the validity of any corporate action or work a forfeiture or dissolution of the corporation.


Section 2.2

Special Shareholder Meetings .  Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, may be called by the president or by the board of directors and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of not less than one- tenth of all outstanding votes of the corporation entitled to be cast on any issue at the meeting.


Section 2.3

Place of Shareholder Meetings .  The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the state of Nevada, as the place of meeting for any annual or any special meeting of the shareholders, unless by written consents, which may be in the form of waivers of notice or otherwise, a majority of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting may designate a different place, either within or without the state of Nevada, as the place for the holding of such meeting.  If no designation is made by either the directors or majority action of the voting shareholders, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

 

1


Section 2.4

Notice of Shareholder Meetings .


(a)

Required Notice .  Written notice stating the place, day, and time of any annual or special shareholder meeting shall be delivered not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either in person, by any form of electronic communication, by mail, by private carrier, or by any other manner provided for in the Act, by or at the direction of the president, the board of directors, or other persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record, entitled to vote at such meeting and to any other shareholder entitled by the Act or the articles of incorporation to receive notice of the meeting.  Notice shall be deemed to be effective at the earlier of:  (1) when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid; (2) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee; (3) when received; or (4) five days after deposit in the United States mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed to an address other than that shown in the corporation's current record of shareholders.


(b)

Adjourned Meeting .  If any shareholder meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time, and place, if the new date, time, and place is announced at the meeting before adjournment.  If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is, or must be fixed (see section 2.5 of this Article II) or if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, then notice must be given pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 2.4, to those persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.


(c)

Waiver of Notice .  The shareholder may waive notice of the meeting (or any notice required by the Act, articles of incorporation, or bylaws), by a writing signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice, which is delivered to the corporation (either before or after the date and time stated in the notice) for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.


(d)

Shareholder Attendance .  A shareholder's attendance at a meeting:


(1)

waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and


(2)

waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.


(e)

Contents of Notice .  The notice of each special shareholder meeting shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Except as provided in this section 2.4(e), the articles of incorporation, or otherwise in the Act, the notice of an annual shareholder meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.


If a purpose of any shareholder meeting is to consider either:  (1) a proposed amendment to the articles of incorporation (including any restated articles requiring shareholder approval); (2) a plan of merger or share exchange; (3) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all, or substantially all of the corporation's property; (4) the dissolution of the corporation; or (5) the removal of a director, the notice must so state and, to the extent applicable, be accompanied by a copy or summary of the:  (1) articles of amendment; (2) plan of merger or share exchange; (3) agreement for the disposition of all or substantially all of the corporation's property; or (4) the terms of the dissolution.  If the proposed corporate action creates dissenters' rights, the notice must state that shareholders are, or may be entitled to assert dissenters' rights, and must be accompanied by a copy of the provisions of the Act governing such rights.

 

2


Section 2.5

Meetings by Telecommunications .  Any or all of the shareholders may participate in an annual or special meeting of shareholders by, or the meeting may be conducted through the use of, any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting.  A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is considered to be present in person at the meeting.


Section 2.6

Fixing of Record Date .  For the purpose of determining shareholders of any voting group entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any distribution or dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date.  Such record date shall not be more than 70 days prior to the meeting of shareholders or the payment of any distribution or dividend.  If no record date is so fixed by the board of directors for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive a share dividend or distribution, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the record date for determination of such shareholders shall be at the close of business on:


(a)

With respect to an annual shareholder meeting or any special shareholder meeting called by the board of directors or any person specifically authorized by the board of directors or these bylaws to call a meeting, the day before the first notice is delivered to shareholders;


(b)

With respect to a special shareholders' meeting demanded by the shareholders, the date the first shareholder signs the demand;


(c)

With respect to the payment of a share dividend, the date the board of directors authorizes the share dividend;


(d)

With respect to actions taken in writing without a meeting (pursuant to Article II, section 2.12), the date the first shareholder signs a consent; and


(e)

With respect to a distribution to shareholders (other than one involving a repurchase or reacquisition of shares), the date the board authorizes the distribution.


When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section 2.6, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date.  A new record date must be fixed if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.


Section 2.7

Shareholder List .  The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make a complete record of the shareholders entitled to vote at each meeting of shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order with the address of and the number of shares held by each.  The list must be arranged by voting group (if such exists, see Article II, section 2.8) and within each voting group by class or series of shares.  The shareholder list must be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning on the earlier of ten days before the meeting for which the list was prepared or two business days after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting.  The list shall be available at the corporation's principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting is to be held.  A shareholder, or his agent or attorney, is entitled, on written demand, to inspect and, subject to the requirements of section 2.18 of this Article II and sections 16-10a-1602 and 16-10a-1603 of the Act, or any sections of like tenor as from time to time amended, to inspect and copy the list during regular business hours, at his expense, during the period it is available for inspection.  The corporation shall maintain the shareholder list in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable time.

 

3


Section 2.8

Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements .  If the articles of incorporation or the Act provides for voting by a single voting group on a matter, action on that matter is taken when voted upon by that voting group.


Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter.  Unless the articles of incorporation, a bylaw adopted pursuant to section 2.9 of this Article II, or the Act provides otherwise, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter.


If the articles of incorporation or the Act provides for voting by two or more voting groups on a matter, action on that matter is taken only when voted upon by each of those voting groups counted separately.  Action may be taken by one voting group on a matter even though no action is taken by another voting group entitled to vote on the matter.


Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.


If a quorum exists, action on a matter (other than the election of directors) by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the articles of incorporation, a bylaw adopted pursuant to section 2.9 of this Article II, or the Act require a greater number of affirmative votes.


Section 2.9

Increasing Either Quorum or Voting Requirements .  For purposes of this section 2.9, a "supermajority" quorum is a requirement that more than a majority of the votes of the voting group be present to constitute a quorum; and a "supermajority" voting requirement is any requirement that requires the vote of more than a majority of the affirmative votes of a voting group at a meeting.


The shareholders, but only if specifically authorized to do so by the articles of incorporation, may adopt, amend, or delete a bylaw which fixes a "supermajority" quorum or "supermajority" voting requirement.


The adoption or amendment of a bylaw that adds, changes, or deletes a "supermajority" quorum or voting requirement for shareholders must meet the same quorum requirement and be adopted by the same vote and voting groups required to take action under the quorum and voting requirement then in effect or proposed to be adopted, whichever is greater.


A bylaw that fixes a supermajority quorum or voting requirement for shareholders may not be adopted, amended, or repealed by the board of directors.


Section 2.10

Proxies .  At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote in person, or vote by proxy, executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.  Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation or other person authorized to tabulate votes before or at the time of the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid after 11 months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy.


Section 2.11

Voting of Shares .  Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.


Except as provided by specific court order, no shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding

 

4


shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting; provided, however, the prior sentence shall not limit the power of the corporation to vote any shares, including its own shares, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.


Redeemable shares are not entitled to vote after notice of redemption is mailed to the holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the shares has been deposited with a bank, trust company, or other financial institution under an irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on surrender of the shares.


Section 2.12

Corporation's Acceptance of Votes .


(a)

If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation if acting in good faith is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder.


(b)

If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation does not correspond to the name of its shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:


(1)

the shareholder is an entity as defined in the Act and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;


(2)

the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator representing the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation;


(3)

the name signed purports to be that of  receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation;


(4)

the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation; and


(5)

two or more persons are the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-owners.


(c)

The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation if the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.


(d)

The corporation and its officer or agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this section are not liable in damages to the shareholder for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

 

5


(e)

Corporate action based on the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment or revocation under this section 2.12 is valid unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines otherwise.


Section 2.13

Inspectors of Election .  There shall be appointed at least one inspector of the vote.  Such inspector shall first take and subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  Unless appointed in advance of any such meeting by the board of directors, such inspector shall be appointed for the meeting by the presiding officer.  In the absence of any such appointment, the secretary of the corporation shall act as the inspector.  No candidate for the office of director (whether or not then a director) shall be appointed as such inspector.  Such inspector shall be responsible for tallying and certifying each vote, whether made in person or by proxy.


Section 2.14

Shareholder Action Without Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, except for the election of directors as set forth in section 2.15 of this Article II, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof are present.  Directors may be elected without a meeting of shareholders by the written consent of the shareholders holding all of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.  Unless the written consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been obtained, notice of any shareholder approval without a meeting shall be given at least ten days before the consummation of the action authorized by the approval to (i) those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing, and (ii) those shareholders not entitled to vote and to whom the Act requires that notice of the proposed action be given.  If the act to be taken requires that notice be given to nonvoting shareholders, the corporation shall give the nonvoting shareholders written notice of the proposed action at least ten days before the action is taken.  The notice shall contain or be accompanied by the same material that would have been required if a formal meeting had been called to consider the action.  A consent signed under this section 2.14 has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.  The written consents are only effective if received by the corporation within a 60 day period and not revoked prior to the receipt of the written consent of that number of shareholders necessary to effectuate such action.  Action taken pursuant to a written consent is effective as of the date the last written consent necessary to effect the action is received by the corporation, unless all of the written consents necessary to effect the action specify a later date as the effective date of the action, in which case the later date shall be the effective date of the action.  If the corporation has received written consents signed by all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the action, the effective date of the action may be any date that is specified in all the written consents as the effective date of the action.  Such consents may be executed in any number of counterparts or evidenced by any number of instruments of substantially similar tenor.


Section 2.15

Election of Directors .  At all meetings of the shareholders at which directors are to be elected, except as otherwise set forth in any stock designation with respect to the right of the holders of any class or series of stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting.  The election need not be by ballot unless any shareholder so demands before the voting begins.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation, any preferred stock designation, or these bylaws, all matters other than the election of directors submitted to the shareholders at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast with respect thereto.


Section 2.16

Business at Annual Meeting .  At any annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (b) by any shareholder of record of the corporation who is entitled to vote with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this section.  The

 

6


officer of the corporation or other person presiding at the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with such provisions, and if such presiding officer should so determine  and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with such provisions and if such presiding officer should so determine, such presiding officer shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.


Section 2.17

Conduct of Meeting .  The board of directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of shareholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate, or convenient.  Subject to such rules and regulations of the board of directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting, and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to shareholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot, unless, and to the extent, determined by the board of directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.


Section 2.18

Shareholder's Rights to Inspect Corporate Records .


(a)

Minutes and Accounting Records .  The corporation shall keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and board of directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or board of directors without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the board of directors in place of the board of directors on behalf of the corporation.  The corporation shall maintain appropriate accounting records.


(b)

Absolute Inspection Rights of Records Required at Principal Office .  If a shareholder gives the corporation written notice of his demand at least five business days before the date on which he wishes to inspect and copy, such shareholder (or his agent or attorney) has the right to inspect and copy, during regular business hours, any of the following records, all of which the corporation is required to keep at its principal office:


(1)

its articles or restated articles of incorporation and all amendments to the articles of incorporation currently in effect;


(2)

its bylaws or restated bylaws and all amendments to the bylaws currently in effect;


(3)

the minutes of all shareholders' meetings, and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three years;


(4)

all written communications to shareholders within the past three years;


(5)

a list of the names and business addresses of its current directors and officers;


(6)

the most recent annual report of the corporation delivered to the Nevada Division of Corporations and Commercial Code; and

 

7


(7)

all financial statements prepared for periods ending during the last three years that a shareholder could request under section 2.19.


(c)

Conditional Inspection Right .  In addition, if a shareholder gives the corporation a written demand made in good faith and for a proper purpose at least five business days before the date on which such shareholder wishes to inspect and copy, such shareholder describes with reasonable particularity his purpose and the records he desires to inspect, and the records are directly connected with his purpose, such shareholder of the corporation (or his agent or attorney) is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours at a reasonable location specified by the corporation, any of the following records of the corporation:


(1)

excerpts from minutes of any meeting of the board of directors, records of any action of a committee of the board of directors acting on behalf of the corporation, minutes of any meeting of the shareholders, and records of action taken by the shareholders or board of directors without a meeting, to the extent not subject to inspection under paragraph (b) of this section 2.18;


(2)

accounting records of the corporation; and


(3)

the record of shareholders (compiled no earlier than the date of the shareholder's demand).


(d)

Copy Costs .  The right to copy records includes, if reasonable, the right to receive copies made by photographic, xerographic, or other means.  The corporation may impose a reasonable charge, covering the costs of labor and material (including third-party costs) for copies of any documents provided to the shareholder.  The charge may not exceed the estimated cost of production or reproduction of the records.


(e)

Shareholder Includes Beneficial Owner .  For purposes of this section 2.18, the term "shareholder" shall include a beneficial owner whose shares are held in a voting trust or by a nominee on his behalf.


Section 2.19

Financial Statements Shall be Furnished to the Shareholders .  Upon written request of any shareholder, the corporation shall mail to such shareholder its most recent annual or quarterly financial statements showing in reasonable detail its assets and liabilities and the results of its operations.


Section 2.20

Dissenters' Rights .  Each shareholder shall have the right to dissent from and obtain payment for such shareholder's shares when so authorized by the Act, the articles of incorporation, these bylaws, or in a resolution of the board of directors.



ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS


Section 3.1

General Powers .  Unless the articles of incorporation have dispensed with or limited the authority of the board of directors, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the board of directors.


Section 3.2

Number, Tenure, and Qualification of Directors .  Unless permitted by the Act, the authorized number of directors shall be not less than three.  The current number of directors shall be as determined (or as amended from time to time) by resolution adopted from time to time by either the shareholders or directors.  Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until removed.  However, if his term expires, he shall continue to serve until his successor shall have



8


been elected and qualified, or until there is a decrease in the number of directors.  A decrease in the number of directors does not shorten an incumbent director's term.  Unless required by the articles of incorporation, directors do not need to be residents of Nevada or shareholders of the corporation.


Section 3.3

Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors .  A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders.  The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.


Section 3.4

Special Meetings of the Board of Directors .  Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any one director.  The person authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors.


Section 3.5

Notice of, and Waiver of Notice for, Special Director Meetings .  Unless the articles of incorporation provide for a longer or shorter period, notice of any special director meeting shall be given at least two days prior thereto either orally, in person, by telephone, by any form of electronic communication, by mail, by private carrier, or by any other manner provided for in the Act.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting.  Except as provided in the next sentence, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, and filed with the minutes or corporate records.  The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business and at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.  Unless required by the articles of incorporation or the Act, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.


Section 3.6

Director Quorum .  A majority of the number of directors in office immediately before the meeting begins shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, unless the articles of incorporation require a greater number.


Any amendment to this quorum requirement is subject to the provisions of section 3.8 of this Article III.


Section 3.7

Directors, Manner of Acting .  The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present when the vote is taken shall be the act of the board of directors unless the articles of incorporation require a greater percentage.  Any amendment which changes the number of directors needed to take action, is subject to the provisions of section 3.8 of this Article III.


Unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, any or all directors may participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting.  A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.


A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors when corporate action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless:  (1) he objects at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) to holding it or transacting business at the meeting; or (2) his dissent or abstention from the action taken is requested by such director to be entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (3) he delivers written notice of his dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

9


Section 3.8

Establishing a "Supermajority" Quorum or Voting Requirement for the Board of Directors .  For purposes of this section 3.8, a "supermajority" quorum is a requirement that requires more than a majority of the directors in office to constitute a quorum; and a "supermajority" voting requirement is any requirement that requires the vote of more than a majority of those directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present to be the act of the directors.


A bylaw that fixes a supermajority quorum or supermajority voting requirement may be amended or repealed:


(1)

if originally adopted by the shareholders, only by the shareholders (unless otherwise provided by the shareholders); or


(2)

if originally adopted by the board of directors, either by the shareholders or by the board of directors.


A bylaw adopted or amended by the shareholders that fixes a supermajority quorum or supermajority voting requirement for the board of directors may provide that it may be amended or repealed only by a specified vote of either the shareholders or the board of directors.


Subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, action by the board of directors to adopt, amend, or repeal a bylaw that changes the quorum or voting requirement for the board of directors must meet the same quorum requirement and be adopted by the same vote required to take action under the quorum and voting requirement then in effect or proposed to be adopted, whichever is greater.


Section 3.9

Director Action Without a Meeting .  Unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all the directors sign a written consent describing the action taken, and such consent is filed with the records of the corporation.  Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date.  A signed consent has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.  Such consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, or evidenced by any number of instruments of substantially similar tenor.


Section 3.10

Removal of Directors .  The shareholders may remove one or more directors at a meeting called for that purpose if notice has been given that the purpose of the meeting is such removal.  The removal may be with or without cause unless the articles of incorporation provide that directors may only be removed with cause.  If a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove him.  If cumulative voting is authorized, a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect him under cumulative voting is voted against his removal.  If cumulative voting is not authorized, a director may be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove him exceeds the number of votes cast against such removal.


Section 3.11

Board of Director Vacancies .  Unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, if a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, the shareholders may fill the vacancy.  During such time that the shareholders fail or are unable to fill such vacancies, then and until the shareholders act:


(1)

the board of directors may fill the vacancy; or


(2)

if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office.

 

10


If the vacant office was held by a director elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the shareholders.  If two or more directors are elected by the same voting group, only remaining directors elected by such voting group are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy of a director elected by the voting group if it is filled by directors.


A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.


The term of a director elected to fill a vacancy expires at the next shareholders' meeting at which directors are elected.  However, if his term expires, he shall continue to serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until there is a decrease in the number of directors.


Section 3.12

Director Compensation .  Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, by resolution of the board of directors, each director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors, and may be paid a stated salary as director or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or both.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.


Section 3.13

Director Committees .


(a)

Creation of Committees .  Unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, the board of directors may create one or more committees and appoint members of the board of directors to serve on them.  Each committee must have two or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors.


(b)

Selection of Members .  The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the greater of (1) a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken or (2) the number of directors required by the articles of incorporation to take such action (or if not specified in the articles of incorporation, the number required by section 3.7 of this Article III to take action).


(c)

Required Procedures .  Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, and 3.9 of this Article III, which govern meetings, action without meetings, notice and waiver of notice, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members.


(d)

Authority .  Unless limited by the articles of incorporation, each committee may exercise those aspects of the authority of the board of directors which the board of directors confers upon such committee in the resolution creating the committee; provided, however, a committee may not:


(1)

authorize distributions to shareholders;


(2)

approve, or propose to shareholders, action that the Act requires be approved by shareholders;


(3)

fill vacancies on the board of directors or on any of its committees;


(4)

amend the articles of incorporation pursuant to the authority of directors to do so granted by section 16-10a-1002 of the Act or any section of like tenor as from time to time amended;


(5)

adopt, amend, or repeal bylaws;



11

 


(6)

approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval;


(7)

authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the board of directors; or


(8)

authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences, and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the board of directors may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer of the corporation) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the board of directors.



ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS


Section 4.1

Number of Officers .  The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary, both of whom shall be appointed by the board of directors.  Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary, including any vice-presidents, may be appointed by the board of directors.  If specifically authorized by the board of directors, an officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.  The same individual may simultaneously hold more than one office in the corporation.


Section 4.2

Appointment and Term of Office .  The officers of the corporation shall be appointed by the board of directors for a term as determined by the board of directors.  If no term is specified, such term shall continue until the first meeting of the directors held after the next annual meeting of shareholders.  If the appointment of officers shall not be made at such meeting, such appointment shall be made as soon thereafter as is convenient.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly appointed and shall have qualified, until his death, or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner provided in section 4.3 of this Article IV.


Section 4.3

Removal of Officers .  Any officer or agent may be removed by the board of directors or an officer authorized to do so by the board of directors at any time either before or after the expiration of the designated term, with or without cause.  Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Neither the appointment of an officer nor the designation of a specified term shall create any contract rights.


Section 4.4

President .  The president shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the board of directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation.  The president shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors, if the chairman of the board is not present.  The president may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation and deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments arising in the normal course of business of the corporation and such other instruments as may be authorized by the board of directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.


Section 4.5

Vice-Presidents .  If appointed, in the event of the president's death or inability to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the executive vice-president or, in the absence of any designation, the senior vice-president in the order of their appointment) shall

 

12


perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  A vice-president, if any, may sign, with the secretary or an assistant secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation the issuance of which has been authorized by resolution of the board of directors; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors.


Section 4.6

Secretary .  The secretary shall:  (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders and of the board of directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of any seal of the corporation and, if there is a seal of the corporation, see that it is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) when requested or required, authenticate any records of the corporation; (e) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholders; (f) sign with the president, or a vice-president, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which has been authorized by resolution of the board of directors; (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors.


Section 4.7

Treasurer .  The treasurer, if any, and in the absence thereof of the secretary, shall:  (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected by the board of directors; and (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors.  If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall determine.


Section 4.8

Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers .  Any assistant secretary, when authorized by the board of directors, may sign with the president or a vice-president certificates for shares of the corporation the issuance of which has been authorized by a resolution of the board of directors.  Any assistant treasurer shall, if required by the board of directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sums and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine.  Any assistant secretary or assistant treasurer, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the board of directors.


Section 4.9

Salaries .  The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors or by a duly authorized officer.



ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES


Section 5.1

Indemnification of Directors .  The corporation shall indemnify any individual made a party to a proceeding because such individual was a director of the corporation to the extent permitted by and in accordance with section 16-10a-901, et seq. of the Act or any amendments of successor sections of like tenor.


Section 5.2

Advance Expenses for Directors .  To the extent permitted by section 16-10a-904 of the Act or any section of like tenor as amended from time to time, the corporation may pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding, if:

 

13


(a)

the director furnishes the corporation a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct described in the Act;


(b)

the director furnishes the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his behalf, to repay advances if it is ultimately determined that he did not meet the standard of conduct (which undertaking must be an unlimited general obligation of the director but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment); and


(c)

a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under section 5.1 of this Article V or section 16-10a-901 through section 16-10a-909 of the Act or similar sections of like tenor as from time to time amended.


Section 5.3

Indemnification of Officers, Agents, and Employees Who are not Directors .  Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, the board of directors may authorize the corporation to indemnify and advance expenses to any officer, employee, or agent of the corporation who is not a director of the corporation, to the extent permitted by the Act.



ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER


Section 6.1

Certificates for Shares .


(a)

Content .  Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall at minimum, state on their face the name of the issuing corporation and that it is formed under the laws of the state of Nevada; the name of the person to whom issued; and the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents; and be in such form as determined by the board of directors.  Such certificates shall be signed (either manually or by facsimile) by the president or a vice-president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary and may be sealed with a corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.  Each certificate for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.


(b)

Legend as to Class or Series .  If the corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences, and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the board of directors to determine variations for future series) must be summarized on the front or back of each certificate.  Alternatively, each certificate may state conspicuously on its front or back that the corporation will furnish the shareholder this information without charge on request in writing.


(c)

Shareholder List .  The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation.


(d)

Transferring Shares .  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.


Section 6.2

Shares Without Certificates .

 

14


(a)

Issuing Shares Without Certificates .  Unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, the board of directors may authorize the issuance of some or all the shares of any or all of its classes or series without certificates.  The authorization does not affect shares already represented by certificates until they are surrendered to the corporation.


(b)

Written Statement Required .  Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, the corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement containing at minimum:


(1)

the name of the issuing corporation and that it is organized under the laws of the state of Nevada;


(2)

the name of the person to whom issued; and


(3)

the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, of the issued shares.


If the corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the written statement shall describe the designations, relative rights, preferences, and limitations applicable to each class and the variation in rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the board of directors to determine variations for future series).  Alternatively, each written statement may state conspicuously that the corporation will furnish the shareholder this information without charge on request in writing.


Section 6.3

Registration of the Transfer of Shares .  Registration of the transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation.  In order to register a transfer, the record owner shall surrender the shares to the corporation for cancellation, properly endorsed by the appropriate person or persons with reasonable assurances that the endorsements are genuine and effective.  Unless the corporation has established a procedure by which a beneficial owner of shares held by a nominee is to be recognized by the corporation as the record owner of such shares on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.


Section 6.4

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares Permitted .  The board of directors (or shareholders) may impose restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares (including any security convertible into, or carrying a right to subscribe for or acquire, shares).  A restriction does not affect shares issued before the restriction was adopted unless the holders of the shares are parties to the restriction agreement or voted in favor of the restriction.


A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares is authorized:


(a)

to maintain the corporation's status when it is dependent on the number or identity of its shareholders;


(b)

to preserve entitlements, benefits, or exemptions under federal, state, or local law; and


(c)

for any other reasonable purpose.


A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares may:


(a)

obligate the shareholder first to offer the corporation or other persons (separately, consecutively, or simultaneously) an opportunity to acquire the restricted shares;

 

15


(b)

obligate the corporation or other persons (separately, consecutively, or simultaneously) to acquire the restricted shares;


(c)

require the corporation, the holders of any class of its shares, or another person to approve the transfer of the restricted shares, if the requirement is not manifestly unreasonable; and


(d)

prohibit the transfer of the restricted shares to designated persons or classes of persons, if the prohibition is not manifestly unreasonable.


A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares is valid and enforceable against the holder or a transferee of the holder if the restriction is authorized by this section 6.4 and such person has knowledge of the restriction or its existence is noted conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate or is contained in the written statement required by section 6.2 of this Article VI with regard to shares issued without certificates.  Unless so noted, a restriction is not enforceable against a person without knowledge of the restriction.


Section 6.5

Acquisition of Shares .  The corporation may acquire its own shares and unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, the shares so acquired constitute authorized but unissued shares.


If the articles of incorporation prohibit the reissuance of acquired shares, the number of authorized shares is reduced by the number of shares acquired by the corporation, effective upon amendment of the articles of incorporation, which amendment may be adopted by the shareholders or the board of directors without shareholder action.  The articles of amendment must be delivered to the Nevada Division of Corporations and Commercial Code for filing and must set forth:


(a)

the name of the corporation;


(b)

the reduction in the number of authorized shares, itemized by class and series;


(c)

the total number of authorized shares, itemized by class and series, remaining after reduction of the shares; and


(d)

if applicable, a statement that the amendment was adopted by the board of directors without shareholder action and that shareholder action was not required.



ARTICLE VII

DISTRIBUTIONS


The corporation may make distributions (including dividends on its outstanding shares) as authorized by the board of directors and in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and in the corporation's articles of incorporation.

 

16



ARTICLE VIII

CORPORATE SEAL


The board of directors may provide for a corporate seal which may have inscribed thereon any designation including the name of the corporation, Nevada as the state of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal."



ARTICLE IX

DIRECTORS CONFLICTING INTEREST TRANSACTIONS


A director's conflicting interest transaction may not be enjoined, be set aside, or give rise to an award of damages or other sanctions, in a proceeding by a shareholder or by or in the right of the corporation, solely because the director, or any person with whom or which the director has a personal, economic, or other association, has an interest in the transaction, if:


(a)

directors' action respecting the transaction was at any time taken in compliance with section 16-10a-852 of the Act or any section of like tenor as amended from time to time;


(b)

shareholders' action respecting the transaction was at any time taken in compliance with section 16-10a-853 of the Act or any section of like tenor as amended from time to time; or


(c)

the transaction, judged according to the circumstances at the time of commitment, is established to have been fair to the corporation.


ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS


The corporation's board of directors may amend or repeal the corporation's bylaws unless:


(a)

the Act or the articles of incorporation reserve this power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or part; or


(b)

the shareholders in adopting, amending, or repealing a particular bylaw provide expressly that the board of directors may not amend or repeal that bylaw; or


(c)

the bylaw either establishes, amends, or deletes, a supermajority shareholder quorum or voting requirement (as defined in Article II, section 2.9).


Any amendment which changes the voting or quorum requirement for the board must comply with Article III, section 3.8, and for the shareholders, must comply with Article II, section 2.9.


The corporation's shareholders may amend or repeal the corporation's bylaws even though the bylaws may also be amended or repealed by its board of directors.



ARTICLE XI

FISCAL YEAR


The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors in consultation with the financial and tax advisors of the corporation.

 

 

17


CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER


The undersigned does hereby certify that such person is the President of ALLCITYBRANDS.COM, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nevada; that the above and foregoing bylaws of said corporation were duly and regularly adopted as such by the board of directors of said corporation by unanimous consent dated October 21, 1999, and that the above and foregoing bylaws are now in full force and effect and supersede and replace any prior bylaws of the corporation.


DATED this 21 st day of October, 1999.





Jeff Holmes, President



18


INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE

STATE OF NEVADA


COMMON STOCK

CALIBRUS


45,000,000 AUTHORIZED COMMON SHARES $.001 PAR VALUE NON-ASSESSABLE

5,000,000 AUTHORIZED PREFERRED SHARES $.001 PAR VALUE NON-ASSESABLE


THIS CERTIFIES THAT



IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF



Shares of CALIBRUS transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.


Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.


Dated:





SECRETARY                                CORPORATE SEAL                                PRESIDENT




                    LEASE

PAPAGO SPECTRUM
TEMPE, ARIZONA

Between

CALIBRUS, INC.
(Tenant)

and

PAPAGO SPECTRUM, L.L.C.
(Landlord)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page   LEASE AGREEMENT                                                                                                              3

RENT

3

A. Types of Rent

3

(1)

Base Rent

3

(2)

Operating Cost Share Rent

3

(3)

Additional Rent

3

(4)

Rent

                                                                                                 3

B.

Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent                                                                 3

 

(I)

Payment of Estimated Operating Cost Share Rent

3

(2)

Correction of Operating Cost Share Rent

 

4

(3)

Estimated Operating Costs Budget for First Fiscal Year

4

C. Definitions

4

(1)

Included Operating Casts

4

(2)

Excluded Operating Costs

5

(3)

Taxes

 

 

6

(4)

Lease Year

7

(5)

Fiscal Year

7

D.

Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments

 

7

(1)

Prorations

7

(2)

Default Interest

7

(3)

Rent Adjustments

7

(4)

Books and Records

 

8

(5)

Miscellaneous

8

3. PREPARATION AND CONDITION OF PREMISES; POSSESSION AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES   8

A.

Condition of Premises

 8

B.

Tenant , Possession

 8

C.

Maintenance

 8

4.

PROJECT SERVICES,

 9

Heating and Air Conditioning

 9

Elevators

 9

Electricity

 9

Water

                                       10

Janitorial Service

  10

Interruption of Services                                                                                                               10

    

Public Utility Requirements

   11

Holidays

   11

Parking

   11

5.

ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS

  Landlord’s Consent and Conditions                                                                                             13

  Damage to System                                                                                                                      14

  No liens                                                                                                                                      14

  Ownership of Improvements                                                                                                        15

 

6.         USE OF                                                                                                                           15

 

7.         GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES                                15

 

8.         WAIVER OF CLAIMS, INDEMNIFICATION, INSURANCE                                      16

 

A.

Indemnity by Tenant                                                                                              16

 

B.

Indemnity by Landlord                                                                                       16

 

C.

Landlord's Not Responsible, for Acts of others                                                      16

D.

Tenant ' s Insurance                                                                                              16

 

E.

Insurance Certificates                                                                                             18

 

 

9.         FIRE AND OTHER                                                                                                      18

           A. Termination                                                                                                                18

           B.  Restoration                                                                                                                 18

 

10.       EMMINENT DOMAIN                                                                                                   18

 

11. RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12. TENANT'S DEFAULT

20

A.

Rent Default

20

B.

Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default

21

C.

Other Performance Default                                                                                     21

D.       Credit Default

21
E.        Vacation or Abandonment Default                                                                        21

 

13.

LANDLORD REMEDIES

2l

A.

Termination. of Lease or Possession

                                                     21

B.

Lease Termination Damages                                                                                 21

 

C.

Possession Termination Damages

22

D.

Landlord ' s Remedies Cumulative

22

E.

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

32

F.

Litigation Cost

22

14 SURRENDER

22


15 HOLDOVER                                                                                                                           23

16. SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES

23

A.

Subordination

23

B.

Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage

23

C.

Security Deposit

73

D       Notice and "Right to Cure

23

E.

Definitions

24      


   17.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

 24

             A.       In General                                                                                                             24

B.

Landlord ' s Consent

24

C.

Procedure... '

24

D.

Intentionally Omitted

25

E.

Excess Payment

25

F         Recapture

35

18. CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD

35

19. ESTOPPEL CERTOFOCATE

25

 20   SECURITY DEPOSIT

26

21. FORCE MAJEURE

 

26

22. TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY AND FIXTURES

26

23. NOTICES

26

A.

Landlord

 22


26. MISCELLANEOUS                                                                                                              27

A.

Successors and Assigns                                                                                          27

B.

Date Payments Are Due                                                                                         27

C.

Meaning of "Landlord", "Re-Entry", "including" and "Affiliate"                                  28

Time of the Essence

28

·

No Option

28

·

Severability

28

Governing Law

28

Lease Modification

28

No Oral Modification

28

Landlord's Right to Cure

 28

Captions

28

·

Authority

28

·

Landlord's Enforcement of Remedies

28

·

Entire Agreement

28

·

Landlord's Title

29

Light and Air Rights

29

Singular and Plural

29

No Recording by Tenant

29

Exclusivity

29

·

No Construction Against Drafting Party

29

·

Survival

29

Rent Not Based on Income

29

·

Building Manager and Service Providers,

29

Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments

29

·

Tenant's Financial Statement

30

27.

UNRELATED BUSINESS INCOME

30

28.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

30

29.

EXCCJLPATION

30

30. RENEWAL OPTION

30


31. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

31



:APPENDIX :A. - PLAN OF THE PREMISES

APPENDIX A-1 - EXPANSION AREA

APPENDIX B - RULES AND REGULATIONS-

APPENDIX C - TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

APPENDIX D - GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES CURRENTLY AFFECTING THE­PROJECT

APPENDIX E - COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION

APPENDIX .F ESTIMATED OPERATING COSTS BUDGET FOR FIRST FISCAL YEAR.

LEASE


THIS LEASE (the "Lease") is made as of May 16, 2000 between PAPAGO SPECTRUM, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (the "Landlord") and the Tenant as named in the Schedule below. The term "Project" means the office building (the "Building") known as "Papago Spectrum," the adjacent parking structure and driveway and parking facilities and the land (the "Land") located at 1225 West Washington, Tempe, Arizona 85281. "Premises" means that part of the Project leased to Tenant described in the Schedule and outlined on Appendix A.


The following schedule (the "Schedule") is an integral part of this Lease. Terms defined in this Schedule shall have the same meaning throughout the Lease.


SCHEDULE

1.

Tenant: Calibrus, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

2.

Premises: Suite

, of the Building, as more specifically outlined on Appendix A.

3.

Rentable Area of the Premises: The Useable Area of the Premises is approximately 13,295 square feet. With the Building's standard 13.23% load factor for multi-tenant floors, the Rentable Area of the Premises is approximately 15,054 square feet and Base Rent is based thereon. The Building Rentable Area is 159,363 square feet resulting in the Tenant's Proportionate Share shown on Section 4 of this Schedule. After the Initial Improvements have been completed under the Tenant Improvement Agreement to a point permitting measurement, Landlord will cause DMJM to remeasure the Useable Area of the Premises based on BOMA standards and the parties will, within ten (10) days after the figures are available, enter into a letter agreement prepared by Landlord confirming the Useable and Rentable (based on the 13.23% load factor) Area of the Premises and any required adjustments to Base Rent based thereon and any required adjustment of Tenant's Proportionate Share for purposes of Section 4 of this Schedule and of the Landlord's Contribution under Appendix C. After such remeasurement occurs, the Useable and Rentable Area of the Premises and the Tenant's Proportionate Share will remain fixed throughout the Term, regardless of future reconfigurations or other changes within the Building (excluding only addition or removal of Building space through new construction, damage, destruction or condemnation.)

4:

Tenant's Proportionate Share: 9.45 % (based upon a total of 159,363 rentable square feet in the Building), expressly subject to adjustment under Section 3 of this Schedule.

5.

Security Deposit: $82,797, being three (3) month's Base Rent, while the Guaranty described below is in effect. As a condition to release of the Guaranty as provided therein, the :Security Deposit will be increased to $165,594, being six (6) month's Base Rent. Provided there is no default by Tenant, and no event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, would constitute a default by Tenant, the Security Deposit will be reduced (by application to rent due from Tenant) by $27,599 at the beginning of each of the 37 th , 41 5 ', 45 'h , 49 0' and 53 `0 months of the Lease Term, such that the Security Deposit thereafter will be $27,599 (one month's Base Rent), These ' amounts will be adjusted based on the final Rentable Area square footage of the Premises.

6.

Tenant's Real Estate Broker for this Lease: Lee and Associates (John Cerchiai).

 

Landlord's Real Estate Broker for this Lease: CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (Jerry Roberts), Tenant Improvements, if any: See the Tenant Improvement Agreement attached hereto as Appendix C.

9.

 Commencement Date: The Completion Date, as defined in Appendix C Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Confirmation substantially in the form of Appendix E promptly following the Commencement Date.

10.

 Termination Date/Term: Five (5) years after the Commencement Date as set forth herein, or if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then after the first day of the following month.

11.

Guarantor: Jeffrey W. Holmes, Joan D. Holmes and R. Kirk Blesch. The Guaranty is limited and subject to cancellation as provided therein.

12.

Expense Stop: $5.00 per rentable square foot.

13.

Base Rent:

Period

Annual

Monthly

Base Rent

Base Rent


Entire Original Lease Terra

$331,188 (based on

$27,599

$22.00 per square foot of Rentable Area)

Expressly subject to adjustment under Section 3 of this Schedule.


14.

Parking Spaces: 4V2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area, on the terms and conditions more specifically set forth in Article 4(I) below.


[THE ' REMAINDER. OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LE1'I BLANK.]

1.

  LEASE AGREEMENT. On the terms stated in this Lease, Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, for the Term beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date unless extended or sooner terminated pursuant to this Lease.


2.

RENT.

A.

Types of Rent Tenant shall pay the following Rent in the form of a check to
Landlord at the following address:

Papago Spectrum, L.L.C.

c/o Chamberlain Development, -L.C. 505 South Madison

Tempe, Arizona 85281


or at such other location as Landlord may notify Tenant:


(1)

Base Rent in monthly installments in advance, the first monthly installment payable concurrently with the execution of this Lease and thereafter on or before the first day of each month of the Term in the amount set forth on the Schedule.


(2)

Operating Cost Share Rent in an amount equal to the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs and Taxes for the applicable Fiscal Year of the Lease (the "Fiscal Year Operating Costs") minus the Expense Stop (defined to be the amount set forth in the Schedule of the Lease, paragraph 12) paid monthly in advance in an estimated amount. Definitions of Operating Costs, Taxes and Tenant's Proportionate Share, and the method for billing and payment of Operating Cost Share Rent are set forth in Sections 2B., 2C and 2D. Operating Cost Share Rent will not be payable for the first 12 calendar months after the Commencement Date.


(3)

Additional Rent in the amount of all costs, expenses, liabilities, and amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease, excluding Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent, but including any interest for late payment of any item of Rent.

(4)

Rent as used in this Lease means Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent and Additional Rent. Tenant's agreement to pay Rent is an independent covenant, with no right of setoff, deduction or counterclaim of any kind,

13.

Payment of Operating Cost. Share Rent.


(1) Payment of Estimated Operatin g Cost Share Rent. Landlord shall estimate the Fiscal Year Operating Costs by April 1st of each Fiscal Year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. Landlord may revise these estimates whenever it obtains more accurate information, such as upon its receipt of the actual real estate tax assessment or tax rate for the Project.

 

Within ten (10) days after receiving the original or revised estimate from Landlord of Fiscal Year Operating Costs for a particular Fiscal Year, together with the Expense Stop, Tenant shall pay Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant's Proportionate Share of the estimated Operating Cost Share Rent, multiplied by the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Fiscal Year to the date of such payment including the current month, minus payments previously made by Tenant for the months elapsed. On the first day of each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant's Proportionate Share of this estimate, until a new estimate becomes applicable.


(2)

Correction of Operating Cost Share Rent. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a report for the previous Fiscal Year (the "Operating Cost Report") by April 1st of each year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, setting forth (a) the actual Fiscal Year Operating Costs incurred for the Fiscal Year in question, (b) the Expense Stop, (c) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent due from Tenant, and ((I) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent paid by Tenant. Within twenty (20) days after such delivery, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount due minus the amount paid. If the amount paid exceeds the amount due, Landlord shall apply the excess to Tenant's payments of Operating Cost Share Rent next coming due.


(3)

Estimated Operating Costs Bud g et for First Fiscal Year. The First Fiscal Year's estimated Operating Costs budget is attached as Appendix F for illustrative purposes only and (a) the budget is subject to change by Landlord at any time and (b) Landlord providing an estimated budget does not constitute a representation or warranty that Operating Costs will, in total or in any line item, match the budget.


C.

Definitions.


(1) Included Operating Costs. "Operating Costs" means any expenses, costs and disbursements of any kind (including Taxes), paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation, insurance, repair and other related activities in connection with any part of the Project and of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith, including the cost of providing those services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease. Operating Costs shall also include "Included Capital Items", consisting of (a) the costs of any capital improvements which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve safety, and those made to keep the Project in compliance with governmental requirements applicable from time to time, provided that the costs of any such item shall be amortized by Landlord, together with an amount equal to interest at ten percent (10%) per annum, over the estimated useful life of such item and such amortized amounts are only included in Operating Costs for that portion of the useful life of the item which falls within the Term; and (b) amortized reasonable reserves for replacements of capital items, based on the useful life of the capital replacement, or amortization of expenses incurred for such capital replacements with interest at ten per cent (10%) per annum, over the estimated useful life thereof and such amortized amounts are only included in Operating Costs for that portion of the useful life of the item that falls within the Term, or a combination of amortized reserves and amortized expenses, provided both are not charged for the same time period for the same item. Further, if Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord is the manager of the Project, management fees will not exceed three per cent (3%) of gross rents including Base Rent or Minimum Rent and expense reimbursements.

Operating Costs will include all payments made to the Papago Arroyo Property Owners Association or otherwise required. under the Declaration of Reciprocal Easements and Maintenance Covenant, or under the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Papago Park Center.


If the Project is not fully occupied during any portion of any Fiscal Year, Landlord may adjust (an "Equitable Adjustment") Operating Costs to equal what would have been incurred by Landlord had the Project been fully occupied. This Equitable Adjustment shall apply only to Operating Costs which are variable and therefore increase as occupancy of the Project increases. Landlord may incorporate the Equitable Adjustment in its estimates of Operating Costs.


The increase in "Controllable Operating Costs" for any year from the prior year will be limited to six per cent (6%). For this purpose, "Controllable Operating Costs" shall include only those items over which Landlord or the property manager has discretion or control. For example, but without limitation, taxes, assessments, utilities and insurance premiums are not Controllable Operating Costs.


If Landlord does not furnish any particular service whose cost would have constituted an Operating Cost to a tenant other than Tenant who has undertaken to perform such service itself, Operating Costs shall be increased by the amount which Landlord would have incurred if it had furnished the service to such tenant.


(2)

Excluded Operating Costs. Operating Costs shall: not include:


 (a)

costs of alterations of tenant premises;


 (b)

costs of capital improvements other than Included Capital Items;


                                   (c)        interest and principal payments on mortgages or any other debt
                       costs, or rental payments on any ground lease of the Project;


  (d)

real estate brokers' leasing commissions;


(e)

legal fees, space planner fees and advertising expenses incurred with regard to leasing the Building or portions thereof;


(f)

 any cost or expenditure for which Landlord is reimbursed, by insurance proceeds or otherwise, except by Operating Cost Share Rent; the cost of any service furnished to any office tenant of the Project which Landlord does not make available to Tenant;

(g)

depreciation (except on any Included Capital Items) . ; franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord,


(h)except to the extent imposed in lieu of all or any part of Taxes; costs of correcting defects in construction of the Building (as opposed to the cost of normal repair, maintenance and replacement expected with the construction materials and equipment installed in the Building in light of their specifications);


(k)

legal and auditing fees which are for the benefit of Landlord such as collecting delinquent rents, preparing tax returns . and other financial statements, and audits other than- those incurred in connection with the preparation of reports required pursuant to Section 2B" above;

(l)

the wages of any employee for services not related directly to the management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Building; and


(m)

fines, penalties and interest (including such items . resulting from late payment of Taxes).


(3) Taxes. "Taxes" means any and all taxes, assessments and charges of any kind, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, levied against the Project, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, Leasing, renting, management, use, occupancy, control or operation of the Project or of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith. Taxes shall include real estate taxes, personal property taxes, sewer rents, water rents, special or general assessments, transit taxes, ad valorem taxes, and any tax levied on the rents hereunder (including but not limited to any applicable transaction privilege, sales or use taxes) or the interest of Landlord under this Lease (the "Rent Tax"). Taxes shall also include all fees and other costs and expenses paid by Landlord in reviewing any tax and in seeking a refund or reduction of any Taxes, whether or not the Landlord is ultimately successful.


For any year, the amount to be included in Taxes (a) from taxes or assessments payable in installments, shall be the amount of the installments (with any interest) due and payable during such year, and (b) from all other Taxes, shall at Landlord's election be the amount accrued, assessed, or otherwise imposed for such year or the amount due and payable in such year. Any refund or other adjustment to any Taxes by the taxing authority, shall apply during the year in which the adjustment is made. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Rent Taxes shall be paid by Tenant along with the monthly installments of Rent paid to Landlord.

Taxes shall not include any net income (except Rent Tax), capital, stock, succession, transfer, franchise, gift, estate or inheritance tax, except to the extent that such tax shall be imposed in lieu of any portion of Taxes.


For a period ending eight (8) years after issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy for the Building, the Building is exempt from real estate taxes, by agreement of the City of Tempe. However, Landlord is required to pay an "in lieu" payment during such eight years pursuant to such agreement, and the Expense Stop includes reimbursement to Landlord for a portion of that in lieu of payment equal to $.50 per rentable square foot. Landlord will pay all in lieu amounts due during such. eight year period and will not pass the same along to Tenant through Operating Costs.


After the eight year period described above, the $.50 per square foot amount will be removed from the Expense Stop, but the Expense Stop amount will not change. The Building and other improvements in the Project (and potentially the.Land) will be subject to real estate taxation after such eight year period and the same will be included in Operating Costs (as part of Taxes) for all purposes.


(4)

Lease Year. "Lease Year" means each consecutive twelve-month period beginning with the Commencement Date, except that if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Commencement Date through the final day of the twelve months after the first day of the following month, and each subsequent Lease Year shall be the twelve months following the prior Lease Year.


(5)

Fiscal Year. "Fiscal Year" means the calendar year, except that the first Fiscal Year and the last Fiscal Year of the Term may be a partial calendar year.


D.

Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments.


(1)

Prorations. If this Lease begins on a day other than. the first day of a month, the Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent shall be prorated for such partial month based on the actual number of days in such month, If this Lease begins on a day other than the first day, or ends on a day other than the last day, of the fiscal year, Operating Cost Share Rent shall be prorated for the applicable fiscal year.


(2)

Default Interest. Any sum due from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until paid at eighteen percent (18%) per annum.


(3)

Rent Adjustments: The square footage of the Premises and the Building computed pursuant to the Schedule (after the measurement thereof per Item 3 of the Schedule) are conclusively deemed to be the actual square footage thereof, without regard to any subsequent remeasurement of the Premises or the Building. If any Operating Cost paid in one Fiscal Year relates to more than one Fiscal Year, Landlord may proportionately allocate such Operating Cost among the related Fiscal Years.

(4)

Books and Records. Landlord shall maintain books and records reflecting the Operating Costs and Taxes in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, Tenant and its certified public accountant shall have the right to inspect Landlord's records at Landlord's office upon at least seventy-two (72) hours' prior notice during normal business hours during the ninety (90) days following the respective delivery of the Operating Cost Report. The results of any such inspection shall be kept strictly confidential by Tenant and its agents, and Tenant and its certified public accountant must agree, in their contract for such services, to such confidentiality restrictions and shall specifically agree that the results shall not be made available to any other tenant of the Building. Unless Tenant sends to Landlord any written exception to either such report within said ninety (90) day period, such report shall be deemed final and accepted by Tenant. Tenant shall pay the amount shown on both reports in the manner prescribed in this Lease, whether or not Tenant takes any such written exception, without any prejudice to such exception. If Tenant makes a timely exception, Landlord shall cause its independent certified public accountant to issue a final and conclusive resolution of Tenant's exception. Tenant shall pay the cost of such certification unless Landlord ' s original determination of annual Operating Costs or Taxes overstated the amounts thereof by more than five percent (5%).


(5)

Miscellaneous. So long as Tenant is in default of any material obligation under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any refund of any amount from Landlord. If this Lease is terminated for any reason prior to the annual determination of Operating Cost Share Rent, either party shall pay the full amount due to the other within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's notice to Tenant of the amount when it is determined. Landlord may commingle any payments made with respect to Operating Cost Share Rent, without payment of interest.


3. PREPARATION AND CONDITION OF PREMISES; POSSESSION AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES.


A, Condition of Premises. Except to the extent of the Tenant Improvements item on the Schedule, Landlord is leasing the Premises to Tenant "as is", without any obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair or decorate any part of the Premises. Landlord shall cause the Premises to be completed in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Agreement attached as Appendix C.


B.

Tenant' Possession. Tenant's taking possession of any portion of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises was in good order, repair and condition. If Landlord authorizes Tenant to take possession of any part of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for purposes of doing business, all terms of this Lease shall apply to such pre-Term possession, including Base Rent at the rate set forth for the First Lease Year in the Schedule prorated for any partial month,


C.

Maintenance. Throughout the Term, Tenant shall maintain the Premises in their condition as of the Completion Date, loss or damage caused by the elements, ordinary wear, and fire and other casualty excepted, and at the termination of this Lease, or Tenant's right to possession, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition. To the extent Tenant fails to perform either obligation, Landlord may, but need not, restore the Premises to such condition and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof.

4.

PROJECT  SERVICES.

Landlord shall furnish services as follows:


A, Heating and Air Conditioning. During the normal business hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 7:00 a .m. to 2:00 p.m, on Saturday, exclusive of Holidays (as defined in Subsection H, below), Landlord shall furnish heating and air conditioning to provide a comfortable temperature, in Landlord's judgment, for normal business operations, except to the extent Tenant installs equipment which adversely affects the temperature maintained by the air conditioning system. If Tenant installs such equipment, Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent the cost of installation, operation, repair and maintenance thereof Landlord may enlarge the Building's normal business hours, for this purpose, at any time in its sole discretion, but will not reduce the hours below those set forth above.


Landlord shall furnish heating and air conditioning outside of normal business hours ("After Hours HVAC"), at Tenant's sole cost and expense, provided Tenant gives Landlord a request for After Hours HVAC at least one business day in advance. Landlord shall charge Tenant for After Hours HVAC at the "After Hours HVAC Rate" as reasonably established by Landlord from time to time, which rate is, presently $5.00 per hour/per zone. Tenant acknowledges that After Hours HVAC cannot be supplied to less than one full zone at a time. In the event After Hours HVAC is requested by more than one tenant of the Building for the same time period and the same zone, the charge for the After Hours HVAC shall be apportioned among those tenants on an equal basis.


B.

Elevators. Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service during normal business hours to Tenant in common with Landlord and all other tenants. Landlord shall provide limited passenger service at other times, except in case of an emergency.


C.

Electricity. Landlord shall provide sufficient electricity to operate normal office lighting and equipment. This does not include special lighting in excess of building standard, or any other item of electrical equipment which singularly requires a voltage which exceeds other than one hundred twenty (120) volts (plus/minus ten percent) single phase. Tenant shall not install or operate in the Premises any electrically operated equipment or other machinery, other than business machines and equipment normally employed for general office use which do not require high electricity consumption for operation, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. If any or all of Tenant's equipment requires electricity consumption in excess of that which is necessary to operate normal office equipment, such consumption (including consumption for computer or telephone rooms and special HVAC equipment) shall be submetered by Landlord at Tenant's expense, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the cost of its submetered consumption based upon Landlord's average cost of electricity. Such Additional Rent shall be in addition to Tenant ' s obligations pursuant to Section

2A(2) to pay Its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in or about the Premises which shall cause any substantial noise or vibration or which will increase the amount of electricity or water, if any, usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space, but this will not apply to exclude normal office equipment such as personal computers or servers. Tenant shall not connect with electric current or water pipes, except through existing electrical or water outlets already in the Premises, any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electric current or water.


As used above, the tetra "sufficient electricity to operate normal office lighting and equipment" means sufficient electrical capacity to operate (i) incandescent lights, typewriters, calculating machines, photocopying machines and other machines of the same low voltage electrical consumption (120/208 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting and machines of low electrical voltage shall not exceed 3.0 watts per usable square foot; and (ii) lighting (277/480 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting shall not exceed 2.0 watts per usable square foot (each such rated electrical design load to be hereinafter referred to as the "Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load"). Should Tenant's total rated electrical design load for the entire Premises or any portion thereof (including, but not limited to, computer or telephone rooms) exceed the Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load for either low or high voltage electrical consumption, or if Tenant's electrical design requires low voltage or high voltage circuits in excess of Tenant's share of the building standard circuits, Landlord will (at Tenant's expense) install such additional circuits and Landlord will (at Tenant ' s expense) install such additional circuits and associated high voltage panels and/or additional low voltage panels with associated transformers (which additional circuits, panels and transformers shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Additional Electrical Equipment"). If the Additional Electrical Equipment is installed because Tenant's low voltage or high voltage rated electrical design load exceeds the applicable Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load, then a meter shall also be added (at Tenant's expense) to measure the electricity used through the Additional Electrical Equipment. The design and installation of any Additional Electrical Equipment (or any related meter) required by Tenant shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). All expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review and approval of any Additional Electrical Equipment shall also be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant. Tenant shall also pay on demand the actual metered cost of electricity consumed through the Additional Electrical Equipment (if applicable), plus any actual accounting expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the metering thereof


D.

Water. Landlord shall furnish hot and cold tap water for drinking and toilet purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for water furnished for any other purpose as Additional Rent at rates fixed by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit water to be wasted.


E.

Janitorial Service. Landlord shall furnish janitorial service as generally provided to other tenants in the Building, except on the Holidays listed in Subsection H, below.


F.

Interruption of Services. If any of the Building equipment or machinery ceases to function properly for any cause, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair the samepromptly, Landlord's inability to furnish, to any extent, the Project services set forth in this Section 4, or any cessation thereof resulting from. any causes, including any entry for repairs pursuant to this Lease, and any renovation, redecoration or rehabilitation of any area of the Building shall not render Landlord liable for damages to either person or property or for interruption or loss to Tenant's business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor work an abatement of any portion of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment  of any covenant or agreement hereof. However, in the event that an interruption of the Project services set forth in this Section 4 causes the Premises to be untenantable for a period of at least five (5) consecutive business days, Base Rent shall be thereafter abated proportionately.


G. Public Utility Requirements. In the event any public utility supplying energy requires, or government law, regulation, executive or administrative order results in a requirement, that Landlord or Tenant must reduce, or maintain at a certain level, the consumption of electricity for the Premises, the Building or the Project, which affects the heating, air-conditioning, lighting, or hours of operation of the Premises, Building or Project, Landlord and Tenant shall each adhere to and abide by these laws, regulations or administrative orders without any reduction or abatement in Rent.


H, Holidays. Landlord shall not be required to furnish services on the following " Holidays"; New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, any other national holiday promulgated by a Presidential Executive Order or Congressional Act and any other holiday generally recognized as such by landlords of office space in the metropolitan Phoenix office market, as determined by Landlord in good faith. If, in the case of any specific holiday mentioned in the preceding sentence, a different day shall be observed than the respective day mentioned, then that day which constitutes the day observed by national banks in Phoenix, Arizona on account of said holiday shall constitute the Holiday under this Lease.


I.

Parking.


(1) Provided that Tenant shall not default or be in default at any time under the terms and conditions of this Lease, and provided further that Tenant shall pay all parking license fees, plus tax and other charges relating thereto, and provided further that Tenant shall comply with and abide by any parking rules and regulations from time to time in effect, Tenant shall have a license to park up to, but not more than, the number described in Item 14 of the Schedule of passenger automobiles (but not oversized or abnormally heavy vehicles) in parking spaces located in the parking lots or structures provided by Landlord from time to time for the Project, of which spaces (the "Total Spaces") (i) twenty (20) (the "Covered Spaces") shall be in reserved, covered parking areas provided and designated by Landlord from time to time, and (ii) the balance of the spaces (the "Uncovered, Unreserved Surface Spaces") shall be uncovered, unreserved spaces used in common with all other tenants, visitors and occupants to or in the Project.


The parking privileges or spaces made available to Tenant as provided above in this paragraph shall be charged to Tenant during the initial Lease Term beginning on the first day of the Lease Term at the rate of, and Tenant shall then pay to Landlord in cash and in advance (plus tax thereon) for each such privilege or space, $35.00 per month, plus tax, for each Covered Space. The Uncovered, Unreserved Surface Spaces shall be available free of charge for the initial Lease Term.


Tenant covenants and agrees not to park or permit to be parked by its agents, servants or employees more vehicles than the Total Spaces at any time at or on the Project or any lots provided by Landlord for the Project and in the event Tenant causes or permits more vehicles than designated herein to be parked, the same shall constitute a default under this Lease. Each automobile shall, at Landlord's option to be exercised from , time to time, bear a permanently affixed and visible identification sticker or tag to be provided from time to time by Landlord. Tenant shall not and shall not permit its employees, agents, servants, licensees, customers or invitees to park any vehicles in locations other than those specifically designated by Landlord as being for Tenant's use. This license is for self-service parking only and does not include additional rights or services, Landlord shall not have any obligation to monitor or enforce Tenant's parking licenses or privileges. Except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, neither Landlord nor its operators, agents, servants, licensees or employees shall be liable for.: (i) loss or damage to any vehicle or other personal property parked or located upon or within such parking spaces or any parking areas whether pursuant to this license or otherwise and whether caused by fire, theft, explosion, strikes, riots or any other cause whatsoever; or (ii) injury to or death of any person in, about or around such parking spaces or any parking areas or any vehicles parking therein or in proximity thereto whether caused by fire, theft, assault, explosion, riot or any other cause whatsoever and Tenant hereby waives any claim for or in respect to the above. Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord for, from and against all claims or liabilities arising out of loss or damages to property or injury to or death of persons, or both, relating to. any of the foregoing unless directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Except pursuant to an assignment permitted under the Lease, Tenant shall not assign any of its rights hereunder and in the event an attempted assignment is made, it shall be void.


(2)

In the event any tax, surcharge, imposition or regulatory fee is at any time imposed by any governmental authority upon or with respect to parking, parking spaces, the parking rights or license granted hereby, the parking fees to be paid hereunder, or the vehicles parking in the parking spaces referred to herein, Tenant shall pay the same to Landlord as additional rent hereunder, payable with monthly installments of Monthly Rent or as otherwise required by Landlord.


(3)

Landlord or its agents shall have the right (but not the obligation), from time to time as a part of Operating Costs, to monitor all parking spaces for the Project to assure that Tenant, its employees, agents and contractors are parking only in the areas designated by Landlord from time to time for Tenant's use. Landlord shall have the right to tow away, at the expense of the vehicle owner, any vehicles that do not park in spaces designated for Tenant's use or any vehicles of Tenant's invitees not parked in areas designated for Tenant's use or visitors parking. Landlord shall only invoice the Tenant and not individual employees for said parking. Landlord shall have the right to modify the overall site parking plan including the right to change the location of any spaces previously reserved for Tenant's use, whether covered or uncovered and/or whether surface or garage. Landlord shall also have the right to pursue other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

(4)

Landlord or its agents shall have the right from time to time with ten (10) days prior written notice to the Tenant to substitute other Covered Spaces within the Project for the Covered Spaces referenced hereinabove.


(5)

Landlord or its agents reserves the right to cancel the above Covered Spaces and/or convert them to Uncovered, Unreserved Surface Spaces for nonpayment of rent in excess of one (.1j month. Landlord will give five (5) business days written notice prior to the exercise of such right.

(6)

All rental or other charges set forth above shall be due and payable at the same times as the monthly installments of Base Rent are payable under the Lease and shall in general be subject to the terms and provisions as are applicable to rental installments under the Lease, including without limitation, payment of privilege, rental or other taxes on such rental charges.


5. ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS. Landlord's Consent and Conditions.


Tenant shall not make any improvements or alterations to the Premises (the "Work") without in each instance submitting plans and specifications for the Work to Landlord and obtaining Landlord's prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall pay Landlord's standard charge for review of the plans and all other items submitted by Tenant. Landlord will be deemed to be acting reasonably in withholding its consent for any Work which (a) impacts the base structural components or systems of the Building, (b) impacts any other tenant's premises, or (c) is visible from outside the Premises.

Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for actual costs incurred for review of the plans and all other items submitted by Tenant. Tenant shall pay for the cost of all Work. All Work shall become the property of Landlord upon its installation, except for Tenant's trade fixtures and for items which Landlord requires Tenant to remove at Tenant's cost at the termination of the Lease pursuant to Section 5E.

The following requirements shall apply to all Work:


(1)

Prior to commencement, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord building permits, certificates of insurance satisfactory to Landlord, and, at Landlord's request, security for payment of all costs.


(2)

Tenant shall perform all Work so as to maintain peace and harmony among other contractors serving the Project and shall avoid interference with other work to be performed or services to be rendered in the Project.

(3)

The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, meeting the standard for construction and quality of materials in the Building, and shall comply with all insurance requirements and all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations ("Governmental Requirements").

(4)

Tenant shall perform all Work so as to minimize or prevent disruption to other tenants, and Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requests of Landlord in response to complaints from other tenants.

(5)

Tenant shall perform all' Work in compliance with Landlord's "Policies . , Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects" in effect at the time the Work is performed.

(6)

Tenant shall permit Landlord to supervise all Work. Landlord may charge a supervisory fee not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of labor, material, and all other costs of the Work, if Landlord's employees or contractors perform the Work.

(7)

Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractor's affidavits and full and final statutory waivers of liens, as-built plans and specifications, and receipted bills covering all labor and materials, and all other close-out documentation required in Landlord's "Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects".

B.

Damage to Systems. If any part of the mechanical, electrical or other systems in the Premises shall be damaged, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord, and Landlord shall repair such damage. Landlord may also at any reasonable time make any repairs or alterations which Landlord deems necessary for the safety or protection of the Project, or which Landlord is required to make by any court or pursuant to any Governmental Requirement. Tenant shall at its expense make all other repairs necessary to keep the Premises, and Tenant's fixtures and personal property, in good order, condition and repair; to the extent Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may make such repairs itself The cost of any repairs made by Landlord on account of Tenant ' s default, or on account of the misuse or neglect by Tenant or its invitees, contractors or agents anywhere in the Project, shall become Additional Rent payable by Tenant on demand.

C.

No Liens. Tenant has no authority to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind to affect Landlord's interest in the Project; any such lien or encumbrance shall attach to Tenant's interest only. If any mechanic's lien shall be filed or claim of lien made for work or materials furnished to Tenant, then Tenant shall at its expense within ten (10) days thereafter either discharge or contest the lien or claim. If Tenant contests the lien or claim, then Tenant shall (i) within such ten (10) day period, provide Landlord adequate security for the lien or claim, (ii) contest the lien or claim in good faith by appropriate proceedings that operate to stay its enforcement, and (iii) pay promptly any final adverse judgment entered in any such proceeding. If Tenant does not comply with these requirements, Landlord may discharge the lien or claim, and the amount paid, as well as attorney's fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord, shall become Additional Rent payable by Tenant on demand,

D. Ownership of Improvements. All Work as defined in this Section 5, partitions, hardware, equipment, machinery and all other improvements and all fixtures except trade fixtures, constructed in the Premises by either Landlord or Tenant, (i) shall become Landlord's property upon installation without compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord consents Otherwise in writing, and (ii) shall at Landlord's option either (a) be surrendered to Landlord with the Premises at the termination of the Lease or of Tenant's right to possession, or (b) be removed in accordance with Subsection 5E below (unless Landlord at the time it gives its consent to the performance of such construction expressly waives in writing the right to require such removal).


Removal at Termination. Upon the termination of this Lease or Tenant's right of possession Tenant shall remove from the Project its trade fixtures, furniture, moveable equipment and other personal property, any improvements which Landlord elects shall be removed by Tenant pursuant to Section 5D, and any improvements to any portion of the Project other than the Premises.. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by the installation or removal of any of the foregoing items. If Tenant does not timely remove such property, then Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have, at Landlord's election (i) conveyed such property to Landlord without compensation or (ii) abandoned such property, and Landlord may dispose of or store any part thereof in any manner at Tenant's sole cost, without waiving Landlord's right to claim from Tenant all expenses arising out of Tenant's failure to remove the property, and without liability to Tenant or any other person. Landlord shall have no duty to be a bailee of any such personal property. If Landlord elects abandonment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any expenses incurred for disposition.


6.

USE OF PREMISES. Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office purposes. Tenant shall not allow more than one employee or independent contractor per each one hundred fifty (150) usable square feet of the Premises to use or occupy the Premises. Tenant shall not allow any use of the Premises which will negatively affect the cost of coverage of Landlord's insurance on the Project. Tenant shall not allow any inflammable or explosive liquids or materials to be kept on the Premises. Tenant shall not allow any use of the Premises which would cause the value or utility of any part of the Premises to diminish or would interfere with any other Tenant or with the operation of the Project by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit any nuisance or waste upon the Premises, or allow any offensive noise or odor in or around the Premises.


If any governmental authority shall deem . the Premises to be a "place of public accommodation" under the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other comparable law as a result of Tenant's use, Tenant shall either modify its use to cause such authority to rescind its designation or be responsible for any alterations, structural or otherwise, required to be made to the Building or the Premises under such laws.


7.

GOVERNMENTAL REOUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES. Tenant shall comply with all Governmental Requirements applying to its use of the Premises. Tenant shall also comply with all reasonable rules established for the Project from time to time by Landlord. The present rules and regulations are contained in Appendix B. Failure by another tenant to comply with the rules or failure by Landlord to enforce them shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to comply with the rules or make Landlord responsible to Tenant in any way.

Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to apply the rules and regulations uniformly with respect to Tenant and tenants in the Building under leases containing rules and regulations similar to this Lease. In the event of alterations and repairs performed by Tenant, Tenant shall comply with the provisions of Section 5 of this Lease and also Landlord's "Policies, Rules and Regulations for Construction Projects".


WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.


A.

Indemnity by Tenant. Tenant shall and does hereby indemnify Landlord and agrees to save it harmless and, at Landlord's option, defend it for, from and against any and all claims (whether groundless or not), actions, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without limitation attorneys' and other professional fees, in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property suffered by any person which is caused by Tenant, its officers, agents, contractors, employees, licensees and invitees, or which arises from or out of the business of Tenant or the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Premises or any part thereof or of any other part of the Project, whether occasioned or alleged to be occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of Tenant, its officers, agents, contractors, employees or invitees..


B.

Indemnity by Landlord. To the extent not covered by Section 8A above or Tenant's insurance, and subject to the exclusions and limitations set forth in this Lease, including Section 8C, Landlord shall and does hereby indemnify Tenant and agrees to save it harmless for, from and against any and all claims (whether groundless or not), actions, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without limitation attorneys' and other professional fees, in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property suffered by any person which is caused by the negligent or willful act or omission of Landlord, its officers, agents, contractors or employees.


C.

Landlord's Not Responsible for Acts of Others. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, or to those claiming by, through or under Tenant, for any loss or damage which may be occasioned by or through the acts of omissions of persons in, or occupying leased space in, the Project or any part of any premises adjacent to or connecting with the Project, including the failure of such persons to perform their lease obligations, or for any loss or damage resulting to Tenant, or those claiming by, through or under Tenant, or its or their property, from the `breaking, bursting, stoppage or leaking of electrical, water, gas, sewer; sprinkler, steam or other cable, wires, pipes or other equipment. To the extent permitted by law, Tenant waives any claims it may have against Landlord or its officers, directors, employees or agents for business interruption or damage to property sustained by Tenant as a result of any act or omission of Landlord, excepting only Landlord's gross negligence. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises, and to use such other portions of the Project as Tenant is herein given the right to use, at Tenant's own risk.


D.

Tenant's Insurance. Tenant shall maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:


(1)

Commercial General Liability Insurance, with (a) Contractual Liability including the indemnification provisions contained in this Lease, (b) a severability ofinterest endorsement, (c) limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit per occurrence and not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate for bodily injury, sickness or death, and property damage, and (d) umbrella coverage of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).


(2)

Property Insurance against "All Risks" of physical loss covering the replacement cost of all improvements, fixtures and personal property. Tenant waives all rights of subrogation, and Tenant's property insurance shall include a. waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord.


(3)

Workers' compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer's Liability with not less than the following limits:

Each Accident

$500,000.00

Disease--Policy Limit

$500,000.00

Disease--Each. Employee

$500,000.00

(4)

Business interruption insurance.


Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and its agents.


Tenant's insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Landlord, its agents, or mortgagee. Landlord, and if any, Landlord's building manager or agent and ground . lessor shall be named as additional insureds as respects to insurance required of the Tenant in Section 8D(1). The company or companies writing any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease, as well as the form of such insurance, shall at all times be subject to Landlord's approval, and any such company shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Such insurance companies shall have a A.M. Best rating of A VI or better.


Tenant shall cause any contractor of Tenant performing work on the Premises to maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:


(1)

Commercial General Liability Insurance, including contractor's liability coverage, contractual liability coverage, completed operations coverage, broad form property damage endorsement, and contractor's protective liability coverage, to afford protection with limits, for each occurrence, of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,"000.00) with respect to personal injury, death or property damage.


(2)

Workers' compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer's Liability with not less than the following limits:

Each Accident

$500,000.00

Disease-Policy Limit

$500,000.00

Disease--Each Employee

$500,000.00

Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and its agents.

Tenant's contractor's insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Tenant, Landlord, their agents or mortgagees, Tenant and Landlord, and if any, Landlord's building manager or agent, mortgagee or ground lessor shall be named as additional insured on Tenant's contractor's insurance policies.

E, Insurance Certificates. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates evidencing all required insurance no later than five (5) days prior to the Commencement Date and each renewal date. Each certificate will provide for thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to Landlord and Tenant.

F. Landlord's Insurance. Landlord shall maintain "All-Risk" property insurance at replacement cost, including loss of rents, on the Building, and Commercial General Liability insurance policies covering the common areas of the Building, each with such terms, coverages and conditions as are normally carried by reasonably prudent owners of properties similar to the Project. With respect to property insurance, Landlord and Tenant mutually waive all rights of subrogation, and the respective "All-Risk" coverage property insurance policies carried by Landlord and Tenant shall contain enforceable waiver of subrogation endorsements.


FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY.


A.

Termination. If a fire or other casualty causes substantial damage to the Building or the Premises, Landlord shall engage a registered architect to certify within one (1) month of the casualty to both Landlord and Tenant the amount of time needed to restore the Building and the Premises to tenantability, using standard working methods. If the time needed exceeds six (6) months from the beginning of the restoration, or two (2) months therefrom if the restoration would begin during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease, then in the case of the Premises, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease, and in the case of the Building, Landlord may terminate this Lease, by notice to the other party within ten (10) days after the notifying party's receipt of the architect's certificate. The termination shall be effective thirty (30) days from the date of the notice and Rent shall be paid by Tenant to that date, with an abatement for any portion of the Premises which has been untenantable after the casualty.


B.

Restoration. If . a casualty causes damage to the Building or the Premises but this Lease is not terminated for any reason, then subject to the rights of any mortgagees or ground lessors, Landlord shall obtain the applicable insurance proceeds and diligently restore the Building and the Premises subject to current Governmental Requirements. Tenant shall replace its damaged improvements, personal property and fixtures. Rent shall be abated on a per diem basis during the restoration for any portion of the Premises which is untenantable, except to the extent that Tenant's negligence caused the casualty.

10.

EMINENT DOMAIN. If a part of the Project is taken by eminent domain or deed in lieu thereof which is so substantial that the Premises cannot reasonably be used by Tenant for the operation of its business, then either party may terminate this Lease effective as of the date of the taking. If any substantial portion of the Project is taken without affecting the Premises, then Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of such taking. Rent shall abate from the date of the taking in proportion to any part of the Premises taken. The entire award for a taking of any kind shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no right to share in the award. All obligations accrued to the date of the taking shall be performed by the party liable to perform said obligations, as set forth herein.

11.

RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD.

Landlord may exercise at any time any attic following rights respecting the operation of the Project without liability to the Tenant of any kind:

A.

Name. To change the name or street address of the Building or the suite number(s) of the Premises.

B.

Signs. To install and maintain any signs on the exterior and in the interior of the Building, and to approve at its sole discretion, prior to installation, any of Tenant's signs in the Premises visible from the common areas or the exterior of the Building. Tenant shall be entitled to install Building signage at its sole cost, in a manner and at a location approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible to maintain such signage in a good and attractive condition and to remove such signage upon termination or expiration of the Lease and to repair all damage resulting therefrom, at Tenant's sole cost. In addition to Landlord's approval of Building signage, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that it is solely responsible to obtain all required permits from the City of Tempe, and that such signage is subject to the approval of Papago Park Center in accordance with their signage requirements and to compliance with established signage guidelines for Papago Spectrum, copies of which have been delivered to Tenant.

C.

Window Treatments. To approve, at its discretion, prior to installation, any shades, blinds, ventilators or window treatments of any kind, as well as any lighting within the Premises that may be visible from the exterior of the Building or any interior common area.

D.

Keys. To retain and use at any time passkeys to enter the Premises or any door within the Premises. Tenant shall not alter or add any lock or bolt.

E.

Access. To have access to inspect the Premises, and to perform its obligations, or make repairs, alterations, additions or improvements, as permitted by this Lease.


F.

Preparation for Reoccupancy. To decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy at any time after Tenant abandons the Premises, without relieving Tenant of any obligation to pay Rent.


G.

Heavy Articles. To approve the weight, size, placement and time and manner of movement within the Building of any safe, central filing system or other heavy article of Tenant's property. Tenant shall move its property entirely at its own risk.


H.

Show Premises. To show the Premises to prospective purchasers, tenants, brokers, lenders, investors, rating agencies or others at any reasonable time, provided that Landlord gives prior notice to Tenant and does not materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.


I.

Intentionally Omitted.


J.

Use of Lockbox. To designate a lockbox collection agent for collections of amounts due Landlord, In that case, the date of payment of Rent or other sums shall be the date of the agent's receipt of such payment or the date of actual collection if payment is made in the form of a negotiable instrument thereafter dishonored upon presentment, However, Landlord may reject any payment for all purposes as of the date of receipt or actual collection by mailing to Tenant within 21 days after such receipt or collection a check equal to the amount sent by Tenant.


K.

Repairs and Alterations. To make repairs or alterations to the Project and in doing so transport any required material through the Premises, to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and other facilities in the Project, to open any ceiling in the Premises, or to temporarily suspend services or use of common areas in the Building. Landlord may perform any such repairs or alterations during ordinary business hours, except that Tenant may require any Work in the Premises to be done after business hours if Tenant pays Landlord for overtime and any other expenses incurred. Landlord may do or permit any work on any nearby building, land, street, alley or way,


. L. Landlord's Agents. If Tenant is in default under this Lease, possession of Tenant's funds or negotiation of Tenant's negotiable instrument by any of Landlord's agents shall not waive any breach by Tenant or any remedies of Landlord under this Lease.


M.

Building Services. To install, use and maintain through the Premises, pipes, conduits, wires and ducts serving the Building, provided that such installation, use and maintenance does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.


N.

Other Actions. To take any other action which Landlord deems reasonable in connection with the operation, maintenance or preservation of the Building.


12. TENANT'S DEFAULT.


Any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant:


A.

Rent Default. Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due;


B.

Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default. Tenant defaults in its obligations under. Section 17 Assignment and Sublease or Section 28 Hazardous Substances;


C. Other Performance Default. Tenant fails to perform any other obligation to Landlord under this Lease, and, in the case of only the first two (2) such failures during the Term of this Lease, this failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord, except that if Tenant begins to cure its failure within the ten (10) day period but cannot reasonably complete its cure within such period, then, so long as Tenant continues to diligently attempt to cure its failure, the ten (10) day period shall be extended to sixty (60) days, or such lesser period as is reasonably necessary to complete the cure;


D.

Credit Default. One of the following credit defaults occurs:


(1)

Tenant commences any proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debts, or seeks appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Tenant or for any substantial part of its property, or any such proceeding is commenced against Tenant and either remains undismissed for a period of thirty  days or results in the entry of an order for relief against Tenant which is not fully stayed within seven days after entry;


(2)

Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt, does not generally pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;


(3)

Any third party obtains a levy or attachment under process of law against Tenant's leasehold interest.


E.

Vacation or Abandonment Default. Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises. 13. LANDLORD REMEDIES.


A.

Termination of Lease or Possession. If Tenant default, Landlord may elect by notice to Tenant either to terminate this Lease or to terminate Tenant's possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease. In either case, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and deliver possession to Landlord, and Landlord may repossess the Premises and may, at Tenant's sole cost, remove any of Tenant's signs and any of its other property, without relinquishing its right to receive Rent or any other right against Tenant.


B.

Lease Termination Damages. If Landlord terminates the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent due on or before the date of termination, plus Landlord's reasonable estimate of the aggregate Rent that would have been payable from the date of termination through the Termination Date, reduced by the rental value of the Premises calculated as of the date of termination for the same period, taking into account anticipated vacancy prior to reletting, relating expenses and market concessions, both discounted to present value at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum. If Landlord shall relet any part of the Premises for any part of such period before such present value amount shall have been paid by Tenant or finally determined by

a court, then the amount of Rent payable pursuant to such reletting (taking into account vacancy prior to reletting and reletting expenses or concessions) shall be deemed to be the reasonable rental value for that portion of the Premises relet during the period of the reletting.


C.

Possession Termination Damages , . If Landlord terminates Tenant's right to possession without terminating the Lease and Landlord takes possession of the Premises itself, Landlord may relet any part of the Premises for such Rent, for such time, and upon such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine, without any' obligation to do so prior to renting other vacant areas in the Building. Any proceeds from reletting the Premises shall first be applied to the . expenses of reletting, including redecoration, repair, alteration, advertising, brokerage, legal, and other reasonably necessary expenses. If the reletting proceeds after payment of expenses are insufficient to pay the full amount of Rent under this Lease, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly upon demand as it becomes due. Any excess proceeds shall be retained by Landlord.


D.

Landlord's Remedies Cumulative, All of Landlord's remedies under this Lease shall be in addition to all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity. Waiver by Landlord of any breach of any obligation by Tenant shall be effective only if it is in writing, and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach, or any subsequent breach of the same obligation. Landlord's acceptance of payment by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant, and if the acceptance occurs after Landlord's notice to Tenant, or termination of the Lease or of Tenant's right to possession, the acceptance shall not affect such notice or termination. Acceptance of payment by Landlord after commencement of a legal proceeding or final judgment shall not affect such proceeding or judgment. Landlord may advance such monies and take such other actions for Tenant's account as reasonably may be required to cure or mitigate any default by Tenant. Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for any such advance, and such sums shall bear interest at the default interest rate until paid.


E.

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE. EACH PARTY SHALL BRING ANY ACTION AGAINST THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE IN A :i{EDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE ANY PROCEEDING TRANSFERRED FROM SUCH COURTS ON THE GROUND OF IMPROPER VENUE OR. INCONVENIENT FORUM.


F.

Litigation Costs. The nondefaulting party shall pay the other party's reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs in enforcing this Lease, whether or not suit is filed.


14. SURRENDER. Upon termination of this Lease or Tenant's right to possession, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, ordinary wear and casualty damage excepted. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any alterations, then Tenant shall remove the alterations in a good and workmanlike manner and restore the Premises to its condition prior to their installation.

15.

HOLDOVER. Tenant shall have no right to holdover possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. If, however, Tenant retains possession of any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance for the entire Premises upon all of the terms of this Lease as might be applicable to such month­ to-month tenancy, except that Tenant shall pay all of Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent at one hundred fifty percent (150%) the rate in effect immediately prior to such holdover, computed on a monthly basis for each full or partial month Tenant remains in possession. Tenant shall also pay Landlord all of Landlord's direct and consequential damages resulting from Tenant's holdover. No acceptance of Rent or other payments by Landlord under these holdover provisions shall operate as a waiver of Landlord's right to regain possession or any other of Landlord's remedies.


16.

SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES.

A.

Subordination. This Lease shall be subordinate to any present or future ground lease or mortgage respecting the Project, and any amendments to such ground lease or mortgage, at the election of the ground lessor or mortgagee as the case may be, effected by notice to Tenant in the manner provided in this Lease. The subordination shall be effective upon such notice, but at the request of Landlord or ground lessor or mortgagee, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days of the request, execute and deliver to the requesting party any reasonable documents provided to evidence the subordination. Any mortgagee has the right, at its option, to subordinate its mortgage to the terms.of this Lease, without notice to, nor the consent of, Tenant.

B.

Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage. If any ground lease is terminated or mortgage foreclosed or deed in lieu of foreclosure given and the ground lessor, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale shall thereby become the owner of the Project, upon request of such owner, Tenant shall attorn to such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser without any deduction or setoff by Tenant, and this Lease shall continue in effect as a direct lease between Tenant and such ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser. The ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser shall be liable as Landlord only during the time such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser is the owner of the Project. At the request of Landlord, ground lessor or mortgagee, Tenant shall execute and deliver within ten (10) business days of the request any document furnished by the requesting party to evidence Tenant's agreement to attorn,

C.

Security Deposit. Any ground lessor or mortgagee shall be responsible for the return of any security deposit by Tenant only to the extent the security deposit is received by such ground lessor or mortgagee.

D.

Notice and Right to Cure. The Project is subject to any ground lease and mortgage identified with name and address of ground lessor or mortgagee in Appendix D to this Lease (as the same may be amended from time to time by written notice to Tenant). Tenant agrees to send by registered or certified mail to any ground lessor or mortgagee identified either in such Appendix or in any later notice from Landlord to Tenant a copy of any notice of default sent by Tenant to Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the required time period under this Lease, but ground lessor or mortgagee begins to cure within ten (10) days after such period and proceeds diligently to complete such cure, then ground lessor or mortgagee shall have such additional time as is necessary, to complete such cure, including any time necessary to obtain possession if possession is necessary to cure, and Tenant shall not begin to enforce its remedies so long as the cure is being diligently pursued.


E. Definitions. As used in this Section 16, "mortgage" shall include " deed of trust" and/or "trust deed" and "mortgagee" shall include "beneficiary" and/or "trustee", " mortgagee " shall include the mortgagee of any ground lessee, and "ground lessor", "mortgagee", and "purchaser at a foreclosure sale" shall include, in each case, all of its successors and assigns, however remote.


17. .ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE.


A.

In General. Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord in each case, (i) make or allow any assignment or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any part of Tenant's interest in this Lease, (ii) grant or allow any lien or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, upon any part of Tenant's interest in this Lease, (iii) sublet any part of the Premises, or (iv) permit anyone other than Tenant and its employees to occupy any part of the Premises. Tenant shall remain primarily liable for all of its obligations under this Lease, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer. No consent granted by Landlord shall be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment or transfer, lien or encumbrance, sublease or occupancy. Tenant shall pay all of Landlord's attorneys' fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any consent requested by Tenant or in reviewing any proposed assignment or subletting. Any assignment or transfer, grant of lien or encumbrance, or sublease or occupancy without Landlord's prior written consent shall be void. If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet the Premises in its entirety any rights of Tenant to renew this Lease, extend the Term or to lease additional space in the Project shall be extinguished thereby and will not be transferred to the assignee or subtenant, all such rights being personal to the Tenant named herein.


B.

Landlord's Consent. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease if (i) Tenant is in default under this Lease, (ii) the. proposed assignee or sublessee is a tenant in the Project or an affiliate of such a tenant or a party that Landlord has identified as a prospective tenant in the Project, (iii) the financial responsibility, nature of business, and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant are not all reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iv) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord the purpose for which the assignee or subtenant intends to use the Premises (or a portion thereof) is not in keeping with Landlord's standards for the Building or are in violation of the terms of this Lease or any other leases in the Project . , (v) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a government entity, or (vi) the proposed assignment is for less than the entire Premises or for less than the remaining Term of the Lease (but subleases for less than the entire Premises or for less than the remaining Term are permitted). The foregoing shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent.


C.

Procedure. Tenant shall notify Landlord of any proposed assignment or sublease at least thirty (30) days prior to its proposed effective date. The notice shall include the name

and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, its corporate affiliates in the case of a corporation and its partners in a case of a partnership, an execution copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, and sufficient information to permit Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant. As a condition to any effective assignment of this Lease, the assignee shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment, an assumption of all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. As a condition to any effective sublease, subtenant shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the sublease, an agreement to comply with all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, and at Landlord's option, an agreement (except for the economic obligations which subtenant will undertake directly to Tenant) to attorn to Landlord under the terms of the sublease in the event this Lease terminates before the sublease expires.


D..

Intentionally Omitted.


E.

Excess Payments. If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet any part of the Premises for consideration in excess of the pro-rata portion of Rent applicable to the space subject to the assignment or sublet, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent 50% of any such excess immediately upon receipt.


F.

Recapture. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant's notice of assignment or subletting, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in Tenant's notice, as of the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease and all obligations under this Lease as to such space shall expire except as to any obligations that expressly survive any termination of this Lease.


18.

CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD. If Landlord shall at any time transfer its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall be released of any obligations occurring after such transfer, except the obligation to return to Tenant any security deposit not delivered to its transferee, and Tenant shall look solely to Landlord's successors for performance of such obligations. This Lease shall not be affected by any such transfer.


19.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Each party shall, within ten (10) days of receiving a request from the other party, execute, acknowledge in recordable form, and deliver to the other party or its designee a certificate stating, subject to a specific statement of any applicable exceptions, that the Lease as amended to date is in full force and effect, that the Tenant is paying Rent and other charges on a current basis, and that to the best of the knowledge of the certifying party, the other party has committed no uncured defaults and has no offsets or claims. The certifying party may also be required to state the date of commencement of payment of Rent, the Commencement Date, the Termination Date, the Base Rent and the current Operating Cost Share Rent estimate, the status of any improvements required to be completed by Landlord, the amount of any security deposit, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested. Failure to deliver such statement within the time required shall be conclusive evidence against the non-certifying party that this Lease, with any amendments identified by the requesting party, is in full force and effect, that there are no uncured defaults by the requesting party, that not more than one month's Rent has been paid in advance, that the non-certifyingparty has not paid any security deposit, and that the non-certifying party has no claims or offsets against the requesting party.

20.

SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on the date of this Lease, security for the performance of all of its obligations in the amount set forth on the Schedule. If Tenant defaults under this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit to make any defaulted payment, to pay for Landlord's cure of any defaulted obligation, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from any default. To the extent any portion of the deposit is used, Tenant shall within five (5) business days after demand from Landlord restore the deposit to its full amount. Landlord may keep the Security Deposit in its general funds and shall not be required to pay interest to Tenant on the deposit amount. If Tenant - shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease and return the Premises to Landlord at the end of the Term, Landlord shall return all of the remaining Security Deposit to Tenant within thirty (30) business days after the end of the Term. The Security Deposit shall not serve as an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Landlord's damages for any default under this Lease. If (Refer to page 1, schedule 5)Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or s Lease, Land or any transfer the

Security Deposit to its transferee. Upon such transfer, Landlord shall have n further obligation to return the Security Deposit to Tenant, and Tenant's right to the return of the Security. Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord's transferee.


21.

  FORCE MAJEURE. Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease to the extent Landlord is unable to perform any of its obligations on account of any strike or labor problem, energy shortage, governmental preemption or prescription, national emergency, or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of Landlord ("Force Maeure").


22.

TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY AND FIXTURES. In addition to any statutory lien, Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a lien against and a security interest in all of Tenant's personal property and fixtures now or hereafter located within the Premises as security for performance of all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Tenant may replace such personal property and fixtures with items of equal or better quality, but shall not otherwise remove them from the Premises without the consent of Landlord until all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease have been performed. This Lease constitutes a security agreement creating a security interest in such property in favor of Landlord, subject only to the liens of existing creditors, and Landlord may at any time file this Lease as a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Project is located. Alternatively, if requested to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days of such request a Form UCC-l. Financing Statement wherein Landlord is the Secured Party and Tenant is the Debtor. Landlord agrees to reasonably subordinate its lien to bona fide lenders providing funds to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no lien hereunder or under any applicable statute on the proprietary information of third parties within Tenant's possession, including Tenant's computers


23.

  NOTICES. All notices, consents, approvals and similar communications to be given by one party to the other under this Lease, shall be given in writing, mailed or personally delivered as follows:

A.

Landlord. To Landlord as follows:


Papago Spectrum, L.L.C.

c/o Chamberlain Family Trust 505 South Madison

Tempe, Arizona 85281


or to such other person at such other address as Landlord may designate by notice to TenantB B.   Tenant.. To Tenant as follows:



or to such other person at such other address as Tenant may designate by notice to Landlord.


Mailed notices shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, or by a reputable national overnight courier service, postage prepaid. Mailed notices shall be deemed to have been given on the earlier of actual delivery or three (3) business days after posting in the United States mail in the can of registered or certified mail, and one business day in the case of overnight courier.


24.

QUIET POSSESSION. So long as Tenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall enjoy peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party claiming through the . Landlord.


25.

REAL ESTATE BROKER. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker with respect to this Lease except for any broker(s) listed in the Schedule, and no other broker is in any way entitled to any broker's fee or other payment in connection with this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against any claims by any other broker or third party for any payment of any kind in connection with this Lease.


26.

MISCELLANEOUS.


A.

Successors and Assigns. Subject to the limits on Tenant ' s assignment contained in Section 17, the provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all successors and assigns of Landlord and Tenant.


B.

Date Payments Are Due. Except for payments to be made by Tenant under this Lease which are due upon demand or are due in advance (such as Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent and Parking Charges), Tenant shall pay to Landlord any amount for which Landlord renders a statement of account within ten (10) business days of Tenant's receipt of Landlord's statement.

C. Meaning of "Landlord'', "Re-Entry", "including" and "Affiliate". The term "Landlord" means only the owner of the Project and the lessor's interest in this Lease from time to time. The words "re-entry" and "re-enter " are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The words "including" and similar words shall mean "without li:mitationi". The word " affiliate" shall mean a person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the applicable entity, "Control" shall mean the power directly or indirectly, by contract or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of the applicable entity.


Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.


E.

No Option. This document shall, not be effective for any purpose until it has been. executed and delivered by both parties; execution and delivery by one party shall not create any option or other right in the other party.


F.

Severability. The unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not affect any other provision.


G.

Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.


H.

Lease Modification. Tenant agrees to modify this Lease in any way requested by a mortgagee which does not cause increased expense to Tenant or otherwise materially adversely affect Tenant's interests under this Lease.


L

No Oral Modification. No modification of this Lease shall be effective unless it is a written modification signed by both parties.


J.

Landlord's Right to Cure. If Landlord breaches any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and shall take no action respecting such breach so long as Landlord promptly begins to cure the breach and diligently pursues such cure to its completion. Landlord may cure any default by Tenant; any expenses incurred shall become Additional Rent due from Tenant on demand by Landlord.


K.

Captions. The captions used in this Lease shall have no effect on the construction. of this Lease.


L.

Authority. Landlord and Tenant each represents to the other that it has full power and authority to execute and perform this Lease.


M.

Landlord's Enforcement of Remedies. Landlord may enforce any of its remedies under this Lease either in its own name or through an agent.


N.

Entire Agreement. This Lease, together with all Appendices, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No representations or agreements of any kind have been made by either party which are not contained in this Lease:

O.

Landlord's Title. Landlord's title shall always be paramount to the interest of the Tenant, and nothing in this Lease shall empower Tenant to do anything which might in any way impair Landlord's title.

P.

Light and Air Rights. Landlord does not grant in this Lease any rights to light and air in connection with Project. Landlord reserves to itself, the Land, the Building below the improved floor of each floor of the Premises, the Building above the ceiling of each floor of the Premises, the exterior of the Premises and the areas on the same floor outside the Premises, along with the areas within the Premises required for the installation and repair of utility lines and other items required to serve other tenants of the Building.

Q.

Singular and Plural. Wherever appropriate in this Lease, a singular terra shall be construed to mean the plural where necessary, and a plural term the singular. For example, if at any time two parties shall constitute Landlord or Tenant, then the relevant term shall refer to both parties together.

R.

No Recording by Tenant. Tenant shall not record in any public records any memorandum or any portion of this Lease.

8.

Exclusivity. Landlord does not grant to Tenant in this Lease any exclusive right except the right to occupy its Premises.

T.

No Construction A g ainst Drafting Party. The rule of construction that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to this Lease.

U.

Survival. All :obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease shall survive the termination of this Lease.

V.

Rent Not Based on Income. No rent or other payment in respect of the Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Premises. Tenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.

W.

Building Manager and Service Providers. Landlord may perform any of its obligations under this Lease through its employees or third parties hired by the Landlord.

X.

Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments. Without limiting the provisions of Section 12A, if Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent or other charge to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease within five (5) business days after the same becomes due and payable, then Tenant shall pay a late charge equal to the greater of five percent (5%) of the amount of such payment or $250, but this late fee will not apply to the first two late payments in any year of the. Lease Term. In addition, interest shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on any late payments of Rent from the date due until paid at the rate provided in Section 2D(2). Such late charge and interest shall constitute Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon the date of payment of the delinquent payment referenced above.

Y. Tenant's Financial Statements. Within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the current audited annual financial statements of Tenant, and annual audited financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current year's financial statements, each with an opinion of a certified public accountant and including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.


27.

UNRELATED BUSINESS INCOME. If Landlord is advised by its counsel at any time that any part of the payments by Tenant to Landlord under this .Lease . may be characterized as unrelated business income under the United States Internal Revenue Code and its regulations, then Tenant shall enter into any amendment proposed by Landlord to avoid such income, so long as the amendment does not require Tenant to make more payments 'or accept fewer services from Landlord, than this Lease provides.


28.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought upon, produced, stored, used, discharged or disposed of in or near the Pro j ect unless Landlord has consented to such storage or use in its sole discretion. "Hazardous Substances" include those hazardous substances described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., any other applicable federal, state or local law, and the regulations adopted under these laws. If any lender or governmental agency shall require testing for Hazardous Substances in the Premises, Tenant shall pay for such testing.


29.

EXCULPATION. Landlord shall have no personal liability under this Lease; its liability shall be limited to its interest in the Project, and shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Landlord. In no event shall any officer, director, employee, agent, shareholder, partner, member or beneficiary of Landlord be personally liable for any of Landlord's obligations hereunder


30.

RENEWAL OPTION. Subject to the expansion rights of Arthur Andersen LLP and/or its successor in interest under a Lease for a major portion of the Building ("Other Tenant") to expand into the Premises after expiration of the original Tenn, Tenant shall have the option to renew the Term of the Lease for two additional five (5) year period in accordance with the following provisions. Not later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the original Term, Landlord will notify Tenant whether Other Tenant has elected to exercise its option to expand into the Premises. If Other Tenant exercises such Option, this Paragraph 30 will terminate and be of no further force or effect.


If Landlord notifies Tenant that Other Tenant did not exercise its option to expand into the Premises, such notice shall include Landlord's determination of then Prevailing Market Rental (as defined below) for the Premises for a five (5) year renewal term, but in no event will that be less than the rental for the original Lease Term. In such event, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord's notice, Tenant may give notice of its election to renew the Term of the Lease and whether it accepts Landlord's determination of Prevailing Market Rental. If Tenant

does not timely give such notice, Tenant's current option to renew (and the second option, if applicable) shall terminate. If the parties agree on Prevailing Market Rental for the extended term, they shall immediately execute an amendment to the Lease stating the Prevailing Market Rental and the amount of the fixed rent for such renewal term in question.


If the parties are unable to agree on the Prevailing Market Rental for the renewal term within the thirty (30) day period, the Prevailing Market Rental shall be determined pursuant to arbitration as follows. In such event, within ten (10) days thereafter, each party shall select as its arbitrator a qualified commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years experience in appraising property and buildings in the city or submarket in which the Premises are located. The two (2) arbitrators shall give their opinion of prevailing rental rates within twenty (20) days after their retention. In the event the opinions of the two (2) arbitrators differ and, after good faith efforts over the succeeding 20-day period, they cannot mutually agree, the arbitrators shall immediately and jointly appoint a third arbitrator with the qualifications specified above. This third arbitrator shall immediately (within five (5) days) choose either the determination of Landlord's . arbitrator or Tenant's arbitrator and such choice of this third arbitrator shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant. If either party fails to timely appoint its arbitrator, the opinion of prevailing rental rates of the arbitrator for the other party shall be utilized. Each party shall pay its own costs for its arbitrator. Following the determination of the Prevailing Market Rental by the arbitrators, the parties shall equally share the costs of any third arbitrator. Upon determination of the Prevailing Market Rental, the parties shall immediately execute an amendment as set forth above.


The "Prevailing Market Rental" shall be the prevailing annual rental rate per rentable square foot for the Premises then being charged to new tenants in the Building and comparable buildings for improved space comparable to the Premises (or adjusting the rental rate as appropriate for differences therein), which is agreed by Landlord and Tenant or determined by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the balance of this paragraph, taking into consideration use, location and floor level within the applicable building, the location, quality, age and reputation of the building, the definition of rentable area or net rentable area, as the case may be, with respect to which such rental rates are computed, rent concessions or other allowances, abatements, lease assumptions or take-overs, differences in terms and provisions of the applicable leases such as passthroughs of operating expenses and taxes, moving expenses, tenant improvements, parking rights, the term of the lease (or renewal) under consideration, and the extent of services provided thereunder, applicable distinctions between "gross" leases and "net" leases, base year or expense stop figures for escalation purposes, other tenant concessions and benefits such as new carpeting, paint and wall coverings for the Premises, and any other relevant term or condition in making such evaluation.


31. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. Subject to the priority rights of the Other Tenant, Tenant shall have the first right to offer to lease approximately 10,000 square feet of rentable space adjacent to the Premises on the second floor of the Building shown as the "Expansion Area" on Appendix• A-1, as follows. Tenant shall have this right during the initial lease up of the space but no notices from Landlord are required and Tenant's rights shall not apply to the extent Landlord has then already leased such space or is in actual lease negotiations with an identified tenant, at the time Tenant sends a Letter of Interest as to Landlord for all or any part of such

space. If Tenant does send a Letter of Interest and the space is available as provided in the preceding sentence, and provided Tenant executes an Amendment to this Lease adding such space to this Lease within ten (10) business days thereafter, Landlord shall not lease such space to any third party but if this requirement is not met, Landlord shall be free to lease such space to any third party.


After the initial lease up of any portion of the Expansion Area, and excluding renewals by the original tenant(s), prior to leasing such space in the future, Landlord shall first offer such space to Tenant. If Tenant delivers a Letter of Interest within five (5) days and executes an Amendment to this Lease adding such space to this Lease within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant receives Landlord's notice, then Landlord shall not lease such space to any third party, but if either of these requirements is not met, Landlord shall be free to lease such space to any third party.


The Base Rent would be (a) at the rate specified herein, if the election occurs within. six (6) months after Lease execution, or (b) the Prevailing Market Rent fixed under Section 30, if the election occurs thereafter. The security deposit would be proportionately increased Landlord would provide a prorated Landlord's Contribution based upon the remaining Term after completion of the Initial Improvements for the expansion space; the Term for the expansion space would be coterminous with the Term for original Premises; and all other terms and provision of this Lease would apply thereto as set forth herein.


This Section 31 shall not be applicable if there is less than twelve (12) months years remaining in the Lease Term.

[REMAINDER. OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease.

LANDLORD:

James J. Chamberlain

Trustee

 

 

PAPAGO SPECTRUM, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company


By: CHAMBERLAIN FAMILY TRUST UNDER TRUST AGREEMENTNT  DATED SEPTE MER 21, 1979 Its Managing Member

By:  /s/ James M. Chamberlain

Name:    James M. Cjamberlain

Title:  Trustee

TENANT:


CALIBRUS, INC., a Nevada corporation


By. /s/ James W. Holmes

Print     James W. Holmes

Title      President and CEO

 

 

APPENDIX B
RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.

Tenant shall not place anything, or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may, in Landlord's judgment, appear unsightly from outside of the Project.

2.

The Project directory shall be available to Tenant solely to display names and their location in. the Project, which display shall be as directed by Landlord.

3.

The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purposes other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. Tenant shall lend its full . cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition and shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises and move all such items and waste being taken from the Premises (other than waste customarily removed by employees of the Building) directly to the shipping platform at or about the time arranged for removal therefrom. The: halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord, reasonably exercised, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Project. Neither Tenant nor any employee or invitee of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Project.

4..

The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatuses shall not be used for any purposes other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein, and to the extent caused by Tenant or its employees or invitees, the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

5..

Tenant shall not ;cause any unnecessary janitorial labor or services by reason of Tenant's carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

6.

Tenant shall not install or operate. any refrigerating, heating or air conditioning apparatus, or vending machines, or carry on any mechanical business without the prior written consent of Landlord; use the Premises for housing, lodging or sleeping purposes; or permit preparation or warming of food in the Premises (warming of coffee and individual meals with employees and guests excepted). Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises or permit the Premises to be occupied or used for any purpose, act or thing which is in violation of any Governmental Requirement or which may be dangerous to persons or property.

7.

Tenant shall not bring upon, use or keep in the Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or any other articles deemed hazardous to persons or property, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8.

Landlord shall have sole power to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and other wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires is to be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.


9.

No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors, windows or transoms in or to the Premises. Tenant shall not change existing locks or the mechanism thereof. Upon termination of' the lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys and passes for offices, rooms, parking lot and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished Tenant.


In the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay Landlord therefor. Tenant shall not make, or cause to be made, any such keys and shall order all such keys solely from Landlord and shall pay Landlord for any keys in addition to the two sets of keys originally furnished by Landlord for each lock.


10.

Tenant shall not install linoleum, tile, carpet or other floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.


l 1. No furniture, packages, supplies,, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Project or carried up or down in the freight elevator, except between such hours and in such freight elevator as shall be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of other entrances of the Building, or take or permit on other elevators, any item normally taken in or out through the trucking concourse or service doors or in or on freight elevators.


12.

Tenant shall cause all doors to the Premises to be closed and securely locked and shall turn off all utilities, lights and machines before leaving the Project at the end of the day.


13.

Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or any picture of the Project in connection with, or in promoting or advertising the business of, Tenant, except Tenant. may use the address of the Project as the address of its business.


14.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Premises' or the Project's heating and air conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls, other than room thermostats installed for Tenant's use. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed and window coverings and/or blinds in their down position.


15.

Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which may arise from a cause other than Landlord's negligence, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed and secured.


1 6.

Peddlers, solicitors and beggars shall be reported to the office of the Project or as
Landlord otherwise requests.


17.

Tenant shall not advertise the business, profession or activities of Tenant
conducted in the Project in any manner which violates the letter or spirit of any code of ethics

adopted by any recognized association or organization pertaining to such business, profession or activities.


 18. No bicycle or other vehicle and no animals or pets shall be allowed in the Premises, halls, freight docks, or any other parts of the Building except that blind persons may be accompanied by "seeing eye" dogs. Tenant shall not make or permit any noise, vibration or odor to emanate from the Premises, or do anything therein tending to create, or maintain, a nuisance, or do any act tending to injure the reputation of the Building.


19.

Tenant acknowledges that Building security problems may occur which may require the employment of extreme security measures in the day-to-day operation of the Project.


.Accordingly:


(a)

Landlord may, at any time, or from time to time, or for regularly scheduled time periods, as deemed advisable by Landlord and/or its agents, in their sole discretion, require that persons entering or leaving the Project or the Property identify themselves to watchmen or other employees designated by Landlord, by registration, identification or otherwise.


(b)

Tenant agrees that it and its employees will cooperate hilly with Project employees in the implementation of any and all security procedures.


(c)

Such security measures shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no liability for any action taken by Landlord in connection therewith, it being understood that Landlord is not required to provide any security procedures and shall have no liability for such security procedures or the lack thereof


20.

Tenant shall not do or permit the manufacture, sale, purchase, use or gift of any fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic beverages without obtaining written consent of Landlord.


21.

Tenant shall not disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant.


 22. Tenant shall not provide any janitorial services or cleaning without Landlord's written consent and then only subject to supervision of Landlord and at Tenant's sole responsibility and by janitor or cleaning contractor or employees at all times satisfactory to Landlord.


 23. Landlord may retain a pass key to the Premises and be allowed admittance thereto at all times to enable its representatives to examine the Premises from time to time and to exhibit the same and Landlord may place and keep on the windows and doors of the Premises at any time signs advertising the Premises for Rent.


 24. No equipment, mechanical ventilators, awnings, special shades or other forms of window covering shall be permitted either inside or outside the windows of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then only at the expense and risk of Tenant, and they

APPENDIX B

shall be of such shape, color, material, quality, design and make as may be approved by Landlord.

25.

Tenant shall not during the term of this Lease canvas or solicit other tenants of the Building for any purpose.

26.

 Tenant shall not install or operate any phonograph, musical or sound producing instrument or device, radio receiver or transmitter, TV receiver or transmitter, or similar device in the Building, nor install or operate any antenna, aerial, wires or other equipment inside or outside the Building, nor operate any electrical device from which may emanate electrical waves which may interfere with or impair radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere, without in each instance the prior written approval of Landlord. The use thereof, if permitted, shall be subject to control by Landlord to the end that others shall not be disturbed.

27.

Tenant shall promptly remove all rubbish and waste from the Premises. Tenant shall break large boxes down to a "flat" condition prior to placement in the trash.

28.

 Tenant shall not exhibit, sell or offer for sale, Rent or exchange in the Premises or at the Project any article, thing or service, except those ordinarily embraced within the use of the Premises specified in Section 6 of this Lease, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.

Intentionally Omitted.

30.

Tenant shall not overload any floors in the Premises or any public corridors or elevators in the Building.

31.

 Tenant shall not do any painting in the Premises, or mark, paint, cut or drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building, outside or inside, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

32.

 Whenever Landlord ' s consent, approval or satisfaction is required under these Rules, then unless otherwise stated, any such consent, approval or satisfaction must be obtained in advance, such consent or approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord's sole discretion, and Landlord's satisfaction shall be determined in its sole judgment.

33..

'Tenant and. its employees shall cooperate in all fire drills conducted by.Landlord in the Building.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS .PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


APPENDIX C
TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT


1.

INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS. The Premises will include those items shown or described on the attached Appendix C-1 ("Shell Improvements") which Landlord will provide at its cost. The Shell Improvements are the only improvement obligations of Landlord within or relating to the Premises. Landlord shall cause to be performed the other improvements (the "Initial Improvements") in the Premises in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Tenant and Landlord (the "Plans"), which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Initial Improvements shall be performed at the Tenant's cost, subject to the Landlord's Contribution (hereinafter defined).


Tenant shall cause the Plans to be prepared, at Tenant's cost, subject to the Landlord's Contribution, by DMJM, consistent with the space plan dated March 14, 2000. Prior to close=of­business on June 1, 2000, Tenant shall furnish the initial draft of the Plans to Landlord for Landlord's review and approval. Landlord shall within two (2) weeks after receipt either provide comments to such Plans or approve the same. Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Plans if it does not timely provide comments on such Plans. If Landlord provides Tenant with comments to the initial draft of the Plans, Tenant shall provide revised Plans to Landlord incorporating Landlord's comments within one week after receipt of Landlord's comments. Landlord shall within one week after receipt then either provide comments to such revised Plans or approve such Plans. Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such revised Plans if Landlord does not timely provide comments on such Plans. The process described above shall be repeated, if necessary, until the Plans have been finally approved by Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees that the Plans for the Initial Improvements shall comply with all applicable Governmental Requirements. Landlord's approval of any of the Plans (or any modifications or changes thereto) shall not impose upon Landlord or its agents or representatives any obligation with respect to the design of the Initial Improvements or the compliance of such Initial Improvements or the Plans with applicable Governmental Requirements.


Sun State Builders will perform the construction of the Initial Improvements, on a cost plus ten per cent (10%) basis. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Initial Improvements to be substantially completed, except for minor "Punch List" items, on or before the Commencement Date specified in the Schedule to the Lease, subject to Tenant Delay (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and Force Majeure.


2.

CHANGE ORDERS. If, prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall require improvements or changes (individually or collectively, "Chan g e Orders") to the Premises in addition to, revision of or substitution for the Initial Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord for its approval plans and specifications for such Change Orders. If Landlord does not approve of the plans for Change Orders; Landlord shall advise Tenant of the revisions required. Tenant shall revise and redeliver the plans and specifications to Landlord within five (5) business days of Landlord's advice or Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned its request for such Change Orders. Tenant shall pay for all preparations and revisions of plans and specifications, and the construction of all Change Orders, subject to Landlord's Contribution.

3. LANDLORD'S CONTRIBUTION. Landlord shall contribute an amount up to $345,670 (subject to adjustment to be $26.00 per square foot of Useable Area, as provided in Section 3 of the Schedule) ("Landlord's Contribution") toward the costs incurred for the Initial Improvements and Change Orders. Landlord has no obligation to pay for costs of the Initial Improvements Or Change Orders in excess of Landlord's Contribution. If the cost of the Initial Improvements and/or Change Orders exceeds the Landlord's Contribution, Tenant shall pay such overage to Landlord prior to commencement of construction of the Initial Improvements and/or Change Orders.


4, COMMENCEMENT DATE DELAY. The Commencement Date shall be delayed until the Initial Improvements have been substantially completed (the "Completion Date"), except to the extent that the delay shall be caused by any one or more of the following (e "Tenant Dela"):


(a)

Tenant's request for Change Orders whether or not any such Change Orders are actually performed; or


(b)

Contractor's performance of any Change Orders; .or


(c)

Tenant's request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times; or


(d)

Tenant's delay in preparing, reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein; or


(e)

Tenant's delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of such request for information from the Landlord; or


(f)

Tenant's delay in making payments to Landlord for costs of the Initial Improvements and/or Change Orders in excess of the Landlord's Contribution.; or


(g)

Any other act or omission by Tenant, its agents, contractors or persons employed by any of such persons.


If the Commencement Date is delayed for any reason, then Landlord shall cause Landlord's Architect to certify the date on which the Initial Improvements would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay, or were in fact completed without any Tenant Delay.


5, ACCESS BY TENANT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TERM. Landlord at its discretion may permit Tenant and its agents to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to prepare the Premises for Tenant's use and occupancy. Any such permission shall constitute a license only, conditioned upon Tenant's:

(a)

working in harmony with Landlord and Landlord's agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers and with other tenants and occupants of the Building;


(b)

obtaining in advance Landlord's approval of the contractors proposed to. be used by Tenant and depositing with Landlord in advance of any work (i) security satisfactory to Landlord for the completion thereof, and (ii) the contractor's affidavit for the proposed work and the waivers of lien from the contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers of material; and


(c)

furnishing Landlord with such insurance as Landlord may require against liabilities which may arise out of such entry,


Landlord shall have the right to withdraw such license for any reason upon twenty-four (24) hours' written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant's property or installations in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from all. liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses arising out of the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in. the Premises or the Building. Any entry and occupation permitted under this Section shall be governed by Section 5 and all other terms of the: Lease.


6. MISCELLANEOUS.


Terms used in this Appendix C shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Lease. The terms of this Appendix C are subject to the terms of the Lease.



[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

APPENDIX F

PAPAW SPECTRUM

OPERAMG BUDGET

Cleaning

/SF

$

1.00

.Annual

$

157,252,00

Monthly.-

13,1 04.33

Insurance

$

0.15

$

23,587.80

$1,965.65

Landscape Maintenance

$

0.12

$     18,870.24

$

1,572,52

General Maintenance

$

0.20

$

31,450..40.

$

2,620.87

Roof Maintenance

$

0.05

$

1,965.65

$

163.80

Electric

$

2.00

$   314,504.00

$    26,208.67

Water/Sewer

$

0.35

$

55,03:8.20

$

 4,586.52

Property Tax

$

0.50

$

78,626.00

$      6,552,17

Management

$

0.60

$

94,351.20

$     7,862.60

Total

$

4.97

$    775,645.49

$   64,637.12

Square Footage

1.57,252

 

 



COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION


Landlord:

PAPAGO SPECTRUIVI, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company

Tenant:

CALIBRUS, INC., a Nevada corporation


This Commencement Date Confirmation is made by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of May 16, 2000 (the "Lease") for certain premises known as Suite 213 in the building commonly known as The Spectrum (the "Premises"). This Confirmation is made pursuant to Item 9 of the Schedule to the Lease.


1, Lease Commencement Date, Termination Date. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Commencement Date of the Lease is October 16, 2000, and the Termination Date of the Lease is October 31, 2005.


2.

Acceptance of Premises. Tenant has inspected the Premises and affirms that the Premises is acceptable in all respects in its current "as is" condition.


3.

Incorporation This Confirmation is incorporated into the Lease, and forms an integral part thereof This Confirmation shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the terms of the Lease for all purposes.

LANDLORD:

TENNANT:

CALIBRUS, INC.

A NEVADA CORP

PAPAGO SPECTRUM, L .C.

an Arizona limited liability company

By:   /s/ Jeff W. Holmes

                                                                                          Name:  Jeff W. Holmes

Name: Patsy L. Chamberlain Title: Member



By: Sun State Builders Its: Managing Member


By:

Name: Ed Forst Title: President



Agreement No. 02024517
Between

Calibrus, Inc.
And
SBC Services, Inc.
For
Services

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
1


 TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1-PREAMBLE                                                                                                           4

1.1 Preamble and Effective Date                                                                                               4

1.2 Scope of Agreement

4

ARTICLE 2- DEFINITIONS

4

ARTICLE. 3- General Clauses

6

  3.1 Affiliate

6

  3.2 Amendments and Waivers,

6

  3.3 Assignment

7

  3.4 Cancellation and Termination

7

  3.5 Compliance with Laws                                                                                                         8

  3.6 Conflict of Interest.                                                                                                              8

  3.7 Construction and interpretation

8

  3.8 Cumulative Remedies

9

  3.9 Delivery Performance and Acceptance

9

  3.10 Entire Agreement

10

  3.11 Force Majeure

10

  3.12 Governing Law

10

  3.13 Indemnity

10

  3.14 Information

12

  3.15 Infringement of Third Party Intellectual Property Rights

13

  3.16 Insurance

14

  3.17 Invoicing and Payment

15

  3.18 Licenses and Patents

16

  3.19 Limitation of Liability

16

  3.20 Liquidated Damages

16

  3.21 Most Favored Customer

17

  3.22 M/WBE (and Exhibits)

17

  3.23 MBE/WBE/DVBE Cancellation Clause

17

  3.24 Non-Exclusive Market

19

  3.25 Notices

19

  3.26 Price                            

                                                                                                           20

  3.27 Publicity                              

20

  3.28 Quality Assurance,

20

  3.29 Records and Audits

23

  3.30 Severability

23

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier; their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
2


TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

3.31 Survival of Obligations

23

3.32 Taxes

24

3.33 Term of Agreement

25

3.34 Warranty

25

3.35 Work  Orders

27

ARTICLE 4- SPECIAL TERMS

27

4.1 Access

27

4.2 Background Cheek

28

4.3 Electronic Data .Interchange (EDI)

28

4.4 Independent Contractor

29

4.5 Information Customer

30

4.6 Technical Support

31

4.7 Key Personnel

31

4.8 Source Code Availability                                                                                                    32

4.9 Testimony

32 4.10 Work Done By Others                                                                                                     32


APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS






Appendix 1.2(1) - Description of Services

Appendix 1.2(2) -  Prices

Appendix 1.2(3) -  Specifications/Requirements

Appendix 3.5      - Executive Orders and Federal Regulations Work Order/Statement of Services

Appendix 3.35    - Work Order/Statement of Services

Appendix 4.9      - Form of Escrow Agreement

Exhibit A - Prime Supplier MBE/WBE/DVBE Participation Plan Exhibit.B - M/WBE-DVBE Results Report

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
3



ARTICLE 1 - PREAMBLE

1.1

Preamble and Effective Date


This Agreement, effective on the date when signed by the last Party ("Effective Date"), is between Calibrus, Inc, a Nevada corporation ("Supplier"), and SBC Services, Inc, a Delaware corporation ("SBC"), each of which may be referred to in the singular as "Party" or in the plural as "Parties."

1.2 Scope of Agreement


Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Supplier shall provide to SBC the Material and Services described in Appendix 1.2(1), pursuant to and in conformance with Orders submitted by SBC. The applicable price for the Services is specified in Appendix 1.2(2). Supplier agrees that the Services shall strictly conform to the Specifications, including these specified in Appendix 1.2(3).

ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS

2.1

"Accept" or "Acceptance" means SBCs acceptance of the Material or Services ordered by SBC and provided by Supplier as specified in Section 3.9, Delivery, Performance and Acceptance. SBCs Acceptance shall occur no earlier than Supplier's Delivery of Material and/or Services in strict compliance with the Specifications.

2.2

"Acceptance Date" means the date on which SBC Accepts Material and/or Services,

2.3

"Affiliate" means (1) a company . , whether incorporated or not which owns, directly or indirectly, a majority interest in either Party (a "parent company"), and (2) a company, whether incorporated or not, in which a five percent (5%) or greater interest is owned, either directly or indirectly, by: (i) either Party Cr (ii) a parent company.

2.4

"Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in the Section called "Entire Agreement."

2.5

"Cancellation" means the occurrence by which either Party puts an end to this Agreement or Orders placed under this Agreement for breach by the other, and its effect is the same as that of "Termination" and, except as otherwise provided for herein, the canceling Party also retains any remedy for breach of the whole Agreement or any unperformed balance.

2.6

"Delivery" means Supplier's obligation to provide Material and/or: Services that strictly conform to the Specifications. Supplier completes Delivery: (i) upon SBC's possession of the


Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
4

Material if Supplier is not required to provide additional Services, such as installation, (ii) upon completing such additional Services, if Supplier is required to provide such Services in connection with providing Material, or (iii) for Services, upon completing the provision of Services. Notwithstanding the above, Delivery shall not be deemed completed until the Supplier causes the Material and Services to strictly conform to the Specifications.

 2.7

"Delivery Date" means the date on which the Parties agree Supplier is scheduled in this Agreement or an Order to complete its Delivery.

2.8

"Documentation" means all documentation, including, but not limited to, user and system manuals and instructions and training materials in machine readable or printed form, and Supplier's written Specifications,

2.9

"Information" means all ideas, discoveries, concepts, know-how, trade secrets, techniques, designs, Specifications, drawings, sketches, models, manuals, samples, tools, computer programs, technical information, and other confidential business, customer or personnel information or data, whether provided orally, in writing, or through electronic or other means,


2.10 "Laws" shall have the meaning specified in the Section called "Compliance with Laws."

 2.11 "Liability" means all losses, damages, expenses, costs, penalties, fines and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees and consulting fees, arising from or incurred in connection with a claim or cause of action related to performance or omission of acts under this Agreement or any Order, including, but not limited to, claims or causes of actions brought by third parties

 2.12 "Material" means a unit of equipment, apparatus, components, tools, supplies, material, Documentation, hardware, or firmware thereto, or software purchased or licensed here under by SBC from Supplier, including third party Material provided or furnished by Supplier in connection with the Services provided hereunder. Material shall be deemed to include any replacement parts.

 2.13 "Order" means such purchase orders, work orders, forms, memoranda or other written communications as may be delivered to Supplier for the purpose of ordering Services hereunder.

 2.14 "Service(s)" means any and all labor or service provided in connection with this Agreement or an applicable Order, including, but not limited to, consultation, engineering, installation, removal, maintenance, training, technical support, repair, and programming. The term "Service" shall also include any Material, including any Documentation, provided by Supplier in connection with providing the Services.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SI3C, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
5

 2.15 "Specifications" mean (i) Supplier's applicable Specifications and descriptions, including any warranty statements, and (ii) SBC's requirements, Specifications, and descriptions specified in, or attached to, this Agreement or an applicable Order, which shall control over an inconsistency with Supplier's Specifications and descriptions.


 2.16 "Termination" means the occurrence by which either Party, pursuant to the provisions or powers of this Agreement or pursuant to laws and regulations, puts an end to this Agreement and/or Orders placed under this Agreement other than for breach. On "Termination all executory obligations are discharged, but any right based on breach of performance survives except as otherwise provided herein.


 2.17 "Work" means all Material and Services, collectively, that Supplier is supplying pursuant to Orders placed under this Agreement.


ARTICLE 3 - General. Clauses


 3.1

Affiliate


Supplier agrees that an Affiliate may place Orders with Supplier which incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that the term " SBC" shall be deemed to refer to an Affiliate when an Affiliate places an Order with Supplier under this Agreement. An Affiliate will be responsible for its own obligations, including but not limited to, all charges incurred in connection with such Order, The Parties agree that nothing in this Agreement will be construed as requiring SBC to indemnify Supplier, or to otherwise be responsible, for any acts or omissions of an Affiliate, nor shall anything in this Agreement be construed as requiring an Affiliate to indemnify Supplier, or to otherwise be responsible, for the acts or omissions of SBC.


 3.2 Amendments and Waivers


This Agreement and any Orders placed hereunder may be amended or modified only through a subsequent written document signed by the Parties; provided that SBC may, at any time, make changes to the scope of Work, and Supplier shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its consent. An equitable adjustment shall be made if such change substantially affects the time of performance or the cost of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. Such cost adjustment shall be made on the basis of the actual cost of the Work, unless otherwise agreed in writing. No course of dealing or failure of either Party to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such term, right or condition. A waiver by either Party of any default shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default.

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives; except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
6

Agreement Number 02024517 3.3 Assignment


Neither Party may assign, delegate, subcontract or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that.. SBC will have the right to assign. this Agreement to any Affiliate without securing the consent of Supplier, and both Parties may assign their respective right to receive money due hereunder. Any attempted assignment or transfer not consented to in writing, except for an assignment to receive money due hereunder, will be void. It is expressly agreed that any assignment of money will be void if (i) the assignor fails to give the non-assigning Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, or (ii) the assignment imposes or attempts to impose upon the non-assigning Party additional costs or obligations in addition to the payment of such money, or (iii) the assignment attempts to preclude SBC from dealing solely and directly with Supplier in all matters pertaining to this Agreement, or (iv) the assignment denies, alters or attempts to alter any of the non-assigning Party's rights hereunder.

 3.4

Cancellation and Termination


a.

Cancellation:


If either party fails to cure a material default under this Agreement or applicable- Order within thirty (30) days after written notice, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the party not in default may Cancel this Agreement and/or the Order under which the default occurred. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, if the material default is a breach of the Compliance with Laws Section of this Agreement, the party not in default may, upon providing written notice, Cancel the Agreement immediately. Additional provisions for Cancellation of Orders hereunder are set forth in this Agreement.


2. If Supplier is the party in. default, SBC may Cancel any Orders which may be affected by Supplier's default without any financial obligation or liability on the part of SBC whatsoever, except to pay for the value of any Materials and/or Services retained by SBC. If SBC elects to return any Material, or reject any Services, Supplier shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse SBC for any cost incurred in connection with promptly returning Material and restoring SBC's site to its original condition. Supplier shall also promptly refund amounts, if any, previously paid by SBC for such Material and/or Services. Upon removal and restoration and SBC' s receipt of any such reimbursement and refund, title to any such Materials, which had previously passed to SBC, shall revert to Supplier,


b.

Termination:

SBC may Terminate this Agreement or any Order in whole or in part, at any time, upon written notice to Supplier. In such event, or if Supplier Cancels this Agreement or Order as a result of BBC ' s failure to cure a material default, SBC shall. pay Supplier its actual and direct costs incurred to provide the Materials and Services ordered by SBC but no more than a percentage of the Services performed or Materials Delivered,

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use ar disclosure outside Sac, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,
7

less reimbursements, including salvage or resale value, of Materials or Services affected. If requested, Supplier agrees to substantiate such costs with proof satisfactory to SB.C In no event shall SBC's liability exceed the price of any Materials or Services Ordered hereunder,. provided that SBC shall have no liability for Materials not specially manufactured for SBC pursuant to any Order which is. Terminated at least thirty (30) days prior to the Delivery Date. After the receipt of SBC's payment for any Services, Supplier shall deliver the physical embodiments, if any, of such Services. The foregoing statement of SBC's liability states the entire . liability of SBC and Supplier's sole remedy for SBC's Termination for convenience, or Supplier's Cancellation for material default


c.

Partial. Cancellation and. Termination:


Where a provision of this Agreement or the applicable Laws permit SBC to Terminate or Cancel an Order, such Termination or Cancellation may, at SBC's option, be either complete or partial, In the case of a partial Termination or Cancellation SBC may, at its option, accept a portion of the Materials or Services covered by an Order and pay Supplier for such Materials or Services at the unit prices set forth in such Order. The right to Cancel an Order shall also include the right to Cancel any other related Order.

 3.5 Compliance with Laws


Supplier shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, inclining, without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes ("Laws"). Supplier's obligation to comply with all Laws includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections and licenses, when. needed, in the performance of this Agreement. Supplier further agrees to comply with all applicable Executive and Federal regulations as set forth in "Executive Orders and. Federal Regulations," a copy of which is attached as Appendix 3.5 and by this reference made a part of this Agreement. Supplier shall defend, indemnify and hold SBC harmless from and against any Liability that may be sustained by reason of Supplier's failure to comply with this Section.

3.6

Conflict of Interest


Supplier represents and warrants that no officer, director, employee, or agent of SBC has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from Supplier or any of Supplier's officers, directors, employees or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

3.7

Construction and Interpretation


a. The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any Party. The Parties agree

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,
8

that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm's length and careful negotiation. Each Party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each Party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret and agree to the. particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either Party.


b.

Article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word. "include" shall mean "includes, but is not limited to," The singular use of words shall include the plural and vice versa. Except as otherwise specified, Supplier's price for Material and Services includes the price for all related Material or Services necessary for SBC to use the Material and/or Services for its intended purpose, as well as all other Supplier obligations under this Agreement. All obligations and rights of the Parties are subject to modification as the parties may specifically provide in an Order. "Services" and "Software" shall be treated as "goods" for purposes of applying the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC"). If there is an inconsistency or. conflict between the terms in this Agreement and in an Order, the terms in the Order shall take precedence.


c.

Whenever any Party is. entitled to interest under this Agreement, the amount of interest shall be the lower of twelve percent (12%) per annum, or the highest amount allowed by the governing state law, pursuant to Section 3.12, "Governing Law, " of this Agreement.

 3.8 Cumulative Remedies

Except as specifically identified. as a Party's sole remedy, any rights of Cancellation, Termination, Liquidated Damages or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement, are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which. the injured Party may be entitled. Neither Party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

 3.9

Delivery, Performance. and Acceptance


Services' performed by Supplier shall be deemed to be Accepted by SBC when Services are performed to SBC's satisfaction, Payments, including progress payments, if any, shall not be construed as Acceptance of Services performed up to the time of such payments. SBC shall notify Supplier of any Services considered to be unsatisfactory. Supplier shall, at no charge to SBC, take prompt action to correct such unsatisfactory Services. If such unsatisfactory Services have not been corrected within a reasonable time (not to. exceed ten (10) working days from date of notification), SBC may, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or this Agreement, Cancel this Agreement and/or any affected Order.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.
9



The terms contained in this Agreement and in any Orders, including all exhibits, appendices and subordinate documents attached to or referenced in this Agreement or in any Orders, constitute the entire integrated Agreement between Supplier and SBC with regard to the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement supercedes all prior oral and written communications, agreements and understandings. of the Parties, if any, with respect hereto. Acceptance of Material or Services, payment or any inaction by SBC, shall not constitute SBC's consent to or Acceptance of any additional or different terms from those stated in this Agreement, except for terms in an Order inserted by SE • and signed by both Parties. Estimates furnished by SBC are for planning purposes only and shall not constitute commitments. Supplier covenants never to contend otherwise. No oral promises or statements have induced either Party to enter into this Agreement.

 3.11 Force Majeure


a,

Neither Party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or any Orcbr to the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations results from any cause beyond its reasonable control. and. without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods or strikes ("Force Majeure").


b,

If any Force Majeure condition affects Supplier's ability to perform, Supplier shall give immediate notice to SBC, and SBC may elect to either: (i) Terminate the affected Order(s) or any part thereof, (ii) suspend the affected Order(s) or any part thereof for the duration of the Force Majeure condition, with the option to obtain Material and Services to be furnished under such Order(s) elsewhere, and deduct from any commitment under such Order(s),, the quantity of the Material and Services obtained elsewhere or for which commitments have been made elsewhere, or (iii) resume performance under such Order(s) once the Force Majeure condition ceases, with an option in SBC to extend any affected Delivery Date for the length of time that the Force Majeure condition existed. Unless SBC gives written notice within thirty (30) days after being notified of the Force Majeure condition, option (ii) shall be deemed selected.

 3.12 Governing Law


This Agreement and performance hereunder shall be governed by the Laws of the State of~ Texas, exclusive of its choice of law provisions.

 3.13 Indemnity


TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SUPPLIER SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS .SBC AND ITS AFFILIATES (INCLUDING THEIR EMPLOYEES,. OFFICERS . , DIRECTORS, AGENTS AND CONTRACTORS)

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SEC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,
10

AGAINST ANY LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR INCIDENTAL TO SUPPLIER'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATERIAL OR SERVICES PROVIDED BY SUPPLIER, INCLUDING (i) INJURIES TO PERSONS, INCLUDING DEATH OR DISEASE, (ii) DAMAGES TO PROPERTY, INCLUDING THEFT, (iii) SUPPLIER'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, AND (iv) LIENS ON SEC'S PROPERTY.


b.

IT IS THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES THAT THIS INDEMNITY APPLY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LIABILITY WAS CAUSED IN PART BY SEC'S OWN NEGLIGENCE OR THAT OF THE OTHER PARTIES INDEMNIFIED UNDER THIS SECTION, EXCLUDING ONLY ANY LIABILITY ARISING FROM THEACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OF SBC AND EXCLUDING ANY SBC LIABILITY ARISING FROM SEC'S DEFINITION AND SEC'S SCRIPTING OF THE TPV PROCESS. THIS INDEMNITY SHALL SURVIVE THE DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE MATERIAL OR SERVICES.


c.

IF ANY SERVICES PERFORMED IN OHIO OR ANY OTHER STATE WHICH PROVIDES EMPLOYER IMMUNITY FROM EMPLOYEE CLAIMS UNDER WORKERS COMPENSATION STATUTES OR SIMILAR LAWS, STATUTES OR CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS, IT IS EXPRESSLY AGREED THAT SUPPLIER HEREBY WAIVES ANY IMMUNITY FROM ITS OBLIGATIONS TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS SBC AND ITS AFFILIATES AGAINST ANY CLAIMS BY EMPLOYEES OF SUPPLIER, WHICH IMMUNITY WOULD OTHERWISE ARISE BY OPERATION OF SUCH LAW, STATUTE OR CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISION (In Ohio, Ohio Revised code 4123.74 and 4123.741 and Section 35, Article, II, Ohio Constitution).


d.

SBC SHALL NOTIFY SUPPLIER WITHIN A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME OF ANY WRITTEN CLAIM, DEMAND, NOTICE OR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ("CLAIM") FOR WHICH , SUPPLIER MAY BE RESPONSIBLE UNDER THIS INDEMNITY OBLIGATION. A DELAY IN NOTICE SHALL NOT RELIEVE SUPPLIER OF ITS INDEMNITY OBLIGATION, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUPPLIER CAN SHOW IT WAS PREJUDICED BY THE DELAY.


SUPT)LIER SHALL ASSUME, AT' ITS.EXPENSE, THE SOLE DEFENSE OF THE CLAIM THROUGH COUNSEL SELECTED BY SUPPLIER AND SHALL , .:KEEP: SBC FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE PROGRESS 'OF SUCH DEFENSE. UPON REASONABLE REQUEST OF :SUPPLIER AND AT SUPPLIER'S EXPENSE, SBC SHALL COOPERATE WITH SUPPLIER TEETHE DEFENSE OF THE CLAIM. AT ITS OPTION AND EXPENSE, SBC MAY RETAIN OR. USE SEPARATE COUNSEL TO REPRESENT IT,. INCLUDING IN-HOUSE COUNSEL .SUPPLIER SHALL MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE DEFENSE, EXCEPT THAT IF THE SETTLEMENT OF A. CLAIM WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT SBC, SUPPLIER MAY SETTLE, THE CLAIM. AS TO SBC ONLY WITH ITS CONSENT; WHICH CONSENT SHALL NOT BE WITHHELD OR DELAYED UNREASONABLY. SUPPLIER .SHALL PAY THE FULL AMOUNT OF ANY

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.


 

JUDGMENT, AWARD OR SETTLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE CLAIM AND ALL OTHER EXPENSES RELATED TO THE RESOLUTION OF THE CLAIM, INCLUDING COSTS, INTEREST AND REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES. IF SBC IS REQUIRED TO TAKE ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE ITS INDEMNITY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY CLAIM FOR WHICH IT IS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE AN INDEMNITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, BECAUSE OF SUPPLIER'S FAILURE TO PROMPTLY ASSUME SUCH DEFENSE, THEN SBC MAY ALSO RECOVER FROM SUPPLIER ANY REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES (INCLUDING COST OF IN-HOUSE COUNSEL AT MARKET RATES FOR ATTORNEYS OF SIMILAR EXPERIENCE) AND OTHER COSTS OF ENFORCING ITS INDEMNITY RIGHTS OR ASSUMING SUCH DEFENSE.


f. SUPPLIER. AGREES NOT TO IMPLEAD OR BRING ANY ACTION AGAINST SBC OR SBC'S EMPLOYEES BASED ON ANY CLAIM BY ANY PERSON FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH THAT OCCURS IN THE COURSE OR SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT OF SUCH PERSON BY SUPPLIER AND RELATES TO SUPPLIER'S PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT,

 3.14 Information


a.

Information furnished by SBC.


1. Any Information furnished to Supplier in connection with this Agreement, including Information provided under a separate Non-Disclosure prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain SBC's property. Unless such Information was previously known to Supplier free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently made public by SBC or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, it shall be kept confidential by Supplier, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement, and may not be used for other purposes, except as may be agreed upon between Supplier and SBC in writing. Supplier is, granted no rights or license to such Information. All copies of such Information, in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to SBC upon the. earlier of (i) SBC's request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement. All copies of such Information in intangible form, such as electronic' records, including electronic mail, shall be destroyed upon the earlier of (i) SBC's request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement, and Supplier shall certify to SBC the destruction of all intangible copies of such Information,


2. Supplier understands and agrees that any and all field trial results prepared by SBC are and shall remain the property of SBC and are hereby considered SBC's proprietary Information. Therefore, it shall be SBC's option, in its sole discretion, to furnish Supplier copies of such documents or to discuss such documents with Supplier. Supplier's use of field trial reports furnished by SBC shall be governed by the Publicity Section in addition to the provisions contained in this Section, "Information."

b.

Information furnished by Supplier.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
12

Any Information furnished to SBC under this Agreement shall remain Supplier's property. No Information furnished by Supplier to SBC in connection with this Agreement shall be considered to be confidential or proprietary unless it is conspicuously marked as such. If Supplier provides SBC with any proprietary or confidential Information which is

conspicuously marked, SBC shall use the same degree of care to prevent its disclosure to others as SBC uses with respect to its own proprietary or confidential Information. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, no installation, operation, repair, or maintenance Information of Supplier that pertain to the Material and Services that are the subject of this Agreement shall be considered to be proprietary or confidential, and SBC may disclose such Information to others for the purpose of installing, operating, repairing, replacing, removing and maintaining the Material for which it was initially furnished.

 3.15 Infringement of Third. Party Intellectual Property Rights


a.

Supplier agrees to defend, indemnify and hold SBC harmless from and against any Liability, including increased damages for willful infringement, that may result by reason of any infringement, or claim of infringement, of any trade secret, patent, trademark, copyright or other proprietary interest of any third party based of the normal use or installation of any Material or Services furnished to SBC.


b.

Supplier represents and warrants that it has made reasonable independent investigation to determine the legality of its right to sell or license the Material or provide Services as specified in this Agreement.


In addition to Supplier's other obligations set forth in this Section, if an injunction or order is obtained against SBC's use of any Material or Service; or, if in Supplier's opinion, any Material or Service is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, Supplier will, at its expense:


1.

Procure for SBC the right to continue using the Material or Service; or


2.

After consultation with SBC, replace or modify the Material or Service to make it a substantially similar, functionally equivalent, non-infringing Material or Service.


d.

If the Material or Service is purchased or licensed, and neither (c)(1) nor (c)(2) above, is possible, in addition to SBC's other rights, SBC may cancel the applicable Order and. require Supplier to remove, or cause the removal and return of, such Material or Service from SBC's location and refund any charges paid by SBC.


e.

In no event will SBC be liable to Supplier for any charges after the date that SBC no longer uses any Material or Service because of actual or claimed infringement


f.

Supplier agrees to defend or settle, at its own expense,. any action or suit for which it is responsible under this Section. SBC agrees to notify Supplier promptly of any claim of infringement and cooperate in every seasonable way to facilitate the defense, Supplier shall

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,
13

afford SBC, at its own expense and with counsel of SBC's choice, an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with Supplier in the defense or settlement of any such claim..

 3.16 Insurance


a. With respect to performance hereunder, and in. addition to Supplier's obligation to indemnify, Supplier agrees to maintain, at all times during the term of this Agreement, the following minimum insurance coverages and limits and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:


1._ Workers' Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the Laws of the state in which the Services are to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with minimum limits of $100,000 for Bodily Injury each accident, $500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease policy limits and $100,000 for Bodily Injury by disease each employee.


Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum limits of: $2,000,000 General Aggregate limit; $1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one occurrence; $1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for Personal Injury and Advertising; $2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit, with a $1,000,000 each. occurrence sub-limit for Products/Completed Operations.. Fire Legal Liability sub-limits of $300,000 are required for lease agreements.


SBC and its Affiliated companies will be listed as an Additional Insured on the Commercial General Liability policy.


2. If use of a motor vehicle is required, Automobile Liability insurance with minimum .limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage, which. coverage shall extend to all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles.


a.

SBC requires that companies affording insurance coverage have a rating of B+ or better and a Financial Size Category rating of VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M, Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.


b.

A certificate of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits prodded: the Supplier must be received prior to commencement of any Work If a certificate is not received, Supplier hereby authorizes SBC, and SBC may, but is not required to, obtain insurance on behalf of Supplier as specified herein. SBC will either invoice Supplier for the costs incurred to so acquire insurance or will reduce by an applicable amount any amount owed to Supplier.


The cancellation clause on. the certificate of insurance will be amended to read as follows:

"THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL THIRTY (30) DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER PRIOR TO CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL CHANGE THAT AFFECTS THE TERMS OF THE CONTRACT

Proprietary Information
T he information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SI3C, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives,. except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.
14

AGREEMENT BETWEEN SBC AND CALIBRUS . IN THE CASE OF NON­PAYMENT ONLY TEN (10) WRITTEN NOTICE WILL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO. CANCELLATION,"

 

The Supplier shall also require all subcontractors performing Work on the project or who may enter upon the work site to maintain the same insurance requirements listed above.

 3.17 Invoicing and Payment

a.

Except as otherwise specified in. an Order, Supplier shall render an invoice in duplicate promptly after the Delivery and Acceptance of Material or performance of Services. The invoice shall specify in detail (i) quantities of each ordered item, (ii) unit prices of each ordered item, (iii) whether the item is taxable and the amount of tax per item, (iv) item and commodity codes, (v) total amounts for each item, (vi) total amount of applicable sales or use taxes, (vii) discounts, (viii) shipping charges, (ix) total amount due, and (x) Software might-to-­use fees as either "application" or "operational." If SBC determines that an invoice and the related documentation are complete and correct, SBC will pay to Supplier the amount of the invoice within forty-five (45) days after SBC's receipt of such invoice. If SBC determines that the invoice or the related documentation are incomplete or incorrect, SBC will notify Supplier in writing within twenty two (22) days, and the Parties will then cooperate in good faith to resolve any disputes regarding the invoice or related documentation before the invoice payment is due. If SBC determines that the invoice or related documents are incomplete or incorrect after twenty two (22) days from receipt of the invoice, SBC will pay the amount of the invoice within forty five (45) days after SBC's receipt of such invoice, and the Parties will then cooperate in good faith to resolve any disputes regarding the invoice or the related documentation prior to the due date of the next subsequent invoice. Any adjustments, which the Parties agree are to be made in the invoice which SBC notified. Supplier was incomplete or incorrect shall be effected in the next subsequent invoice issued by Supplier five (5) or more days following the Parties reaching such agreement; Invoices received by SBC more than one (1) year after the provision of Material or performance of Services are untimely and SBC shall have no obligation to pay such invoices.

b.

Invoices for or including freight charges shall be accompanied by legible copies of prepaid freight bills, express receipts or bills of lading supporting the invoice amounts. Such invoices shall include (i) carrier's name, (ii) date of shipment, (iii) number of pieces, (iv) weight, and (v) freight classification.


C. All claims for money due or to become due from SBC will be subject to deduction by SBC for any setoff counterclaim for money due or to become due from Supplier, whether under this Agreement or otherwise Any amount due to SBC that is not so applied against Supplier's invoices for any reason shall be paid to SBC by Supplier within thirty ( 3 0) days after written demand by SBC,


d, If an Order or an Exhibit or Appendix specifies that Supplier may submit invoices for progress payments prior to Acceptance, Supplier is permitted to submit invoices at the end of


Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
15

each month and SBC will make progress payments to the Supplier at thirty (30) day intervals. Such progress payments shall not exceed ninety percent (90%) of satisfactorily completed Work at the time of billing, as determined by SBC. Supplier agrees to use such progress payments for expenses incurred for Services or Material used in performance of the Order for SBC.


e. Supplier agrees to accept standard, commercial methods of payment and evidence of payment obligation including, but not limited to,. credit card payments, purchasing card payments, SBC's purchase orders and electronic fund transfers in connection with the purchase of the Material and Services.

 3.1 Licenses and Patents


No licenses, express or implied, under any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights are granted by SBC to Supplier under this Agreement. No licenses, express or implied, under any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights are granted by Supplier to SBC under this Agreement.

 3.19 Limitation of Liability


SBC will not be liable for consequential, incidental, special or punitive damages, or for loss of revenue or profit in connection with the performance or failure to perform this Agreement, regardless of whether such Liability arises from breach of contract, tort or any other heory of Liability.

 3.20 Liquidated Damages


Supplier recognizes the importance of meeting Delivery Dates and agrees to the following Liquidated Damage provisions and procedures:


a.

Upon discovery of anything indicating a reasonable certainty that Material and/or services will not be Delivered by the scheduled Delivery Date, Supplier shall notify SBC and provide the estimated length of delay. The Parties shall work jointly toward resolving the delayed Delivery. If the Parties reach agreement on an extended Delivery Date and Supplier fails to meet the extended Delivery Date, then SBC may (i) Cancel the applicable Order, (ii) exercise its right to recover Liquidated Damages specified hereunder, and/or (iii) further extend the Delivery Date. No payments, progress or otherwise, made by SBC to Supplier after any scheduled Delivery Date shall constitute a waiver of Liquidated Damages.


b.

Notwithstanding the above paragraph, in the event of - Supplier's failure to meet a. Delivery Date; SBC shall be entitled to the greater of either (i) five percent (5%) of the price of delayed Materials and/or Services for each day or (ii) five hundred ($500.00) for each day after the originally scheduled Delivery Date, until the day of actual Delivery. Liquidated

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC; Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third: party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.

16


Damages under this Section shall in no event exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total price specified for the Material and/or Services delayed.

3.21 Most Favored Customer


Supplier represents and warrants that all prices, benefits, warranties, and other terms and conditions in this Agreement are and will continue to be during the term of this Agreement no less favorable than those currently being offered or which will be offered by Supplier to any of its similarly situated customers. Supplier shall review and have an officer of its Company certify its compliance with this Section to SBC semi-annually, This certification shall be sent to SEC's representative listed under the Section called "Notices."

 3.22 M/WBE (and Exhibits)


a.

Supplier will make commercially reasonable efforts to achieve goals for the participation of M/WBE and DVBE firms (as defined in the Section entitled "MBE/WBE/DVBE Cancellation Clause") as follows: two percent (2%) annual MBE participation; zero percent (0%) annual WBE participation; and zero percent (0%) annual, DVBE participation. These goals apply to all annual expenditures by any entity pursuant to this Agreement with Supplier


b.

Attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit A is Supplier's completed Participation Plan outlining its M/WBE-DVBE goals and specific and detailed plans to achieve those goals. Supplier will submit an updated Participation Plan annually by the first week in January. Supplier will submit M/WBE-DVBE Results Reports quarterly by the end of the first week following the close of each quarter, using the form attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit B. Participation Plans and Results Reports will be submitted to the Prime Supplier Program Manager.

 3.23 MBE/WBE/DVBE Cancellation Clause


Supplier agrees that falsification or misrepresentation of, or failure to report a disqualifying change in, the MBE/WBE/DVBE status of Supplier or any subcontractor utilized by Supplier, or Supplier's failure to comply in good faith with any MBE/WBE/DVBE utilization goals established by Supplier, or Supplier's failure to cooperate in any investigation conducted by SBC, or by SBC's agent, to determine Supplier's compliance with this section, will constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of any such breach, SBC may, at is option, cancel ("Cancel") this Agreement upon thirty (30) days notice, Supplier acknowledges and agrees that SBC's right to Cancel is absolute and unconditional, and SBC shall not be subject to Liability, nor shall Supplier have any right to suit for damages as a result of such Cancellation.


b. For purchases under this Agreement by Pacific Bell, Pacific Bell Directory, Pacific Bell Mobile Services, Pacific Bell Information Services, Pacific Bell Communications, and any other entity operating principally in California (collectively "California Affiliates"), Minority

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC,Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
1.7

and Women Business Enterprises (MBEs/WBEs) are defined as businesses which satisfy the requirements of paragraph d. below and are certified as MBEs/WBEs by the California Public Utilities Commission Clearinghouse ("CPUC-certified").


For purchases under this Agreement by any entity that is not a California Affiliate, MBEs/WBEs are defined as businesses which satisfy the requirements of paragraph d. below and are either CPUC-certified or are certified as MBEs/WBEs by a certifying agency recognized by SBC.


d.

MBEs/WBEs must be at least fifty-one percent (51%) owned by a minority individual or group or by one or more women (for publicly-held businesses, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock must be owned by one or more of those individuals), and the MBEs/WBEs' management and daily business operations must be controlled by one or more of those individuals, and these individuals must be either U.S. citizens or legal aliens with permanent residence status. For the purpose of this definition, minority group members include male or female Asian Americans, Black Americans, Filipino Americans, hispanic Americans, Native Americans (i.e., American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts and Native Hawaiians), Polynesian Americans, and multi-ethnic (i.e., any combination of MBEs and WBEs where no one specific group has a fifty-one percent (51%) ownership and control of the business, but when aggregated, the ownership and control combination meets or exceeds the fifty-one percent (51%) rule).. "Control" in this context means exercising the power to make policy decisions. "Operate" in this context means actively involved in the day-to-day management of the business and not merely acting as officers or directors.


e.

For purchases under this Agreement by California Affiliates, Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises (DVBEs) are defined as business concerns that satisfy the requirements of paragraph g. below and are certified as DVBEs by the California State Office of Small and Minority Business (OSMB). The DVBE must be a resident of the State of California, and must satisfy the requirements of paragraph .g. below.


f. For purchases under this Agreement by any entity that is not a California Affiliate; DVBEs are defined as any business concern that satisfies the requirements of paragraph g. below and is either a defined DVBE for purchases by California Affiliates, or is certified as a DVBE by a certifying agency recognized by SBC.


g. The DVBE must be (i) a non publicly-owned enterprise at least fifty-one percent (51%) owned by one or more disabled veterans; or (ii) a publicly-owned business in which at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock is owned by one or more disabled veterans; or (iii) a subsidiary which is wholly owned by a parent corporation, but only if at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting stock of the parent corporation is owned by one or more disabled veterans; or (iv) a joint venture in which at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the joint venture's management and control and earnings are held by one or more disabled veterans. In each case, the management and control of the daily business operations must be by one or more disabled veterans. A disabled veteran is a veteran of the military, naval or air service of the United States with a service-connected disability. "Management and control" in this context


Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
18


means exercising the power to make policy decisions and actively involved in the dayto-day management of the business and not merely acting as officers or directors.


 3.24 Non-Exclusive Market


It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement does not grant Supplier an exclusive privilege to provide to SBC any or all Material and Services of the type described in this Agreement, nor does it require SBC to purchase or license any Material or Services. It is understood, therefore, that SB.C may contract with other manufacturers and suppliers for the procurement or trial of comparable Material and Services and that SBC may itself perform the Services described herein.

 3.25 Notices


a.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an applicable Order, all notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given when made in writing and either (i) delivered in person, or (ii) when received, if provided via electronic communications, including, but not limited to, electronic mail and facsimile communications, or (iii) when received, if provided by an overnight or similar delivery service, or (iv) when received, if deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows:

To:

Calibrus, Inc,

1225 W. Washington St. Tempe, AZ 85281 Attn.; David H. Biggs Phone: 602-778-7510 Facsimile: 602-778-7569

To:

SBC Services Inc.

530 McCullough Room 2-M-04

San Antonio, TX 78215.

Attn.: Stephen W. Boyanowski Phone: 210-886-33`66 Facsimile; 210-886-5292



b.

The addresses and facsimile telephone numbers to which notices or communications may be given by either Party may be changed by written notice given by such Party to the other pursuant to this Section..

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties..
19



a.

Services shall be furnished by Supplier in accordance with the prices set forth in Appendix 1.2(2), attached hereto and made a part hereof, or pursuant to film prices which are quoted by Supplier for such Services, whichever price is lower. The prices for all Services in Appendix 1.2(2) are subject to change only in accordance with this Agreement, which changes must be in writing and signed by both Parties. If Supplier at any time makes a general price decrease, Supplier shall promptly notify SBC in writing and extend such decrease to SBC effective on the date of such general price decrease. The prices in Appendix 1.2(2) are not subject to increase during the Term of this Agreement.


b.

Supplier shall strive to proactively reduce its costs and corresponding prices for Services as charged to SBC by at least five percent (5%) each year, through the use of improved processes, supply line economies and other cost reduction methods,


 3.27 Publicity


Supplier shall not use SEC's or its Affiliates' names or any language, pictures, trademarks, service marks or symbols which could, in SBC's judgment, imply SBC's or its Affiliates' identity or endorsement by SBC, its Affiliates or any of its employees in any (i) written, electronic or oral advertising or presentation or (ii) brochure, newsletter, book, electronic database or other written matter of whatever nature, without SBC's prior written consent (hereafter the terms in subsections (i) and. (ii) of this Section shall be collectively referred to as 'Publicity Matters"). Supplier will submit to SBC for written approval, prior to publication, all Publicity Matters that mention or display SBCs or its Affiliates' names, trademarks or service marks, or that contain any symbols, pictures or language from which a connection to said names or marks may be inferred or implied.


 3.28 Quality Assurance


Supplier represents and warrants that Supplier's processes utilized to produce Material and provide Services under this agreement are certified to TL-9000 or COPC within one hundred eighty (180) days after the execution of this agreement and that Supplier will maintainTL­9000 or COPC certification for the term of this agreement. Supplier shall provide SBC evidence of TL-9000 or COPC registration certification within thirty (30) days from the date of certification..


b. Supplier's key subcontractors/suppliers shall be TL-9000 or COPC certified within three hundred sixty five (365) days after execution of this agreement between SBC and Supplier. Supplier shall provide SBC evidence of TL-9000 or COPC registration certification within thirty (30) days from the date of registration.


e. Copies of TL-9000 or COPC may be ordered through the American Society for Quality by calling (800) 248=1946. Additional information on TL-9000 or COPC may be found on the QUEST Forum web site.


Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
20


     f.  If Supplier is not TL-9000 or COPC certified or Supplier's key subcontractors/suppliers are not TL-9000 or COPC certified, as of contract execution, Supplier agrees that at no additional charge to SBC:


1. Supplier shall provide to SBC a TL-9000 or COPC quality plan. Elements to be detailed in the quality plan include (at minimum):


(i)

A schedule for achieving TL-9000 or COPC certification.


(ii)

Identification of key sub-contractors/suppliers, their TL-9000 or COPC certification status: and schedule for becoming registered,


Designation of the Supplier's quality representative and of the senior executive with quality responsibility,


2. Supplier agrees to conform to the most current version of TL-9000 or COPC available in conformance with the QUEST Forum transition period.


 3. As required by SBC, Supplier shall submit TL-9000 or COPC registration and surveillance audit, results, management review goals, objectives and results for the registered business entity.


 4. SBC, at Supplier's expense, may require improvement initiatives requiring the intervention of a third party quality consultant for the purpose of auditing, tracking and reporting performance and Material conformance with stated requirements. Both parties will mutually agree upon which third party quality consultant will be' selected.

Periodically as agreed, status of activities and initiatives shall be submitted to both parties for review. Unresolved issues will be documented and reported within both, companies to the appropriate level of management responsible to resolve the issue,


c.

Supplier shall meet the requirements of Telcordia GR: 282-CorE "Software Reliability and Quality Acceptance Criteria (SRQAC)" and subsequent changes thereto.


d.

Supplier hereby agrees that Material furnished hereunder by Supplier has undergone or his been subject to appropriate quality control measures and procedures, including performance measurements, testing, quality process reviews or inspections.


e.

When source inspection is required, Supplier further agrees that it will, at SEC's request:


    1. Notify SBC or SBC's agent when Material is ready for source inspection activities and give

          SBC or SBC's agent reasonable opportunity for inspection of such Material.


2. Maintain and make available to SBC or SBC's agent the data, including all information and reports about Supplier's quality and process control procedures that demonstrate that Material meets the specified quality and reliability requirements.


Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,
21


3. Provide SBC or SBC's agent, at no charge, access to Supplier's premises, test equipment, facilities, data and specifications. Supplier will also provide personnel to assist and sufficient working space to. enable SBC or SBC's agent to perform said source inspection and/or process surveillance and/or a review of Supplier's quality program at' Supplier's facilities.



f. Both parties hereby agree to participate in the Supplier Performance Program (hereinafter "Program") described below. The Program is a program to assist Supplier in self-identifying areas of deficiency that may develop in Supplier's performance as it relates to fulfilling its obligations under this agreement. Participation in or use of, the Program does not negate or diminish Supplier's responsibilities as it relates to its requirements to perform its obligation as defined elsewhere in this agreement nor does it negate diminish or waive: SEC's rights or remedies as defined elsewhere in this agreement. If there is a conflict between the Program and other sections of this agreement the other sections of the agreement shall control,

 Supplier hereby agrees to:


(i)

Monitor its performance relative to certain measurable performance indices such as product performance, service performance, and on time delivery. Performance measurements collected for the purposes of the Program (hereinafter " Data") will be defined by SBC and communicated to Supplier from time to time.


(ii)

Collect and report to SBC the Data relating to Supplier's performance. The Data is to be entered by Supplier in SEC's Supplier Website in a format that is designated by SBC. Data will be collected and reported periodically.


(iii)      Conduct a self-evaluation of its performance based on the analysis of the Data

           reported. In those areas where Supplier's performance deviates from SBC's

           identified acceptable performance levels, Supplier shall develop and submit specific

           performance improvement plans to SBC detailing Supplier plans to correct such

           deficiencies



(iv)     Cooperate fully with SBC's supplier performance management team to coordinate Supplier's activities as they relate to the Program. This includes but is not limited to participation in planning meetings, audits, feedback sessions, and issue resolution.


2. SBC hereby agrees to:


                     Define the Data requirements that Supplier will monitor and report.


          Provide Supplier with access to SBC's supplier website for the purposes of

          entering Supplier's data.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting. Parties
.
22

Generate Performance Reports summarizing the Data and provide Supplier with periodic feedback evaluating of its performance. SEC's supplier performance management team will assist Supplier in resolving any internal SBC issues that may impact Supplier's performance.


g  Nothing contained in this Section, "Quality Assurance," will diminish Supplier's obligation to deliver defect-free Material in conformance to Supplier's warranty obligations under this agreement. SBC's purchase or license of any Material hereunder is subject to SEC's inspection and acceptance after delivery thereof.

 3.29 Records and Audits supplier

a.

Maintain complete and accurate records related to the Material and Services provided by Supplier to SBC, including records of all amounts billable to and payments made by SBC in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and Practices, uniformly and consistently applied in a format that will permit audit;


b.

Retain such records and reasonable billing detail for a period of at least three (3) years from the date of final payment for Material and Services;


c.

Provide reasonable supporting documentation to SBC concerning any disputed invoice amount within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of written notification of such dispute; and,


d.

Permit SBC and its authorized representatives to inspect and audit during normal business hours the charges invoiced to SBC, Should SBC request an audit, Supplier will make available any pertinent records and files to SBC during normal business hours at no additional charge.

 3.30 Severability


If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or non enforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other portion of this Agreement. The entire Agreement will be construed as if it did not contain the particular invalid or unenforceable provision(s), and the rights and obligations of Supplier and SEC will be construed and enforced accordingly.

 3.31 Survival of Obligations


Obligations and rights in connection with this Agreement, which by their nature would continue beyond the Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those in the Sections entitled "Compliance with Laws," " Infringement of Third Party Intellectual Property Rights," "Indemnity," "Publicity," "Severability," "Information,"

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
23

"Independent Contractor" and "Warranty," will survive the Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement.

 3.32 Taxes


a.    Supplier may invoice SBC the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of Material or provision of Services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation, labor and other non-taxable charges must be separately stated. SBC agrees to pay all applicable taxes to Supplier which are stated on and at the time the Material or Service invoice is submitted by Supplier. Supplier agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities. Supplier agrees that it will honor properly prepared retail sales tax exemption certificates, which SBC may submit, pursuant to the relevant Sales/Use tax provisions of the taxing jurisdictions.


b.

Supplier agrees to pay, and to hold SBC harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of Supplier, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or Information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by Supplier. Supplier agrees to pay and to hold SBC harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of Supplier doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade. restrictions.


c.

Following the issuance of an Order, Supplier shall within twenty (20) days (but in no event later than two (2) weeks before commencement of Work under the applicable Order) present SBC a schedule of taxes and fees that Supplier proposes to collect from SBC. Upon SBC's request, the Parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which Supplier shall pay any taxes or fees for which SBC is obligated to reimburse Supplier under this Agreement. If SBC determines that in its opinion any such taxes or fees are note payable, or should be paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, Supplier shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and SBC shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by SBC, Supplier shall promptly notify SBC. Supplier shall. cooperate with SBC in contesting such determination, but SBC shall be responsible and shall reimburse Supplier for any tax, interest, or penalty in excess of its determination. If SBC desires to contest such collection, SBC shall promptly notify Supplier. If SBC determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed Supplier for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount which SBC is obligated to reimburse Supplier, SBC and Supplier shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. Supplier shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from SBC if and to the extent Supplier can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At SEC's request, Supplier shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to SBC all such refunds and interest received.


d.

If any taxing authority advises Supplier that it intends to audit Supplier with respect to any taxes for which SBC is obligated to reimburse Supplier under this Agreement, Supplier shall

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
24

(i) promptly so notify SBC, (ii) afford SBC an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with Supplier in such audit with respect to such taxes and (iii) keep SBC frilly informed as to the progress of such audit. Each Party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section. Supplier's failure to comply with the notification requirements of this Section shall relieve SBC of its responsibility to reimburse Supplier for taxes only if Supplier's failure materially prejudiced SBC's ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.


In addition to its rights under subsection d. above with respect to any tax or tax controversy covered by this Tax Section 3.32, SBC will be entitled to contest, pursuant to applicable law and tariffs, and at its own expense, any tax previously billed that it is ultimately obligated to pay. SBC will be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery of amounts that it had previously paid resulting from such a contest. Supplier will cooperate in any such contest, provided that all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining-a refund or credit for SBC shall be paid by SBC.


f. If either Party is audited by a taxing authority Or other governmental entity, the other Party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Party being audited in order to respond to any audit inquiries in an appropriate and timely manner, se that the audit and any resulting controversy may be resolved expeditiously.

 3.33 Term of Agreement


a.

This Agreement is. effective on the date the last Party signs and, unless Terminated or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain in effect for a term ending on July 1, 2004. The Parties may extend the term of this Agreement by mutual agreement in writing.


b.

The Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of either Party to the other Party pursuant to any Order previously executed hereunder, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall continue to apply to such Order as if this Agreement were still ia effect.

 3.34 Warranty


Supplier warrants to SBC that any Services provided hereunder will be performed in a first­class, professional manner, in strict compliance with the Specifications, and with the care, skill and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in Supplier's profession or industry. If Supplier fails to meet applicable professional standards, Supplier will, without additional compensation, promptly correct or revise any errors or deficiencies in the Services furnished hereunder.


b. The warranty period for Services shall be the longer of the warranty period stated in the Order, the Specifications, or one (1) year. The warranty period shall commence upon Acceptance.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
25

c. Supplier represents and warrants that:


1.

There are no actions, suits, or proceedings., pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on Supplier's ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement;


2.

Supplier will immediately notify SBC if, during the. term of this Agreement, Supplier becomes aware of any action, suit, or proceeding, pending or threatened, which may have a material adverse effect on Supplier's ability to fulfill the obligations under this Agreement or any Order;


3.

Supplier has all necessary skills, rights, financial resources, and authority to enter into this. Agreement and related Orders, including the authority to provide or license the Material or Services;


4.

The Material and Services will not infringe any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property;


5.

No consent, approval, or withholding of objection is required from any entity, including any governmental authority with respect to the entering into or the performance of this Agreement or any Order;


6.

The Material and Services will be provided free of any lien or encumbrance of any kind; .


7.

Supplier will be fully responsible and liable for all acts, omissions, and Work performed by any of its representatives, including any subcontractor;


8.

All representatives, including subcontractors, will strictly comply with the provisions specified in this Agreement and any Order; and,


9.

Supplier will strictly comply with the terms of this Agreement or Order, including those specified in any Exhibits or Appendices thereto.


d. All warranties will survive inspection, Acceptance, payment and use. These warranties will be in addition to all other warranties, express, implied or statutory. Supplier will defend, indemnify and hold SBC harmless from and against all Liabilities for a breach of these warranties.


e. If at any time during the warranty period for Services,. SBC believes there is a breach of any warranty, SBC will notify Supplier setting forth the nature of such claimed breach. Supplier shall promptly investigate such claimed breach and shall either 0) provide Information satisfactory to SBC that no breach of warranty in fact occurred,. or (ii) at no additional charge to SBC, promptly use its best efforts to take such action as may be required to correct such breach.

Proprietary Information
The. information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC; Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
26

f. If a breach of warranty has not been corrected within a commercially reasonable time, or if two (2) or more breaches of warranty occur in any sixty (60) day period, SBC may Cancel the applicable Order.

 3.35 Work Orders


SBC may order Material and Services by submitting Work Orders in connection with this Agreement. SBC will submit Work Orders that are substantially in the form of Appendix 3.35, specifying the following information:


1.

A description of the Services and/or Material, including any numerical/alphabetical identification referenced'.. in the applicable price list;


2.

The requested Delivery Date;


3.

The applicable price(s);


4.

The location to which the Material is to be shipped, or the site where Services will be rendered;


5.

The location to which invoices are to be sent for payment; and, SBC's Work Order number.


b. The terms in this Agreement shall apply to Work Orders submitted in connection with. this Agreement, and preprinted terms on the back of any Order shall not apply.

ARTICLE 4 - SPECIAL TERMS

 4.1

Access

When appropriate, Supplier shall have reasonable access to SEC's premises during normal business hours, and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the Parties to amble Supplier to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Supplier shall coordinate such access with SBC's designated representative prior to visiting such premises. Supplier will. ensure that only persons employed by Supplier or subcontracted by Supplier will be allowed to enter SBC's premises. If SBC requests Supplier or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by Supplier or its subcontractor from performing Work on SBC's premises, Supplier shall immediately comply with such request. Such person shall leave SBC's premises immediately and Supplier shall not furnish such person again. to perform Work on SBC's premises without SBC's written consent. The Parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, Supplier mill submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state or local authorities.

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,
27


b. SBC may require Supplier or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials, which SBC may issue to gain access to SBC's premises for the performance of Services. If, for any reason, any Supplier representative is no longer performing such Services, Supplier shall immediately inform SBC. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to SBC of the identification credentials, if issued by SBC. Supplier agrees to comply with SEC's corporate policy requiring Supplier or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit their company photo identification in addition to the SBC issued photo identification when on SBC's premises.


c. Supplier shall ensure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, while on or off SBC's premises, will perform Work which (i) conform to the Specifications, (ii) protect SBC"s Material, buildings and structures, (iii) does not interfere with SBC's business operations, and (iv) perform. such. Services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience and protection of SBC, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the SB.C Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon (a copy of the SBC Code of Conduct is available upon request).


d. Supplier shall ensure that all persons furnished by Supplier work harmoniously with all others when on SBC's premises.

 4.2 Background Check


Supplier shall conduct a background check for each individual providing Services to SBC to identify whether the individual has been convicted of a felony. Supplier agrees that no individual convicted of a felony will be permitted to provide Services in connection with an. Order submitted by SBC without SBC's written consent.

 4.3

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)


a.

The Parties shall exchange orders, payments, acknowledgements, invoices, remittance notices, and other records ("Data") electronically, in place of tangible documents, and agree to exchange such Data in accordance with. the Telecommunications Industry Forum EDI Guidelines for use of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Accredited Standards Committee X12 transaction sets, unless they mutually agree to a proprietary format or another standard such Extensible Markup Language (XML).


b.

The following additional conditions apply to any such exchanges:


1. Garbled Transmissions: If any Data is received in an unintelligible, electronically

          unreadable, or garbled form, the receiving Party shall promptly notify the originating

          Party (if identifiable from the received Data) in a reasonable manner. In the absence of

          such notice, the originating Party's record of the contents of such Data shall control

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier; their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
28

2.

Signatures: Each Party will incorporate into each EDI transmission an electronic identification consisting of symbol(s) or code(s) ("Signature"). Each Party agrees that my predetermined Signature of such Party included in or affixed to any EDI transmission shall be sufficient to verify such Party originated, "signed" and "executed" such transmission. No Party shall disclose to any unauthorized person the Signatures of the Parties hereto.

3.

Statute of Frauds: The Parties expressly agree that all Data transmitted pursuant to this clause shall be deemed to be a "writing" or "in writing" for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC"). Any such Data containing or having affixed to it a Signature shall be deemed for all purposes to: (i) to have been "signed" and "executed"; and (ii) to constitute an "original" when printed from electronic: files or records established and maintained in the normal course of business.

4.

Method of Exchange: Exchange of Data will be made by direct electronic or computer systems communication between SBC and Supplier or by indirect communications using a third party service provider ("Provider") or Value Added Network ("VAN") to translate, forward and/or store such Data. Each Party shall be responsible for the cost(s) and associated cost(s) of any Provider or VAN with which it contracts.

 4.4 Independent Contractor

Supplier hereby represents and warrants to SBC that:

a.

Supplier is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of SBC;

b.

Supplier's personnel performing Services shall be considered solely the employees of Supplier and not employees or agents of SBC;

c.

Supplier has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of the Services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing the Services;

d.

Supplier is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits for all of Supplier's personnel who perform Services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (i) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (ii) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state and federal income tax. laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state: disability insurance tax laws, social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar taws with respect to all Supplier personnel providing Services; and,

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties .
29

e. Supplier will indemnify, defend, and hold SBC harmless from all Liabilities, costs, expenses and claims related to Supplier's failure to comply with the immediately preceding paragraph.

 4.5

Information Customer


a.

For the purposes of this clause, "Information - Customer," "Customer Information" includes, but is not limited to, customer name, address, phone number, information concerning a customer's calling patterns, unlisted customer numbers, aggregate customer data with individual identifying information deleted, and Customer Proprietary Network Information ("CPNI") which includes information available to SBC by virtue of the SBC's relationship with. its customers as a provider of telecommunications service and may include: the quantity, technical configuration, location, type, destination, amount of use of telecommunications service subscribed to, and information contained on the telephone bills of SBC's customers pertaining to telephone exchange service or telephone toll service received by a customer of SBC. Except as provided herein, title to all Customer Information shall be in SBC. Except as otherwise provided herein, no license: or rights to any Customer Information are granted to Supplier hereunder.


b.

Supplier acknowledges that Customer Information received may be subject to certain privacy laws and regulations and requirements of SBC. Supplier shall consider Customer Information to be private, sensitive and confidential. Accordingly, with respect to Customer Information, Supplier shall comply with all applicable CPNI restrictions of the Telecommunications Act (47 U.S.C. § 222) and, for SBC's customers residing in California, the Constitution of California (Article I, § 1), the California Public Utilities Code (§§ 2841­2894), and General Order 107-B of the California Public - Utilities Commission. Accordingly, Supplier shall:


1.

not use any CPNI to market or otherwise sell products to SBC's customers;


2.

make no disclosure of Customer Information to any party other than SBC, except to the extent necessary for the performance of Services for SBC;


3.

not incorporate any Customer Information into any database other than in a database maintained exclusively for the storage of SBC's Customer Information;


4.

not incorporate any data from any of Supplier's other customers, including Affiliates of SBC, into SBC's customer database;


5.

make no use whatsoever of any Customer Information for any purpose except to comply with the terms of this Agreement;


6.

make no sale, license or lease of Customer Information to any other party;


7.

restrict access to Customer Information, to only those employees of Supplier that require access in order to perform Services under this Agreement;

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
3Q

8.

implement and comply with a data security plan, approved in advance in writing by SBC, and other procedures as may be agreed by SBC and Supplier relative to the security of Customer Information at all times: in performing Services hereunder;


9.

prohibit access or use of Customer Information by any of Supplier's other customers, Supplier's Affiliates, or third parties except as may be agreed otherwise by SBC; and


10.

promptly return all Customer Information to SBC upon expiration, Termination or Cancellation of this Agreement or applicable schedule, unless expressly agreed or instructed otherwise by SBC.

 4.6

Technical Support


Supplier will provide, at no additional cost to SBC, full and complete technical assistance to SBC for the Material and Services provisioned under this Agreement, including ongoing technical. support and field Service and. assistance, provision of technical bulletins and updated user manuals, and telephone assistance to assist with installation, operation, maintenance and problem resolution. The availability or performance of this technical support will not be construed as altering or affecting Supplier's obligations as set forth in the Warranty Section or as provided elsewhere in this Agreement. Field service and technical support, including emergency support (service affecting), will be provided on site twenty-four (24) hours a day. Supplier will provide to SBC, and keep current, an escalation document that includes names, titles and telephone numbers, including after-hours telephone numbers, of Supplier personnel responsible for providing technical support to SBC. Supplier will maintain a streamlined escalation process to speed resolution of reported problems.

 4.7 Key Personnel


Supplier shall notify in writing sixty (60) days prior to any change in key personnel. SBC may terminate this Agreement after receiving such notice of change of key personnel, upon giving thirty (30) days written notice of its intent to terminate this Agreement. Key personnel shall include Tom Harker, and David Biggs.


The personnel or facilities listed below are considered essential to the implementation of this program (defined as the first 180 days from the date the first interface is executed). Before removing, replacing, or diverting any of the specified personnel, Supplier shall notify SBC sixty (60) days in advance and submit justification (including proposed substitutions) in sufficient detail to permit evaluation of the impact on implementation. Supplier shall make no diversion without SBC ' s written consent. Tom Harker and David Biggs as key personnel may, with the consent of SBC, be amended from time to time during the implementation of the contract to change the key personnel.

Proprietary Information.

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, supplier; their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
31

 4.8

Source Code Availability

Supplier shall deposit the source code and any other Information necessary to enable SBC to maintain the Software, including Documentation, into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement substantially in the form of Appendix 4.9 ("Escrow Agreement") with an. escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent") satisfactory to SBC. Whenever a change is made to the source code during the term of the Escrow Agreement, the revised source code and related Documentation shall promptly be deposited into such escrow account.


 4.9

Testimony

Matters relating to Work under this Agreement may be at issue before various governmental bodies. Supplier agrees to have appropriate members of its company willing to testify at appropriate times at no additional cost, regarding any aspect of the Work.

 4.10 Work Done By Others

If any part of Supplier's Work is dependent upon work performed by others, Supplier shall inspect and promptly report to SBC any defect that renders such other work unsuitable for Supplier's proper performance. Supplier's silence shall constitute approval of such other work as fit, proper and suitable for Supplier's performance of its Work.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

Calibrus,. Inc.,

By:  /s/ David H Biggs

Printed Name: David H Biggs

Title: CEO

Date:

SBC SERVICES, INC.

By: /s/ John Howell

Printed Name: John Howell

  Title: Director Mktg. Bus Dev.& Advertising

Date:  August 30, 2002

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.


32

 

Appendix 1.2(1)


Description of Services (and Deliverables)


Supplier shall provide the following Services:

Supplier shall adhere to the current FCC and State regulations in providing these Services to SBC. SBC and Supplier will negotiate in good faith any changes in price as a result of significant changes in FCC, State regulations or call details.


SBC sales agent will contact the Supplier. Supplier will provide to SBC Third Party Verification Live Operator Services ("TPV Services" or "Services") that will allow for verification of orders.


The TPV Services involve Third Party Verification of sales to SBC customers. When a customer agrees to the sale, the SBC Sales Representative will enact an on-line transfer to a Supplier to record the fact that the customer has agreed to the sales order. Supplier will provide Live Operator Services that will allow for Third Party Verification of orders.


The Supplier will record the entire TPV process. Supplier will employ customized scripts, greetings, and indexing recordings by specified captured details as well as time, date, and year. Once recorded, all audio recordings shall be available for retrieval, Access to recordings will be available through any touch tone telephone or the Internet using the appropriate access and security codes, All voice recordings and all TPV Services are the sole property of SBC.


The TPV Services shall be in strict compliance with the Specifications as specified in Work Orders issued hereunder.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.


33

Appendix 1.2(2) Prices


Supplier shall provide the Services, including any applicable deliverables, for the following prices:

If actual business conditions vary significantly from estimates in a manner that affects the cost of providing TPV (Third Party Verification) Services, the Supplier and SBC will be given an opportunity to adjust the price of the Service by mutual written agreement. Supplier shall provide the Services, including any applicable deliverables, for the following prices:

 

Per call charge based on Calls/ Month

Call Volume

>0

<=250K

>250K

<=500K

 

>500K

<= 750K

 

>750K

<=1M

Live Operator Price Per call charge English

and Spanish on behalf of SBC, SBC Affiliates

and Suppliers

$   .90

$ 0.87

$0.85

$0.83

Live Operator Price Per call charge in

language (Cantonese, Mandarin, Korean,

Japanese, Tagalong, Vietnamese, and Polish)

behalf of SBC, SBC Affiliates and Suppliers.

$1.59

$I.57

$1.54

$1.52

Internet TPV - Live Operator Outbound

Contact call charges for English and Spanish

on behalf of SBC, SBC Affiliates and

Suppliers. This price is not per call but for the

required calls to contact Customer

$1.17

$1.14

$1.11

$1.08


Notwithstanding the forgoing, the per call charge is determined on a cumulative basis for SBC, all affiliates, SBC suppliers and all other Supplier customers who use the WEB based tools designed for this program combined regardless of call type. The per call charges is inclusive of all support charges including but not limited to Scripting, 800 Number services, Toll Charges, Programming, Reporting, Interfacing with SBC systems, etc. Cumulative SBC Calls apply to the total of all Live Operators regardless of origination for SBC, SBC's affiliates and SBC suppliers.


For example, if there were 400,000 SBC1Affiliate/SBC supplier calls in a month and 200,000 `other Supplier customers using the WEB based tools' in the same month, SBC would pay the prices per call specified in the (>500K< = 750K) column. If there are 550,000 SBC calls in a month and 300,000 `other Supplier customers using the WEB based tools' in the same month, SBC would pay the prices per call specified in the (>750K< = 1M) column.

Proprietary Information
T he information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
34

Appendix 1,2(3)
Specifications/Requirements

To be specified on each work order issued hereunder. Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws and associated regulations governing performance of this Agreement including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701 and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the Vietnam Era Veteran's Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws and associated regulations apply to the Work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, Supplier (also referred to as "Contractor") agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to, the following:

1.

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT CONTRACTORS

In accordance with 41 C.F.R. §60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by that section, including, but not limited to, Supplier's agreement that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Supplier will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin.


2.

AGREEMENTT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES


In accordance with 41 C,F.R.§60-1.8, Supplier agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or national origin at any of its establishments, and that it does not, and will not, permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term "facilities" as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, washrooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided that separate or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.


3.

AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM


Supplier agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative Action. Plan as required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1..4(b).

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.
36

4.

AGREEMENT OF FILING


Supplier agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EEO-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R. §60­1.7(a).


5.

AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.


In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-250,20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts.


6.

UTILIZATION OF SMALL, .SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS


As prescribed in 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a):


(a)

It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and subcontracts for systems, assemblies, components andrelated services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime contractors establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.


(b)

Supplier hereby agrees to. carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. Supplier further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of Supplier's compliance with this clause,


(c)

As used in this Agreement, the term "small business concern" shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term "small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals" shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least fifty-one percent (51%) unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term shall also mean a small business concern that is

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
37

at least fifty-one percent (51%) unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least fifty-one percent (51%) of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. Supplier shall presume that " socially and economically disadvantaged individual" includes Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration. pursuant to Section 8(a) of the. Small Business Act. Supplier shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.


(d)

The term "small business concern owned and controlled by women" shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least fifty-one percent (51%) owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and.


(e)

Suppliers acting in grind faith may rely on written represent Irons by their subcontractors regarding their status as a small business concern a small business concern owned - and controlled by social and-economically disadvantaged individuals owned small business concern owned and controlled lay women

7. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN.

The subcontractor will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.


38

Appendix 3.35


Work Order/Statement of Services


1.

Description of Services and Deliverables:

Services performed shall include but not be limited to:

2.

Personnel to Perform the Services:

The personnel to perform such Services include:

3.

Location of Services:

Location of Services shall be at the following location:

4.

Prices

[State the applicable price or reference the Appendix which states the applicable price:


5.

Payment

           Payment for all Services shall be at the rate of

b.

Invoices/Billing. Information:.

Invoices and billing information are to be sent:

7.

Pro j ect Manager/Point of Contact:

           The project, manager and//or point of contact shall be:

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.


39

8. Name of Affiliate(s) Ordering Services 9. Reimbursable Expenses


The following sets forth the standards to be applied in reimbursing Supplier for the actual costs. of expenses incurred in the performance of its Services, provided such reimbursements are authorized in the applicable Order.


1.

Airfare: SBC will reimburse Supplier for airfare for coach or lower rate, provided such travel is authorized in advance by SBC. Supplier shall submit to SBC copies of all used airline tickets.


2.

Ground Transportation: SBC will reimburse Supplier for travel from the originally assigned work location (or, if no work location is so assigned, Supplier's principal place of business) to and from the temporary work location (any address other than the originally assigned work location) as follows: a) for use of Supplier's automobile at the mileage rate allowed by the Internal Revenue Services for business use of an automobile, or b) for reasonable car rental.


3.

Incidental Transportation Expenses: SBC will reimburse Supplier for incidental transportation expenses such as bridge tolls and parking fees incurred for travel to and from. temporary work locations.


4.

Lodging and Meals: SBC will reimburse Supplier for reasonable lodging and rival expenses when Supplier is assigned to a temporary work location requiring an overnight stay or longer, provided such travel is authorized in advance by SBC. Supplier shall not be entitled to reimbursement for meals purchased for persons other than Supplier's Personnel assigned to the project.


5, Telephone: SBC will reimburse Supplier for long distance and toll telephone calls placed by Supplier in the. performance of Services.


6. Delivery: SBC will reimburse Supplier for messenger services, overnight delivery and other express mail type services when such services are specifically requested by SBC or are reasonably necessary for Supplier's performance of Services.


Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SIC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written. Agreement by the contracting Parties .
40

Agreement Number 02024517 7. Entertainment: SBC will not reimburse Supplier for entertainment expenses.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

Supplier's Name -- sample only

SBC SERVICES, INC. -- sample only

By:

 By.


Printed Name:

 Printed Name:


Title:

 Title:


Date:

 Date:

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.
41

Appendix 4.9


FORM OF SOFTWARE ESCROW AGREEMENT

THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT, effective

, 200_, (the "Escrow Agreement")

is among SBC Services, Inc. ("SBC"), ("Supplier") and ("Escrow Agent")



Pursuant to that certain

("the Agreement"), the parties agree as follows:

1.

Supplier agrees to keep current copies of the source code and other materials for the Supplier Licensed Software ("Deposit Materials") described in Attachment 1, attached hereto and made a part hereof, (herein referred to as the "Software") in escrow with Escrow Agent during the license term of such Software in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and this Escrow Agreement.


2.

SBC and Supplier shall share equally all costs of providing and maintaining the Deposit Materials in escrow, including the fees of Escrow Agent. The copy of the Deposit Materials provided to SBC placed in escrow shall be reproduced and maintained on magnetic tape compatible with workstations and the Systems. on which the Software will operate and shall be accompanied by full documentation therefore. When a new release or substantial change to the current release of the Software is issued by or on behalf of Supplier during the term of the Escrow Agreement, the revised Deposit Materials, including the change, shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent as soon as practicable after the change is effected by or on behalf of Supplier. Copies of the revised Deposit Materials and the Deposit Materials prior to the then latest revision, shall be maintained in escrow as provided herein.


3.

Escrow Agent shall release the Deposit Materials to SBC under the following conditions (a "Release Condition"):

3. a.

Supplier's failure to cure a Material breach under and within the timeframes specified in the Agreement, or applicable Order; or


4.

b.

Except as limited below, existence of any one or more of the following circumstances, uncorrected for more than sixty (60) days: entry of an order for relief under Title 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code; the making by Supplier of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; the appointment of a general receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of Supplier's business or property; or action by Supplier under any state insolvency or similar law for the purpose of its bankruptcy, reorganization, or liquidation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of the described events will not trigger release of the Deposit Materials if, within the specified sixty (60) day period, Supplier

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.
42

provides to SBC adequate assurances, reasonably acceptable to SBC, of its continued ability and willingness to fulfill all of its maintenance and support obligations.


5.

If SBC believes in good faith that a Release Condition has occurred, SBC may provide to Escrow Agent written notice of the occurrence of the Release Condition and a request for the release of the Deposit Materials ("Request for Release"). Such Request for Release shall be accompanied by an affidavit (the 'Affidavit") signed by SBC attesting:


6.

1. To a full description of the Release Condition; and


7.

2. That the Deposit Materials shall continue to be the. sole property of Supplier and shall be subject. to the confidentiality provisions of the Agreement; and


S, 3. That the Deposit Materials shall be used solely for SBC's support and maintenance, modification or correction of the Supplier Licensed Software licensed by Supplier to SBC, including the creation of derivative works in order to provide SBC the benefits intended under the Agreement or Order (but not for purposes of sublicensing); and


9.

4. That a copy of the Request for Release and said Affidavit have been provided to Supplier.


10.

 Within three (3) business days of receipt of a Request for Release, Escrow Agent shall provide a copy of the Request for Release and the Affidavit to Supplier, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by commercial express mail,


11.

From the date Escrow Agent mails the notice requesting release of the Deposit Materials, Supplier shall have ten (10) business days to deliver to Escrow Agent contrary instructions. "Contrary Instructions" shall mean the written representation by Supplier that a Release Condition has not occurred or has been cured. Upon receipt of Contrary Instructions, Escrow Agent shall send a copy to SBC by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by commercial express mail. Additionally, Escrow Agent shall notify both SBC and Supplier that there is a dispute to be resolved pursuant to the Dispute Resolution Section of the Agreement (Section J. Escrow Agent will continue to store the Deposit Materials without release pending the first to occur of (a) joint instructions from Supplier and SBC; (b) resolution pursuant to the Dispute Resolution provisions; or (c) order of a court.


12.

If Escrow Agent does not receive Contrary Instructions from Supplier, Escrow Agent is authorized to release the Deposit Materials to SBC

4.

Escrow Agent shall be responsible to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to act in a reasonable and prudent. manner with regard to this Escrow Agreement. Provided Escrow Agent has acted in the manner stated in the preceding sentence, the party on whose behalf, or pursuant to whose direction Escrow Agent acts, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
43

Escrow Agent from any and all claims, actions, damages, arbitration fees and expenses, costs, attorney's fees and other liabilities incurred by Escrow Agent relating in any way to this Escrow Agreement. Absent any such direction, Supplier and SBC shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless Escrow Agent from any and all claims, actions, damages, arbitration fees and expenses, costs, attorney's fees and other liabilities incurred by Escrow Agent relating in any way to this Escrow Agreement, except for any Liability, costs or expenses that may be sustained or incurred by the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Escrow Agent, its employees or agents.

5.

Any dispute relating to or arising from this Escrow Agreement shall be resoled by arbitration under the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section of the Agreement. Any court having jurisdiction over the matter may enter judgment on the award of the arbitrator(s). Service of a petition to confirm the arbitration award may be made by First Class mail or by commercial express mail, to the attorney for the party or, if unrepresented, to the party at the last known business address,.

6.

In the event of the nonpayment of fees owed to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent shall provide written notice of delinquency to the parties to this Agreement affected by such delinquency. Any such party shall have the right to make the payment to Escrow Agent to cure the default. If the past due payment is not received. in full by Escrow Agent within one (1) month of the date of such notice, then at any time thereafter Escrow Agent shall have the right to terminate this Agreement to the extent it relates to the delinquent party by sending written notice of termination to such affected parties. Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to take any action under this Agreement so long as any payment due to Escrow Agent remains unpaid.

7.

Upon termination of this Agreement by joint instruction of Supplier and SBC, Escrow Agent shall destroy, return, or otherwise deliver the Deposit Materials in accordance with such instructions. Upon termination for nonpayment, Escrow Agent may, at its sole discretion, destroy the Deposit Materials or return them to Supplier. Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to return or destroy the Deposit Materials lithe Deposit Materials are subject to another escrow agreement with Escrow Agent.

8.

All notices, invoices, payments, deposits and other documents and communications shall be given to the parties at the address specified in Section _ of the Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the parties to notify each other as provided in this Section in the even of a change of address.. The parties shall have the right to rely on the last known address of the other parties. Unless other wise provided in this Agreement, all documents and communications may be delivered by First Class mail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the foregoing Agreement has been executed by authorized representatives of the parties hereto, in duplicate, as of the date first set forth above.

[Insert Supplier Name]

SBC Services, Inc.



By:________________________________      By:_____________________________

 

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated: companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties .
44

Print Name

Print Name

Title

Date Signed:


[Insert Escrow.Agent Name

 By:

Print Name

Title:

Date Signed:

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their affiliated companies and
their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
45

AMENDMENT NO.02
AGREEMENT NO. 02024517



This Amendment, effective on the date when signed by the last Party ("Effective Date"), and amending Agreement No.. 02024517, is. by and between Calibrus Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Supplier") and AT&T Services Inc.,. a Delaware corporation ("AT&T"), each of which may be referred to in the singular as "Party" or in the plural as " Parties,"


WITNESSETH


WHEREAS, Supplier and AT&T entered into Agreement No. 02024517, on September 12, 2002, (the "Agreement"); and


WHEREAS, Supplier and AT&T desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.


Now, THEREFORE, in. consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:


1.

Section 3.33 Term of Agreement Letter a. is hereby changed to read:


This Agreement is effective on the date the last Party signs and, unless Terminated or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain in effect for a term ending on July 4, 2007. The Parties may extend the term of this Agreement by mutual agreement in writing.


2.

Appendix 1.2 (2) Prices is .hereby changed to read:


Supplier shall provide the Services, including any applicable deliverables, for the following prices: A.

Monthly Call Volume (note 1)

> 0

>250,000

> 500,000

> 750,000

<= 250,000

<= 500,000

<= 750,000

<= 1,000,000

Group 1 calls (note 2)

1 minute 30 seconds

$0.96

$0.94

$0.91

  $0.88.

1 minute 40 seconds

 $1.05

 $1..03

 $1.0.1

  $0.98.

1 minute 50 seconds

 $1.15

 $1..12

$1.09

 $1.07

2 minutes

 $1.17

 $1.17

 $1.1.5

  $1.12.

Group 2 calls (note 3)

1 minute 30 seconds

$0.99

$0.97

$0.94

$0.91

1 minute 40 seconds

$1.08

$1.06

$1.04

$1.01

1 minute 50 seconds

$1.18

$1.15

 $1.12

$1.10

2 minutes

$1.20

$1.20

$1.18

$1.15

Non-English Non-Spanish calls (note 4)

 

 

 

 

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

 

 

Amendment 02

Agreement 02024517

1 minute 30 seconds

$1.52

$1.60

$1.57

$1.55

1 minute 40 seconds

$1.74

$1.72

$1.69

$1.67

1 minute 50 seconds

$1.86

$1.84

$1.81

$1.79

2 minutes

   $1.98

$1.96

$1.93

$1.90

Conference Call Back Calls (note 5)

$0.58 per minute live operator transfer time plus $0.068 per minute for the entire conference time for all call volumes.

All other calls (note 6)

.

1) Monthly Call Volume Is determined by the sum of all calls in all categories and calls from other Calibrus clients that use the same process as AT&T.


2) Group 1 are live Operator calls in English and Spanish on behalf of AT&T, AT&T Affiliates and Suppliers except LD Direct group 2 calls,


3) Group 2 are live Operator calls in English and Spanish on behalf of AT&T LD Direct, AT&T LD  Direct Affiliates and Suppliers.

4) Non-English Non-Spanish calls are calls in Cantonese, Mandarin, Korean, Japanese, Tagalong, Vietnamese, and Polish on behalf of AT&T, AT&T LD Direct and their Affiliates and Suppliers.

5) Conference Call Back calls are calls where the customer is transferred back- to.AT&T, AT&T LD Direct, or their Affiliates. and Suppliers.


6)

The pricing of all other calls will be defined in specific. work orders. Extended length. live, operator calls that do not involve special long distance, language, or infrastructure costs will be priced according to table B. Live operator calls involving extra long distance, language, or other special cost will be priced in a special work order.



B. Extended Length Calls

Length of Call (minutes)

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

1.9

" Monthly Calls

Price Per Call

Price Per Call

Price Per Call

Price Per Call

Price Per Call

0-250,000

$0.93

$0.99

$1.05

$1.10

$1.16

250001-500000

$0.90

$0.97

$1.03

$1.08

$1.14

500001-750000

$0.88

$0.93

$0.99

$1.04

$1.10

Over 750000

$0.86

$0.92

$0.97

$1.03

$1.08

Length of Call (minutes)

2

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

0.250,000

$1.21

$1.27

$1.32

$1.38

$1.44

250001-500000

$1.19

$1.25

$1.30

$1.36

$1.42

500001-750000

$1.15

$1,21

$1.26

$1.32

$1.38



Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.



 

 

 

 

Amendment 02

Agreement . 02024517

Over 750000

$1.14

$1.19

$1.25

$1.31

$1-.36

Length of Call (minutes)

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

0-250,000

$1.49

$1.55

$1.60

$1.66

$1.71

250001-500000

$I.47

$1.53

$1.58

$1.64

$1.69

500001-750000

$1.43

$1.49

$1.54

$1.60

$1.65

Over 750000

   $1.42

   $1 $1.47

$1.53

$1.58

$1.64

Length of Call. (minutes)

3

3,1

3.2

3.3

3.4

0-250,000

$1.77

$1.82

$1.88

$1.94

$1$1.99

250001-500000

$1.75

$1.80

$1.86

$1,92

$1.97

500001-750000

$1.71

$1.76.

$1.82

$1.88

$1.93

Over 750000

$1.70

$1.75

$1.81

$1.86

$1.92

Length of Call (minutes)

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

0-250,000

   $2.05

$2.10

$2.16

$221

$2.27

250001-500000

$2:03

$2.08

$2.14

$2.19

$2.25

500001-750000

   $1.99

$2.04

$2.10

$2.15

$2.21

Over 750000

   $1.97

$2.03

$2.09

$2,14

$2.20

Length of Call (minutes)

4

4..1

4.2.

4.3

4.4

0-250,000

$2.33

$2.38

$2.44

$2.49

$2.55

250001-500000

$2.31

$2.36

$2.42

$2.47

$2.53

500001-750000

$2.27

$2.32

$2.38

$2.43

$2.49

Over 750000

$2.25

$2.31

$2.36

$2.42

$2.47

Length of Call (minutes)

4:5

4,6

4.7

4.8

4.9

0-250,000

$2.60

$2.66

$2.71

$2.77

$2.83

250001-500000

$2.58

$2;64

$2.69

$2.75

$2.81

500001-750000

$2.54

$2.60

$2.65

$2.71

$2.77

Over 750000

$2.53

$2.59

$2.64

$2.70

$2.75

Length of Call (minutes)

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

0-250,000

   $2.88

  $2$2.94

$2.99

$3.05

$3.10

250001-500000

$2:86

$2.92

$2.97

$3,03

$3.08

500001-750000

   $2.82

$2.88

$2.93

$2.99

$3$2.04

Over 750000

   $2.81

$2.86

$2.92

$2.98

$3.03

Length of Call (minutes)

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

0-250,000

$3.16

$3.22

$3.27

$3.33

$3.38

250001-500000

$3.14

$3.20

$3.25

$3.31

$3.36

500001-750000

$3.10

$3.16

$3.21

$3.27

$3.32

Over 750000

$3.09

$3.14

$3.20

$3.25

83.31.

Length of Call (minutes)

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.3

0-250,000

   $3.44

  $3 $3.49

$3.55

$3.60

$3$3.66

250001-500000

$3:42

$3.47

$3$ 3.53

$3.58

$3.64

500001-750000

   $3.38

$3.43

$3.49

$3.54

$3.60

Over 750000

   $3.36

$3.42

$3.48

$3.53

$3.59

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreements not for use or disclosure outside AT&T, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

 

 

 

Amendment 02

Agreement 02024517

Length. of Call (minutes)

6.4

6,5

6.6

6.7

6.8

0-250,000

$3.72

$3.77

$3.83

$3.88

$3.94

250001 . 500000

$3.70

$3.75

$3.81

$3.86

$3.92

500001-750000

$3.66

$3.71

$3.77

$3.82

$3.88

Over 750000

$3.64

$3.70

$3.75

$3.81

$3.87

3.

Appendix 1.2 (3) Specifications/Requirements is hereby changed to include:


Supplier will, achieve an Average Seconds to Answer ("ASA") of five (5) seconds measured on a monthly basis. If Supplier does not meet the ASA for the given month AT&T will receive a one percent (1%) credit towards that month's invoice. For each subsequent month that the ASA is not met AT&T will receive an additional one percent (1%) credit on that month's invoice, The total monthly credit shall not exceed twelve percent (12%) at any time. The monthly credit will reset back to zero (0) when the ASA is met for any given month.


Upon written notice to AT&T, Supplier may stop handling calls from third parties to AT&T under this Agreement if the third party in question has not paid all applicable charges due to Supplier within ninety (90) days of the date of invoice,


The terms and conditions of Agreement No. 02024517 in all other respects remain .unmodified and in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. 02024517 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the-date-the last Party signs.


Calibrus Inc.

AT&T Services Inc.


By: /s/ Thomas Hofer

By:  /s/ Todd Weiss

    

Printed Name:  Tomas Hofer

Printed Name: Todd Weiss

Title:  Managing Director

Tit le:  Sr. Contract Manager

Date:  07/17/06

Date:  7-21-06  


Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.


AMENDMENT NO.02
AGREEMENT NO. 02024517



This Amendment, effective on the date when signed by the last Party ("Effective Date"), and amending Agreement No. 02024517, is by and between Calibrus Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Supplier") and SBC Services Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SBC"), each of which may be referred to in the singular as "Party" or in the plural as "Parties,"


WITNESSETH


WHEREAS, Supplier and SBC entered into Agreement: No..02024517, on September . 12, 2002, (the. "Agreement"); and.


WHEREAS, Supplier and SBC desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.


Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:


1.

Section 2.13 "Order" is hereby changed to read:


"Order" means such purchase orders, work orders, forms, memoranda or other written communications as may be delivered to Supplier in the form set forth in Appendix 3,35 for the purpose of ordering Services hereunder.


2.

Section 3.2 Amendment and Waivers is hereby changed to read:


This Agreement and any Orders placed hereunder may be amended or modified only through a subsequent written document signed by the Parties; provided that SBC may, at any time, make changes to the scope of Work through an amended or new Order accepted by Supplier. Supplier shall not unreasonably withhold consent on such issues. An equitable adjustment shall be made if such change substantially affects the time of performance or the cost of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. Such cost adjustment shall be made on the basis of the actual cost of the Work, unless otherwise agreed in writing. No course of dealing or failure of either Party to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such term, right or condition. A waiver by either Party of any default shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default.


3.

Section 3.3- Assignment is hereby changed to read:


Neither Party may assign, delegate, subcontract or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that SBC will have the right to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate without securing the consent of Supplier provided that such Affiliate assume all obligations of SBC under this Agreement.. Both

 

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

Amendment 02 Agreement 02024517

Parties may assign their respective rights to receive money due hereunder. Any attempted assignment or transfer not consented to in writing, except for an assignment to receive money due hereunder, will be void. It is expressly agreed that any assignment of money will be void if (i) the assignor fails to give the non-assigning Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, or (ii) the assignment imposes or attempts to impose upon the non-assigning Party additional costs or obligations in addition to the payment of such money, or (iii) the assignment attempts to preclude SBC from dealing solely and directly with Supplier in all matters pertaining to this Agreement, or (iv) the assignment denies, alters or attempts to alter any of the non-assigning Party's rights hereunder,


4.

Section 3.4 Cancellation and Termination Letter a. Number 2. hall now read:


If Supplier is the party in default, SBC may Cancel any Orders which may be affected by Supplier's default without any financial obligation or liability on the part of SBC whatsoever, except to pay for the value of any Materials and/or Services retained by SBC. Supplier shall also promptly refund amounts, if any, previously paid by SBC for such Material and/or Services. Upon removal and restoration and SBC's receipt of any such reimbursement and refund, title to any such Materials, which had previously passed to SEC, shall revert to Supplier.


5.           Section 3.4 Cancellation and Termination Letter b.. is hereby changed to read:


SBC may Terminate this Agreement or any Order in whole or in part, at any time, upon 90 days written notice to Supplier. In such event, or if Supplier Cancels this Agreement or Order as a result of SBC ' s failure to cure a material default under section 3.4(a), SBC shall pay Supplier its actual and direct costs incurred to provide the Materials and Services ordered by SBC but no more than a percentage of the Services performed or Materials Delivered, less reimbursements, including salvage or resale value, of Materials or Services affected. If requested, Supplier agrees to substantiate such costs with proof satisfactory to SBC. In no event shall SBC's liability exceed the price of any Materials or Services Ordered hereunder, provided that SBC shall have no liability for Materials not specially manufactured for SBC pursuant to any Order which is Terminated at least thirty (30) days prior to the Delivery Date. After the receipt of SBC's payment for any Services, Supplier shall deliver the physical embodiments, if any, of such Services. The foregoing statement of SBC's liability states the entire liability of SBC and Supplier's sole remedy for SBC's Termination for convenience, or Supplier's Cancellation for material default,


6.

Section 3.5 Compliance with Laws is hereby changed to read:


Supplier and SBC shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including, without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes ("Laws"). Supplier's obligation to comply with all Laws includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. Supplier further agrees to comply with all applicable Executive and Federal regulations as set forth in "Executive Orders and Federal Regulations," a copy of which is attached as Appendix 3.5 and by this reference made a part of this Agreement. Each Party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other Party harmless

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties
.


from and against any Liability that may be sustained by reason of the other Party's failure to comply with this Section.


7.

Section 3.9 Delivery , Performance and Acceptance is hereby changed to read:


Services performed by Supplier shall be deemed to be Accepted by SBC when Services are performed to SEC's satisfaction. Payments, including progress payments, if any, shall not be construed as Acceptance of Services performed up to the time of such payments. SBC shall notify Supplier in writing of any Services it considers to be unsatisfactory.. Supplies: shall, at no charge to SBC, take prompt action to correct such unsatisfactory Services. If such unsatisfactory Services have not been corrected within a reasonable time (not to exceed ten (10) working days from date of notification), SBC may, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or this Agreement, Cancel this Agreement and/or any affected Order.


8.

Section 3.13 Indemnity, Letter a. sentence (iii) is hereby changed to read: SUPPLIER'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, AND


9.

Section 3,13 Indemnity Letter b. is herby changed to read:


IT IS THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES THAT THIS INDEMNITY APPLY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH-LIABILITY WAS CAUSED IN PART BY SBC'S - OWN NEGLIGENCE OR. THAT OF THE OTHER PARTIES INDEMNIFIED UNDER THIS SECTION,. EXCLUDING ONLY ANY.LIABILITY ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF SBC AND EXCLUDING ANY SBC LIABILITY ARISING FROM ANY ORDER DEFINITION OR SCRIPTING RELATING TO THE TPV.PROCESS. THIS: INDEMNITY SHALL. SURVIVE THE DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND.ACCEPTANCE OF THE MATERIAL OR SERVICES.


10.

Section 3.13 Indemnity add the following language:


g.

EXCEPT FOR TFTE THIRD PARTY LIABILITY AND CONFIDENTIALITY PROVISIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, IN NO. EVENT WILL A PARTY'S LIABILITY FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNTS SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN PAID UNDER THIS AGREEMENT..

h.

EXCEPT FOR THE THIRD PARTY LIABILITY PROVISIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, IN NO EVENT MAY A PARTY MAKE A CLAIM FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS. AGREEMENT' AFTER THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.


11.

Section 3.14. Information Letter a Number 1. is hereby changed to read:


Any Information furnished to Supplier in connection with this Agreement, including Information provided under a separate Non-Disclosure prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain SEC's property. Unless such Information was previously known to Supplier free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently made public by SBC or a third. party, without violating

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside S.BC, supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except. under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

Amendment 02 Agreement 02024517

a confidentiality obligation, it shall be kept confidential by Supplier, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement, and may not. be used for other purposes, except as may be agreed upon between Supplier and SBC in writing. Supplier is granted no rights or license to such Information other than to use such information in accordance with this agreement. All copies of such Information, in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to SBC upon the earlier of (i) SEC's request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement. All copies of such Information in intangible form, such as electronic records, including electronic mail, shall be destroyed upon the earlier of (i) SBC's request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement, and Supplier shall certify to SBC the destruction of all intangible copies of such Information.


12.

Section 3.14 Information Letter b.. is hereby changed to read:


Any Information furnished to SBC under this Agreement by Supplier shall remain Supplier's property. No Information furnished by Supplier to SBC in connection with this Agreement shall be considered to be confidential or proprietary unless it is conspicuously marked as. such. If Supplier provides SBC with any proprietary or confidential Information, which is conspicuously marked, SBC shall use the same degree of care to prevent its disclosure to others as SBC uses with respect to its own proprietary or confidential Information. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, no installation, operation, repair, or maintenance Information of Supplier that pertain to the Material and Services that are the subject of this Agreement shall be considered to be proprietary or confidential, and SBC may disclose such Information to others for the purpose of installing, operating, repairing, replacing, removing and maintaining the Material for which it was initially furnished except as defined in section 4.9 source code. Upon the request of Supplier, SBC will promptly surrender all confidential Information of Supplier and all copies of the same to Supplier,



13.

Section 3.17 Invoicing and Payment letter e. is hereby changed to read:


Supplier agrees to accept standard, commercial methods of payment and evidence of payment obligation including, but not limited to, SBC's purchase orders and electronic fund transfers in connection with the purchase of the Material, and Services.


14.

Section. 3.19 Limitation of Liability is herby changed to read:


Neither Party will be liable for consequential, incidental, special or punitive damages, or for loss of revenue or profit in connection with the performance or failure to perform this Agreement, regardless of whether such Liability arises from breach of contract, tort or any other theory of Liability.


15.

Section 3,23 MBEIWBEIDVBE Cancellation Clause Letters a. and b. are changed to read:

Supplier agrees that falsification or misrepresentation of, or failure to report a disqualifying change in, the MBE/WBE/DVBE status of Supplier or any subcontractor utilized by Supplier, or Supplier's failure to comply in good faith with any MBE/WBE/DVBE utilization goals established by Supplier, or Supplier's failure to cooperate in any investigation conducted by


Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not. for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

Amendment 02 Agreement 02024517

SBC, or by SBC's agent, to determine Supplier's compliance with this section, will constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of any such breach, SBC may, at its option, cancel ("Cancel") this Agreement upon thirty (30) days notice. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that SBC's right to Cancel is absolute and unconditional, and.' SBC shall not be. subject to Liability, nor shall Supplier have any right to suit for damages as a result of such Cancellation. In the event of such. cancellation, SBC shall pay Supplier in accordance with the terms of Section 3.4.


b.

For purchases under this Agreement by Pacific Bell, Pacific Bell Directory, Pacific Bell Mobile Services, Pacific Bell Information Services, Pacific Bell Communications, and any other entity operating principally in California (collectively "California Affiliates"), Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MBEs/WBEs) are defined as businesses which satisfy the requirements of paragraph d. below and are certified as MBEs/WBEs by the California Public Utilities Commission Clearinghouse ("CPUC-certified") or are certified as MBEs/WBEs by a certifying agency recognized by SBC.

16

Section '3-,.25 - Notices. the SBC contact is hereby changed to :.


SBC Services Inc.

2000 Ameritech Center Dr Loc 3A35A

Hoffman Estates, IL 60196

Attn.: Todd Weiss Phone: (847) 248-5854

Facsimile: (847) 248-3725



17.

Section 3.26 Price Letter a, is hereby changed to read:


Services shall be furnished by Supplier in accordance with the prices set forth in . Appendix 1.2(2), attached hereto and made a part hereof, or pursuant to firm prices which are quoted by Supplier for such Services, whichever price is lower. The prices for all Services in individual Orders are subject to change only in accordance with this Agreement, which changes must be in writing and signed by both Parties. If Supplier at any time makes a general price decrease, Supplier shall promptly notify SBC in writing and extend such decrease to SBC effective on the date of such general price decrease. The prices in Appendix 1.2(2) are not subject to increase during the Term of this Agreement,


18.

Section 3.27 Publicity is hereby changed to read:

Supplier shall not use SBC's or its Affiliates' names or any language, pictures, trademarks, service marks or symbols which could, in SBC's judgment, imply SEC's or its Affiliates' identity or endorsement by S.BC, its Affiliates or any of its employees in any (i) written, electronic or oral advertising or presentation or (ii) brochure, newsletter, book, electronic database or other written matter of whatever nature, without SBC's prior written consent (hereafter the terms in subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section shall be collectively referred to as "Publicity Matters"). Supplier will submit

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SEC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

Amendment 02 Agreement 02024517

to SBC for written approval, prior to publication, all Publicity Matters that mention or display SBC's or its Affiliates' names, trademarks or service marks, or that contain any symbols, pictures or language from which a connection to said names or marks may be inferred or implied. Supplier shall be permitted to show this Agreement or disclose the contents of this Agreement to third parties in connection with lines of credit and debt or equity financings upon written approval by SBC.


19.

Section 3.28 Quality Assurance is herby changed to read:


Supplier shall maintain and follow the quality assurance plan set forth below. The plan shall: 1.

Identify personnel that perform the quality activities


2.

Identify the team responsible for quality performance


3.

Clearly identify known and suspected error sources identified by the supplier and/or SBC.


4.

Define the format of a weekly quality report that will be sent to SBC. The report will as a minimum contain:


The number of verifications monitored for each category of known and suspected errors.


The number of quality problems found

iii.)

Actions taken to maintain or improve quality


5..

Identify SBC personnel that will receive the weekly quality report.

b.

If SBC. reasonably determines that Supplier has issues relating to the quality of its Services under this Agreement, SBC, at Supplier ' s expense, may require improvement initiatives requiring the intervention of a third party quality consultant for the purpose of auditing, tracking and reporting performance and Material conformance with stated requirements. Both parties will mutually agree upon which third party quality consultant will be selected. Periodically as agreed, status of activities and initiatives shall be submitted to both parties for review. Unresolved issues will be documented and reported within both companies to the appropriate level of management responsible to resolve the issue.


1.

When source inspection is required, Supplier further agrees that it will, at SBC's request


2.

Provide SBC or SBC's agent, at no charge, access to Supplier's premises, test equipment, facilities, data and specifications. Supplier will also provide personnel to assist and sufficient working space to enable SBC or SBC's agent to perform said source inspection and/or process surveillance and/or a review of Supplier's quality program at Supplier's facilities.

 

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this. Agreement is not for use or disclosure-outside "SBC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties..

 

c.

Both parties hereby agree to participate in the Supplier Performance Program (hereinafter "Program") described below. The Program is a program to assist Supplier in self-identifying areas of deficiency that may develop in Supplier's performance as it relates to fulfilling its obligations under this agreement. Participation in or use of, the Program does not negate or diminish Supplier's responsibilities as it relates to its requirements to perform its obligation as defined elsewhere in this agreement nor does it negate diminish or waive SBC's rights or remedies as defined elsewhere in this agreement. If there is a conflict between the Program and other sections of this agreement the other sections of the agreement shall control.

Supplier hereby agrees to:


(i)

Monitor its performance relative to certain measurable performance indices such as product performance, service performance, and on time delivery. Performance measurements collected for the purposes of the Program (hereinafter "Data") will be defined by SBC and communicated to Supplier from time to time.


(ii)

Collect and report to SBC the Data relating to Supplier's performance. The Data is to be entered by Supplier in SBC's Supplier Website in a format that is designated by SBC. Data will be collected and reported periodically.

(iii)

Conduct a self-evaluation of its performance based on the analysis of the Data reported. In those areas where Supplier's performance deviates from SBC's identified acceptable performance levels, Supplier shall develop and submit specific performance improvement plans to SBC detailing Supplier plans to correct such deficiencies:


(iv)

Cooperate fully with SBC's supplier performance management team to coordinate Supplier's activities as they relate to the Program. This includes but is not limited to participation in planning meetings, audits, feedback sessions, and issue resolution.


2.

SBC hereby agrees to:


(i)

Define the Data requirements that Supplier will monitor and report.


"(ii)

Provide Supplier with access to SBC's supplier website for the purposes of entering Supplier's data.


(iii) Generate Performance Reports summarizing the Data and provide Supplier with periodic feedback evaluating of its performance. SBC's supplier performance management team will assist Supplier in resolving any internal SBC issues that may impact Supplier's performance.


d.

Nothing contained in this Section, "Quality Assurance," will diminish Supplier's obligation to deliver defect-free Material in conformance to Supplier's warranty

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties,

 

obligations under this agreement. SBC's purchase or license of any Material hereunder is subject to SBC's inspection and acceptance after delivery thereof.

20.

Section 3.33 Term of Agreement Letter a. is hereby changed to read:


This Agreement is effective on the date the last Party signs and, unless Terminated or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain in effect for a term. ending on July 4, 2006. The Parties may extend the term of this Agreement by mutual agreement in writing.


21.

Section 3.35 Work Orders, .shall now read:

a.

SBC may order Material and Services by submitting Work Orders in connection with this Agreement. SBC will submit Work Orders that are substantially in the form of Appendix 3.35


b.

The terms in this Agreement shall apply to Work Orders submitted in connection with this Agreement, and preprinted terms on the back of any Order shall not apply,

22.

Section 4.7 Key Personnel is hereby deleted in. it entirety.


23.

Section 4.& Source, Code Availability 'hereby Changed to read:


Supplier shall copy all Software, including Documentation, onto a CD quarterly and deliver the CD to SBC to be used by SBC if Supplier is unable to perform the Service. SBC will only use the backup copies of Software and Documentation in the event that Supplier is unable to provide the Service.


24.

Appendix 1.2 (2). Prices is hereby changed to read:

Supplier shall provide the Services, including any applicable deliverables, for the following prices: A.

Monthly Call Volume (note 1)

\.

> 0

<= 250,000,

> 250,000

<= 500,000

> 500,000

<.- . 4 750,000

> 750,000

<= 1,000,000

$0.90

$0.87

$0.85

$0.83

$0.93

$0.90

$0.88

$0.86

$1.59

$1.57

$1.54

$1.52

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

0.00

not negotiated     not negotiated        not negotiated    not negotiated

Conference Call Back Calls (note 7 )

$0.58 per minute li                                                         operator transfer time plus $0.068 per minute for the entire conference time for all call volumes.


Proprietary Information
Tile information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

All other calls: (note 8)

1) Monthly Call Volume is determined by the sum of all calls in all categories and calls from other Calibrus clients that use the same process as SBC.

2) Group 1 are live Operator calls in English and Spanish on behalf of SBC, SBC Affiliates and Suppliers except LD Direct group 2 calls.

3) Group 2 are live Operator calls in English and Spanish on behalf of SBC LD Direct, SBC LD Direct Affiliates and Suppliers.

4) Non-English Non-Spanish calls are calls in Cantonese, Mandarin,. Korean,..Japanese, Tagalong,, Vietnamese, and Polish on behalf of SBC, SBC LD Direct and their Affiliates and Suppliers.

5) Downtime IVR calls are IVR TPVs that are conducted because the normal operation of Calibrus' infrastructure is disrupted to the extent that live operator TPVs could not be conducted.

6) Discretionary IVR calls would be the use of I.VR When Calibrus infrastructure- was able to process live operator TPVs..

7) Conference. Call Back. calls are calls where the customer is. transferred back to. SBC, SBG LD Direct, or their Affiliates and Suppliers.

8) The pricing of all. other calls will-be defined in specific work orders. Extended length live operator calls that. do not involve special. long distance, language, or infrastructure costs will be priced. according to table , B. Live operator calls involving extra long distance, language, or other special cost will be priced in a special­work order.

B. Extended Length Calls

Length of Call (minutes)

.

1.5


      16    

1.7

1.8

1..9

Monthly Calls

Price Per Call

Price Per . Call

Price Per Call

Price Per Call

Price Per Call

0-250,000

$0.93

$0.99

$1.05

$1.10:

$1.16

.250001-500000

$0.90

$0.97

$1.03

$1.08

 $1.34

500001-750000.

$0.88

$0.93

$0.99

$1.04

 $1.10

Over 750000:

$0.86

$0.92

$0.97

$1.03

 $1.08

Length of Call (minutes)

2

2,1

2.2

2.3

2.4

0-250,000

 $1.21

$1.27

 $1,32

$1.38

$1.44

250001-500000

  $1.19

$1.25

$1.30

$1.36

$1.42

500001-750000

      $1.15

$1.21

  $1:26

$1.32

$1.38

Over 750000

$1.14

$1.19

  $1.25

$131

$1.36

Length of Call (minutes)

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SRC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.


 

 

 

 

Amendment 02

Agreement 02024517

0-250,000

$1.49

$1.55

$1.60

$1.66

$1.71

250001-500000

$1.47

$1.53

 $1.58

$1.64

$1.69

500001-750000

$1.43

$1.49

$1.54

$1.60

$1.65

Over 750000

$1.42

$1.47

$1.53

$1.58

$1.64

Length of Call. (minutes)

3

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

0-250,000:

$1.77

$1.82

$1.88

$1.94

$1.99

250001-500000

$1.75

$1.80

  $1,86

$1.92

$1.97

500001-750000

    $1.71

$1.76

$1.82

$1.88

  $1.93

Over 750000

    $1.70

$1.75

$1.81

$1.86

$1.92

Length. of Call (minutes)

3.5

3.6

3,7

3.8

3.9

0-250,000

$2:05

$2.10

$2.16

$2.2.1

$2.27

250001-500000

$2.03

$2.08

$2.14

$2.19

$2.25

500001-750000

$1.99

$2.04

$2.10

$2.15

$2.21

Over 750000

$1.97

$2.03

$2.09

$2..14

$2.20

Length of Call (minutes)

4

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

0-250,000

$2.33

$2.38

$2.44

$2.49

$2.55

250001-500000

$2:31

$2.36

$2.42

$2.47

$2.53

500001-750000

$2.27

$2.32

$2.38

$2.43

$2.49

Over 750000

$2.25

$2.31

$2.36

$2.42

$2.47

Length of Call (minutes)

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

0 . 250,000

$2.60

$2.66

$2.71

$2.77

$2.83

250001-500000

$2.58

$2.64

 $169

$2.75

 $2.81

.500001-750000

$2.54

$2.60

$2.65

$2.71

$2.77

Over 750000

$2.53

$2.59

$2.64

$2.70

  $2.75

Length of Call (minutes)

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

0-250,000

$2.88

$2.94

$2.99

$3.05

$3.10

250001-500000

$2.86

$2.92

$2.97

$3.03

$3.08

500001-750000

$2.82

$2.88

$2.93

$2.99

$3.04

Over 750000

$2.81

$2.86

$2.92

$2.98

$3.03

Length of Call (minutes)

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

0-250,000

$3.16

$3.22

$3.27

$3.33

$3.38

250001-500000

$3.14

$3.20

$3.25

$3.31

$3.36

500001-750000

$3.10

$3.16

$3.21

$3.27

$3.32

Over 750000

$3.09

$3.14

$3.20

$3.25

$3.31

Length of Call (minutes)

5.9

6.0

6.1

-6.2

6.3

0-250,000

$3.44

$3.49

$3.55

$3.60

$3.66

.250001-500000

 $3.42

$3.47

$3.53

$3.58

$3.64

500001-750000

$3..38.

$3.43

$3.49

$3:54

    $3.60

Over 750000

$3.36

$3.42

$3.48

$3.53

   $3.59

Length of Call (minutes)

6.4

6.5

6.6

.6.7

6.8

0-250,000

$3.72

$3.77

$3.83

$3.88

$3.94

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside SBC, Supplier,. their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

 

 

 

Amendment 02

Agreement 02024517

250001-500000

$3.70

$3.75

$3.81

$3.86

$3.92

500001-750000

$3.66

$3.71

$3.77

$3;82

$3.88

Over 750000

$3.64

$330

$3.75

$3.81

$3.87

The terms and conditions of Agreement No. 02024517 in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. 02024517 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.

Calibrus Inc..

By: /s/ David H Biggs

Printed Name:  David H Biggs

Title:  CEO

Date:  28 May 2004

SBC Services Inc.

By: /s/ Todd Weiss

Printed Name: Todd Weiss

Title  Senior Contract Manager

Date: 5-27-2004

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside $BC, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except underwritten Agreement by the contracting Parties.


AGREEMENT NO. 02024517.A,003

This Amendment, effective an the date when signed by the last Party ("Effective Date"), and amending Agreement No, 02024517, is byand between Calibrus  a Nevada corporation

("Supplier") and AT&T Services

a Delaware corporation ("AT&T"), each of which . may be referred to in the singular as "Party" or in the plural as "Parties.."

WITNESSETH


WHEREAS, Supplier and AT&T entered into .Agreement No. 02 . 0245.17, on September 1.2, 2002,. (the "Agreement"); and .

WHEREAS,. Supplier and AT&T desire to amend the Agreement as .hereinafter set forth.


Now, THEREFORE, consideration of mutual promises and covenants erein., the Parties hereby agree the purpose of this Amendment is to extend the term of the Agreement NO.. 02024517.. Further,. both Parties agree as follows:

.

Section 3,33 Term of Agreement Letter is hereby changed to read:


This Agreement is effective on the date the last Party signs and, unless Terminated. or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain iii effect for a terra ending on September 30, 2007. The Parties may extend the terra of this' Agreement by mutual agreement in writing..


2.

Appendix 1.2 (2) Prices is hereby changed to read:

WILD Group One Calls

1.50 to 1.58 to: 1.67 to 1.75 to 1.83

 

.1.92 to 2.00 to.2.08 to 2.17 to2.25 to

750,000-1,000k.

 

$0.96

.

$1 .05

$1.09

$1.14

$1.19.$1.24

$1.29

$1.34

5001-.750k.

$0:93

$0.97

$1.02.

$1.06

$1.11

$Ie16 .

$1.21

$I.26

$1.3.1

$1.3'6

250k . -500k

$094_

$0..98

$1.03

$I:07

,12

$1.1 7

..22.

$1.32

$1..37

0-250 . ,.k

$0.95

$0,99

$1.04

$1.08.

$1.13

 

$1..23

, $IeZS.

$1 .33.

: $1.38

2.33. to 2.42 to. 2.50 to 2.58 to 2.67 to 2.75 to 2..83 to 2.92 to 3.00+

750kel,000k

$`1.39

$1.44

$1.48

$1,53

$1:58

$1.62

$1...67

 

-$1.78

500.k-750k

$1.41

$1..46

$1..50

$l .55

$1.59

$1.64

$1.68

$_1 75

$1.80

250je-5001

$1.4 2

$1.47

$1.51

$1.56

$1 . 60'

$1.65

$"1.:.69

$1,76

$'l,$ . 1

0-250k

.$ IA.3

:$ L. 4:8-

52

$1,57

$1,61'.

$1.66

51 .70

$1.77

$ 1. .82

All Non English and Spanish. Calls;. $1.84 per minute

Conference Call Back Calls: $0.58 per minute live operator transfer time plus $0:068. per minute  for the entire conference time for all call volumes. (Cabanas is' using LD at US point)

 



*Extended Length Calls not included in Average Call Length Calculations (Electronic 3-way, :TOTS, etc)

3.08 to 3.17 to 3.25 to 3.33 to .3,42 - to 3.5 to 3,58 to 3.67 to 3.75 to 3.83 to 750k 1,000k $1.83 $1.88 $1.93 $1,98 $2.03 $2,08 $2.13 $2.18 $2.23 52.28

500k-750k

$ I.85 $1.90 $1:95 12.00 $2.05 $2.10 $2.1.5 $2.20 $2.25 $2.30

-2501:-500k

$1.86 $1..91 $1,96 $2.01 $2.06 $2.11 $2.16 $2.2:1 $2.26 .$2.31

0-250k.

$1.87 $1.92 $1.:97 $2.02 $2.07 $2.12 $2.17 $2.22 $2.27 $2.32.

3.92 to 4 to

4.08 to 4.17 to 4,25 to 4.33 to 4.42 to 4.50 to 4.58 to 4.67 to 750k-1,000k. $233 $2.38 $2:43 $2.48 $2.53 $2.58 .$2.63 $2.68 $2.73 $2.78 ,

500k-750k

$2.35 $2.40 $2.45 $2.50 $2,55 $2..60 $2.65 $2 - .70 $2.75 $2.80

250k-500k

$2.36 $2.41 $2.46 $2.51 $2.56 $2.61 .$2,66 $2,71 $2.76 $2.81

0-250k.

$2.37 $2,42 $2.47 $2.52 $2;57 .$2.62 $2:67 $2.72 .$2.77 $2.82

4.75 to 4.83 to 4.92 to 5 to

5.08 to 5..1'7 to. 5.25 to 5.33 to 5.42 to 5.5 to '750k-1,000k $2.83 7 $2.88 $2.93 $2;98 $303 $3.08 $3:13 $3.18 $3.23 $3,28

500k-750k.

$2.85. $2,90 $2.95 $300 $3.05 $3..10 $3,15_ $3.20 :$3.25 $3.30

250k-500k

$2.86 $2.91 $2,96 $3,01 $3.06 $3.11 $3.16 $3.21 :$3.26 $33,1

0-250k

$2..8.7 $2.92 $2..97 $3..02 $3.07 $3..12 $3,17 $3:22 $3..27 - $3,32


1)

Group 1: are live agent calls in English and Spanish of behalf of AT&T, AT&T . affiliates :and -Suppliers except LD Direct Group 2 calls or as describe in note

2)

Group 2 are live agent calls in .English and Spanish on behalf of AT&T LD Direct, AT&T LD Direct Affiliates and suppliers.

3.) Non English and Non-Spanish calls in Cantonese, Mandarin,. Korean, Japanese„ Tagalog, Vietnamese; and Polish on. behalf of AT&T,. AT&T LD Direct,. or their affiliates or suppliers.

4) Conference Call Back calls are calls where the customer is transferred back to AT&T, AT&T LD Direct, or their affiliates or suppliers..

5), The pricing. of all other calls will be defined. in specific work orders. Extended length. live operator calls that do not involve special long distance, language, or infrastructure costs will be priced according to the extended call length table. Live agent calls involving extra long distance, language, or other special cost will be priced in a special work order.

Toll Free Numbers (Any new toll free numbers requested)

$.15.00 per number

The terms and conditions of Agreement No. 02024517 in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and. effect.

Proprietary Information.

The information. contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T; Supplier, their Affiliates and .. their third. party .
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

Agreement . 020245

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. 02024517 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.


Calibrus Inc.

AT&T Services Inc.

     By: /s/ Greg W Holmes

    By : /s/ Todd Weiss

     Printed Name:  Greg W Holmes

    Printed Name:  Todd Weiss

     Title:  President   

    Title:  Sr. Contracts Manager  

     Date 7-2-07

                                                                            Date:  6-29-07                                                                                     

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this. Agreement is- not use or disclosure outside-AT&T, Supplier,. their Affiliates-and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.



AGREEMENT NO. 02.024517.A.004



This Amendment, effective on the date when signed by the last Party ("Effective Date"), and amending Agreement No. 02024517, is by and between Calibrus Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Supplier") and AT&T Services Inc., a Delaware corporation ("AT&T"), each of which may be referred to in the singular as "Party" or in the plural as "Parties."


WITNESSETH


WHEREAS, Supplier.and AT&T entered into Agreement. No. 02024517, on September 12, 2002, (the. "Agreement"); and


WHEREAS, Supplier and AT&T desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.


Now, THEREFORE,. in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:


1.

Section 3.33 Term of Agreement Letter a. is hereby changed to read:


This Agreement is effective on the date the last Party signs and, unless Terminated or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain in effect for a term ending on December 31, 2009. The Parties may extend the term of this Agreement by mutual agreement in writing.



The terms and conditions of Agreement No. 02024517 in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect,


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. 02024517 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.


Calibrus Inc.  

AT &T Services Inc.                                                                                       

    By:  /s/ Greg W. Holmes

By: /s/ Todd Weiss                                                           

Printed Name:  Greg W. Holmes

Printed Name: Todd Weiss

     Title:  President

Title:  Senior Contract Mngr

     Date 8-14-2007                                                                  Date:  8-17-07

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this, Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T, Supplier, their Affiliates and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting, Parties.



AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT CERTIFICATE


NEITHER THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE WARRANTS HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY OTHER STATUTE, RULE OR REGULATION. SUCH WARRANTS HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND SUCH WARRANTS AND SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF iN THE ABSENCE OF A CURRENT AND EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH WARRANTS OR SHARES OR UNLESS, IN THE OPINION OF THE ISSUER'S COUNSEL, REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.



CALIBRUS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMON STOCK WARRANT



WARRANT TO ACQUIRE 691,104 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
IN CALIBRUS, INC, AS DESCRIBED HEREIN



Effective Date: August 21, 2002.


Expiration Date: August 21, 2009.


This certifies that, for $100 and for other value received:


Name:

Magnet Capital L.P., its successor(s) or transferee(s) (the "Holder")


Address:

3550 North Central Avenue, Suite 1400 Phoenix, AZ 85012


is entitled to acquire from Calibrus, Inc, a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), having its principal office at 1225 West Washington, Tempe, Arizona, 85281, upon full payment of the Total Exercise Price (as defined herein), 691,104 fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company's common stock (the "Common Stock"), with any shares so purchased being shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms set forth herein, Holder shall pay income taxes that may be payable by the Holder related to this Amended and Restated Common Stock Warrant (the "Warrant") and its exercise. The Company represents and warrants to the Holder that the shares the Holder is entitled to acquire pursuant to this Warrant constitute approximately ten percent (10.00%) of the equity of the Company issued and diluted assuming the issuance of the stock represented by this Warrant as of the Effective Date hereof, This Warrant is being provided in connection with a modification to the Loan from the Holder to the Company evidenced by the Loan Agreement and the Note both originally executed on or about the Effective Date of this Warrant and amended by a Loan Modification Agreement, which is executed on or about even date with this Warrant. For purposes of this Warrant, subsequent references to the Note or the Loan Agreement shall refer to either the original Loan Agreement or to the Loan Agreement as amended by the Loan Modification Agreement, depending on the context. This Amended and Restated Common Stock Warrant amends, supercedes and replaces the original Common Stock Warrant, dated August 21, 2002, which except as set forth below shall have no further effect; provided, however, if for any reason this 'Warrant shall be deemed to be unenforceable or of limited enforceability, then the Holder shall be entitled to enforce both the original Common Stock Warrant and this Warrant but only to the extent that the Holder shall receive economic benefits equivalent to what the Holder was intended to receive under this Warrant.



ARTICLE Exercise of Warrants


1.1 Manner of Exercise. After the Effective Date and prior to the Expiration Date, subject to the limitations set forth in the preceding paragraph, this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time. To exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, the Holder shall deliver to the Company, (a) a written notice, in substantially the form of the Exercise Notice attached as Exhibit A hereto, of such Holder's election to exercise this Warrant, Which shall be duly executed by the Holder or its duly authorized agent or attorney, (b) this Warrant, and (c) the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon the exercise of the Warrant, or portion thereof (the "Total Exercise Price"). The Company shall, promptly following receipt by the Company of the Exercise Notice, this Warrant and full payment of the Total Exercise Price, execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, :in accordance with such notice, a certificate or certificates evidencing the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued, and such Holder or other person so designated shall be deemed for all purposes to have become a holder of record of such Shares of Common Stock, as of the date, the Exercise Notice, this Warrant and the Total Exercise Price are received by the Company. If this Warrant shall have been exercised only in part, the Company shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates evidencing the aggregate number of Shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights to acquire the remaining Shares of Common Stock called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical to this Warrant. The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of certificates and new Warrants, except that if certificates or new Warrants shall be registered in a name or names other than the name of the Holder, such registration shall be conditioned upon the receipt of (i) the opinion of counsel that registration under the Act is not required for such transfer (unless such transfer is made pursuant to such a registration) and (ii) representations regarding the transferee's investment intent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

1.2

Fractional Shares. The Company may issue fractional shares of Common Stock in connection with any exercise hereunder,


ARTICLE 2. Transfer Rights


2.1 Transfer Rights. Unless contrary to the provisions of the Act or any other statute, rule or regulation, this Warrant is transferable, in whole or in part, at the offices of the Company by the Holder thereof, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon presentation of this Warrant Certificate and an Assignment, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, properly endorsed. Transfer shall be conditioned upon receipt by the Company of the opinion (if applicable) and representations referred to in Section 1.1(i) and (ii) above. In the event that the Holder intends to make a transfer, Holder will notify the Company of said intention and the identification of the transferee. Holder shall not complete the transfer without the Company's approval, and such approval shall be granted unless the Company can demonstrate that the transfer would cause unreasonable harm and detriment to the Company. The Company shall have ten (10) days from notification by the Holder to approve or not of the transferee and failure to respond in writing within this period shall be deemed an approval.


2.2

Fair

Market Value . [The Put Rights have been intentionally deleted.) . For purposes of this Warrant, "Fair Market Value" shall mean the following:


(a)

If any shares of Common Stock in the Company (or any other stock or other security convertible into the Common Stock (or economic benefit thereof) receivable upon exercise of this Warrant) ("Warrant Common Stock") are being sold pursuant to a public offering under an effective registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and Fair Market Value is being determined as of the closing of the public offering, the "price to public" specified for such shares of Warrant Common Stock in the final prospectus for such public offering.


(b)

If any shares of Warrant Common Stock in the Company are then listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or traded on any national market system and Fair Market Value is not being determined pursuant to clause (a) of this definition, the Fair Market Value shall mean the average of the values determined by (i) and (ii) below (unless only (i) or (ii) is applicable, which shall cause the only applicable value from (i) or (ii) to be used), The values shall be determined as follows: (i) the average of the daily closing prices for the 10 trading days immediately preceding the delivery by the Holder of its notice to the Company regarding valuation or (ii) the closing price on the date preceding the date of the occurrence of event or events which prompted Holder's request for valuation, excluding any trades which are not bona fide-, arm's length transactions. The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sale price on such date or, if no such sales takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, in each case as officially reported in the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported therein, as reported in the principal national securities exchange or national market system on which such shares of Warrant Common Stock are then listed, admitted to trading or traded.

(c)

If no shares of Warrant Common Stock are then listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or traded on any national market system or being offered to the public pursuant to a registration described in clause (a) of this definition, the Fair Market Value shall mean the average of the values determined by taking the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices thereof in the over-the-counter market as shown by the National Association of Securities Dealers automated quotation system on the dates indicated by (i) and (ii) below (unless only (i) or (ii) is applicable, which shall cause the only applicable date to be used). The values shall be determined on the following dates. (i) the date upon which the Holder delivers its notice to the Company regarding valuation or (ii) the date preceding the date of the occurrence of event or events which prompted Holder's request for valuation, or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then quoted in such system, as published by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated or any similar successor organization, and in either ease as reported by any member firm of the New York Stock Exchange reasonably selected by the Holder.

(d)

If a substantial number of shares of Warrant Common Stock in the Company are sold (over twenty five percent (25.00%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock) to one or more third parties in a private, arms-length, transaction or if the Company or shareholders of the Company receive and reject a bonafide offer at a price per share equal to or greater than Fair Market Value from a third party to purchase such shares (not including any sales pursuant to a stock option or other employee benefit plan), or if substantially all of the assets of the Company are being sold to one or more third parties in a private, arms­length, transaction, and provided in any case that at the time of such sale, clauses (a) through (0 of this definition do not apply, the Fair Market Value of a share of Warrant Common Stock shall be an amount, as applicable, equal to either (i) the highest per share purchase price paid (or provided in the bonafide offer) by any third party for the purchase of shares of Warrant Common Stock in such transaction, or (ii) the per share amount arrived at by dividing the entire purchase price paid by any such third parties for the Company's assets in such transaction by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such sale, and assuming for purposes of the foregoing calculation the exercise in full of this Warrant immediately prior to such calculation. For purposes of this Warrant, a "bona fide offer from a third party" shall. consist of: i) written evidence of an offer; ii) from a party with the demonstrated ability or the reasonable expectation of the ability to close the transaction; and iii) contain reasonable terms and conditions for closing.

(e)

If no shares of Warrant Common Stock are then listed or admitted to trading on any national exchange or traded on any national market system, if no closing bid and asked prices thereof are then so quoted or published in the over-the-counter market, if no such shares of Common Stock (or any other stock or other securities at the time receivable upon exercise of this Warrant) are being offered to the public pursuant to a registration described in clause (a) of this definition, and if no private sale is being effected pursuant to clause (d) of thisdefinition, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (or any other stock or other securities at the time receivable upon exercise of this Warrant) shall be an amount equal to the value as determined on the appraised basis. If an appraiser is selected by mutual agreement of both parties, then the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be computed using the appraised value determined by such appraiser. If the parties cannot agree on an appraiser then each party shall choose an appraiser and each appraiser shall appraise the Fair Market Value of the Company (the "Company's FMV"). If the Company's, FMV as determined by the two appraisers is different by less than 5%, then the average of the two appraised values shall be used as the appraised value in the calculation of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock. If the determination of the Company ' s FMV as determined by the two appraisers is different by 5% or more, then the two appraisers shall select a third appraiser who will perform an appraisal. After the third appraisal is completed, the two closest in value of the three appraisals of the Company's FMV shall be averaged and that average shall be used as the appraised value in the calculation of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock. If the highest and lowest appraised values of the Company's FMV are equidistant from the third appraised value, then the mean appraised value of tle. highest and lowest shall be used. The Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall then be determined by taking the applicable Company's FMV and dividing it by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately after the exercise of the put rights granted pursuant to this Warrant to determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock.


2.3.

[Intentionally deleted..]


2.4 Extension of Ex iration of Warrant. To the extent Magnet Capital is prevented from exercising its Warrant and/or prevented from exercising the Warrant and selling the shares due to any securities of underwriting restrictions, the expiration date of the Warrant shall be extended for the same amount of time that Magnet Capital was prohibited from exercising the Warrant and selling shares.


2.5 Senior Lender Waiver, No Defaults, If a lender to the Company must consent to the payment under this Warrant or acknowledge that no default is created by such payment under this Warrant and the Company is not able to obtain the required consent or acknowledgment despite its best efforts to obtain such consent or acknowledgment, Holder's rights under the Warrant shall continue as if the right to receive such payment had ,not been exercised, except that Holder shall receive an interest payment equal to the amount of the Warrant payment that was to be made times the Deferred Payment Rate (defined below). The Deferred Payment Rate will be the sum of the Prime Rate of interest plus three percent (3:00%) divided by 365 times the number of days elapsed from when the Warrant payment was initially due until the date the Warrant payment is received by the Holder.


2.6

[Intentionally deleted,]


           2.7

[Intentionally deleted.]


                         ARTICLE 3.  Exercise Price; Adjustment to Number of Warrants


           3.1         Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock underlying the Warrant shall be $1.00  


           3.2        Adjustment for Dividends in Other Stock, Property Reclassifications . In
case at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date the holders of any Warrant

Common Stock of the Company shall have received, or, on

or after the record date fixed for the

determination of eligible stockholders, shall have become entitled to receive, without payment

therefor,

(a)

other or additional stock or other securities or property (other than cash) by way of dividend, or


(b)

any cash paid or payable out of any source other than retained or current earnings (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), or

(c)

other or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of stock-split, spin-off, reclassificati0n, combination or shares or similar corporate arrangement, (other than additional shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any other stock or securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or any other stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such Common Stock or such other stock or securities, issued as a stock dividend or stock-split, or other such adjustments, which matters shall be covered by the terms of Section 3.4 or 3.5),


then and in each such case the Holder, upon the exercise hereof as provided in Section 1. 1, shall be entitled to receive the amount of stock and other securities and property (including cash in the cases referred to in clauses 3.2 (b) and (c) above) which such Holder would hold on the date of such exorcise if on the Effective Date he had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company called for on the face of this Warrant and had thereafter, during. the period from the Effective Date through the date of such exercise, retained such shares and/or all other or additional stock and other securities and property (including cash in the cases referred to in clauses 3.2 (b) and (c) above) receivable by it as aforesaid during such period, giving effect to all adjustments o g led for during such period by Sections 3.2 and 3.3,


3.3   Adjustment for Reorganization. Consolidation Merger . In case of any

reorganization of the Company (or any other corporation the stock or other securities of which are at the time receivable on the exercise of this Warrant) after the Effective Date, or in case, after such date, the Company (or any such other corporation) shall consolidate with or merge into another corporation or convey all or substantially all its assets to another entity, then and in each such case Holder, upon the exercise hereof as provided in Section 1.1 at any time after the consummation of such reorganization, consolidation, merger or conveyance ) shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which such Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in Sections 3.2,

6

3.4 and 3.5. In each such case, the terms of this Warrant shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities or property receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such consummation.

 

3.4

Adjustment for issue or Sale of Common Stock at Less than Fair Market

Value. In case at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date the Company shall issue, distribute or sell shares of Warrant Common Stock for consideration per unit less than the greater of the Exercise Price or the then Fair Market Value, Men and in each such case the Holder, upon the exercise hereof as provided in Section 1.1, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the number of shares of Warrant Common Stock theretofore receivable upon exercise of this Warrant, number of shares of Warrant Common Stock determined under the following formula:

 

Where: X= The increase in the number of shares of Warrant Common Stock acquirable hereunder

B=

The number of shares of Common Stock acquirable hereunder immediately prior to the issuance referenced in this paragraph


A=

The greater of the Exercise Price or the Fair Market Value per share effect immediately prior to the issuance referenced in this paragraph


C=

The Adjusted Share Value (defined below)


For purposes hereof, the "Adjusted Share Value " upon the closing of any issuance referenced in this paragraph shall be the amount equal to (A) the sum of (i) the amount obtained by multiplying the shares of Warrant Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance by the greater of the Exercise Price or the Fair Market Value per share in effect immediately prior to the issuance, and (ii) the aggregate consideration that the Company receives from the issuance, and F, dividing the resulting sum by the number of shares of Warrant Common Stock outstanding immediately after the issuance.


If the Company issues, distributes or sells` any additional shares of Warrant

Common Stock, additional shares of such stock or any other securities (or any stock or other

securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such stock or securities) for u net

consideration that would dilute the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, then and in each such case the number of shares of Warrant Common. Stock to be issued pursuant to this Warrant shall forthwith be adjusted, substantially in the manner provided for above in this section ],4 " S0 as to protect the holder of this Warrant against the effect of such dilution.


3.5 Split and Reverse Splits. If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date effects a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Warrant Common Stock, the number of shares of Warrant Common Stock theretofore receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately increased and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect the subdivision, if the Company at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date combines the outstanding shares of Warrant Common Stock into a smaller number, the number of shares of Warrant Common Stock theretofore receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately decreased. Each adjustment under this Section 3.5 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective;

 

3.6 No Dilution or Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will take all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order that. the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrant at the time outstanding.


3.7 Other Action Affecting Shares of Common Stock. In case after the date hereof the Company shall take any action affecting the shares of Warrant Common Stock or other stock, securities or property receivable upon exercise of this Warrant, other than an action described in any of the foregoing Sections 3.1 to 3.5 hereof, inclusive, which in the opinion of the Company ' s officers or Board of Directors would have a materially adverse effect upon the rights of the Holder of this Warrant, the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and/or Exercise Price) shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time as the officers or Board of Directors, as applicable, may in good faith determine to be equitable in the circumstances,


3.8 Officer's Certificate as to Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment in the shares of Warrant Common Stock or other stock, securities or property receivable on the exercise of the Warrants, an officer of the Company shall compute such adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, including a statement of (a) the consideration received or to be received by the Company for any additional shares of Warrant Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, and (b) the number of shares of Warrant Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding. The Company will forthwith mail a copy of each such certificate to the holder of this Warrant at the time outstanding.


3.9 Adjustment of Other Securities, If at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Holder of this Warrant thereafter shall become entitled to receive, upon exercise hereof, any stock or other securities other than the shares of Warrant Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other securities so receivable upon exercise hereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the shares of Warrant Common Stock contained above in this Article 3 and the provisions of this Article 3 with respect to the shares of Warrant Common Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other securities.


3.10 Notices of Record Date. In ease


(a)

 the Company shall take a record of the holders of shares of Warrant Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for or purchase any stock or other securities, or to receive any other right, or


(b)

 of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity, or any conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another entity, or


(c)

 of any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to each holder of a Warrant at the time outstanding a notice specifying, as the case may be, (a) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (b) the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of shares of Warrant Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least 10 business days prior to the date therein specified,


3.11 Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted pursuant to this Warrant shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, facsimile, or air-courier guaranteeing next business day delivery at the following addresses:


If to the Company:

Calibrus, Inc

1225 West Washington Phoenix, Arizona 8528'1 Attention: David Biggs Phone: 602-778-7510

Fax: 602-778-7569


If to Holder:

Magnet Capital L.P.

3550 North Central Avenue Suite 1400

Phoenix:, Arizona 85012

Attention: Gregory Mischel Phone: 602-222-4801 Fax: 602-222-4807


All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (i) in the case of personal delivery or facsimile, on the date of such delivery, and (ii) in the case of air courier, on the Business Day after the date when sent.


ARTICLE 4. Further Covenants of the Company


4.1 Warrant Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, will, upon issuance, by duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company shall at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue upon exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant,


4.2

Exchange of Warrants.


(a)

Upon surrender for exchange or transfer of any Warrant certificate, properly endorsed, to the Company, the Company at its expense will promptly issue and deliver to or upon the order of the Holder thereof a new Warrant certificate or certificates so surrendered. Until transfer of this - Warrant certificate on the books of the Company, the Company may treat the registered Holder hereof as the owner for all purposes.


(b)

The Company shall pay all taxes and other governmental charges that may be imposed in respect to the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock to the Holder other than taxes imposed on the income of the Holder as a result of (i) the receipt, exercise, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Warrant, and (ii) the receipt, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or other charge imposed solely in connection with any transfer, sale, exchange or other disposition resulting in the issuance of any warrants or shares of Common Stock in any name other than that of the registered Holder thereof, and in any such case, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any warrant or shares of Common Stock until such tax or other charge has been paid by the Holder or it has been established to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that no tax or other charge is due.


4.3 Registration Under 1933 Act, as amended. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit C, attached hereto, all of which are incorporated by this reference into this Warrant.

 4.4 Covenants to Survive Loan Payoff Covenants from the Loan Agreement shall survive for the term of this Warrant, or for so long as Magnet Capital holds a majority of shares of Common Stock from the complete exercise of the Warrant, as follows: Section 32. Other Conditions (Board representation or observation rights).


ARTICLE 5. .Miscellaneous


 5.1 Amendments. This Warrant may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the Company and the Holder.


 5.2 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive law of the State of Arizona without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof The section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.


 5.3 No Rights as Shareholder. Except as otherwise provided herein, the fielder of this Warrant shall not be entitled to .any rights as a shareholder of the -Company until and. to the extent that this Warrant has been exercised in accordance with the terms . . hereof.


5.4

Construction , . The headings contained in this Warrant are for reference purposes

only and will not affect in way the meaning or interpretation of this Warrant All terms used in one number or :gender shall be construed to include any other number or gender as the context may require. Whenever the words "include," "includes;" or 'including " are used in this Warrant,

shall. Be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation."


 5.5 Entire Agreement, This Warrant, together with any other documents and certificates delivered hereunder or with respect to the Loan, state the entire agreement of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, merge all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings, if any, and state in full all representations, warranties and agreements which have induced this Warrant.


 5.6 Dates and Times. IT any date set forth in this Warrant shall fall on a day other than a business day in Phoenix, Arizona, said date shall be deemed to be the next full business day succeeding that date. All times shall be the local time in Phoenix, Arizona.


5.7.

Successors. All covenants and provisions of this Warrant shall bind and inure to
the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto.


5.8 Lost, Stolen Mutilated or Destroyed Warrant. If this Warrant becomes lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor and date in the place of this Warrant and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction .of any such Warrant or the issuance of such new Warrant.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company . has caused this Amended and Restated Common Stock Warrant to be executed on this 31st  day of March,. 2004, by its proper corporate
officer thereunto duly authorized.


CALIBRUS, INC



By: /s/ David Biggs

Name: David Biggs Title: CEO

EXHIBIT A


EXERCISE NOTICE


(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant) To: CAIABRUS, INC


The undersigned, the Holder of the enclosed Warrant Certificate, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the acquisition right represented by such Warrant Certificate for, and to acquire thereunder, at an exercise price of $1.00 per share upon exercise to the undersigned,

shares of Common Stock of Calibrus, Inc. The undersigned herewith delivers the exercise price and requests that the certificate or certificates for such shares be issued in the name of and delivered to the undersigned.

(Signature must conform in all ' respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)

(Address)

(Tax Identification Number)

insert the number of shares of Common Stock called  for on the face of the Warrant Certificate or, in the: case of a partial exercise, the portion thereof as to :which. The Warrant is being exercised.

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant)



For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

the right represented by the attached Warrant Certificate to purchase  shares of Common Stock (as defined in the attached Warrant Certificate), with full power of substitution.

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)

(Address)



EXHIBIT C
REGISTRATION RIGHTS



The agreement_ of the - . Company and the Holder with respect to registration rights are set forth in this Exhibit C and .are incorporated by reference into the Warrant:


SECTION I. Definitions. As used in this Exhibit C, the terms listed in this Section shall have the meanings set forth below:


(a)

"Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person who either directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person; provided that for purposes of this definition an investment entity shall be deemed to be controlled by its investment manager, investment advisor or general partner. The term "control" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" shall have meanings correlative thereto,


(b)

"Business Day" shall mean any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in the City of Phoenix are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to close,


(c)

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any similar successor federal statute), and the rules and regulations thereunder; as the same are effect from time to time.


(d)

" Holder" shall mean the Holder of the Warrant and its successors, assigns and transferees (subject to Section 1:3 hereof).


(e) "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, a government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.


(f)

"Prospectus " shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.


(g)

"Registrable Securities" shall mean (i) all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to the Holder pursuant to the Warrant or any Preferred Stock of the Company or any other security (or economic benefit thereof) convertible into shares of stock of the company (or eligible to receive the economic benefit thereof); and (ii) any other securities issued as a result of or in connection with stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger or consolidation, exchange or distribution in respect of the shares of Common Stock referred in the Warrant; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement; or (ii) such Registrable Securities have been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


(h)

"Registration Expenses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 hereof.


(i)

"Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement including post effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.


(j)

"SEC" shall mean the U.S., Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other U.S. federal .agency at the time administering the Securities Act.


(k) "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any similar successor federal statute), and the rules and regulations thereunder, as the same are in effect from time to time.


(l) "Underwritten Offering" shall mean an offering that is registered under the Securities Act in which securities of the Company are sold pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting, to an underwriter at a fixed price for reoffering to the public or pursuant to agency or best efforts arrangements with an underwriter.


SECTION 2. Applicable Securities. The Registrable Securities are entitled to the benefits of this Exhibit C.


SECTION 3. Demand Registration.


(a)

Demand Registration (i) At any time after the Company's initial public offering and provided that there is then no effective Registration Statement in effect with respect to such Registrable Securities, the Company will effect, in accordance with the terms set forth in this Exhibit C, the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Holder, subject to Section 3(c) hereof. If such Registration Statement is for an Underwritten Offering, the Company or the Requesting Securityholders may, at their request, join in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the Holder except that the Holder shall not be required to give any representations and warranties relating to the Company.


2

(ii) . Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses with respect to any demand registration pursuant to this- Section 3.


(b) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Company agrees to (i) cause the Registration Statement relating to any demand registration pursuant to this Section 3 to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable; (ii) thereafter keep such Registration Statement effective continuously for the period specified in the next succeeding paragraph; and (iii) prevent the happening of any event of the kinds described in clauses (4) or (5) of Section 5(000 hereof.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company shall only be required to effect two (2) demand registrations pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3. A demand registration requested pursuant to this Section 3 will not be deemed to have been effected unless the Registration Statement relating thereto has become effective under the Securities Act and remains continuously effective (except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement) for a period ending on the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold and the distribution contemplated thereby has been completed.


(c) inclusion of Other Securities. The Company, and any other holder of the Company's securities that has registration rights, may include its securities in any demand registration effected pursuant to this Section 3; provided, however, that if the managing underwriter or underwriters of any Underwritten Offering contemplated thereby advise the Holder in writing that the total amount or kind of securities which such Holder, the Company or any other holder intends to include in such proposed public offering is sufficiently large to affect the success of the proposed public offering requested by the Holder materially and adversely, then the amount or kind of securities to be offered for the account of the Company or any such other holder shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount or kind of securities to be included in such proposed public offering to the amount or kind recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters.

 


(d)

Manner of Sale.. The Company may cause any Registrable Securities that are the subject of a demand registration pursuant to this Section 3 to be sold in an. Underwritten Offering in which event the Company shall have the right to designate the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof subject to the approval of the Holder,


SECTION 4. Piggyback Registration. If the Company at any time proposes to file a registration statement with respect to any class of equity securities, whether for its own account (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, or any successor or substantially similar form or a registration statement covering (i) an employee stock option, stock purchase, compensation or similar plan or securities issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan or (ii) a dividend reinvestment plan) or for the account of a holder of securities of the Company pursuant to registration rights granted by the Company (a "Requesting Securityholder"), then the Company shall in each case give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holder at least 20 Business Days before the anticipated filing date of any such registration statement by the Company, and such notice shall offer to the Holder the opportunity to have any or all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder included in such registration statement, If the Holder desires to have its Registrable Securities registered under this Section 4, it shall so advise the Company in writing within 20 Business Days after the date of receipt of such notice (which request shall set forth the amount of Registrable Securities for which registration is requested), and the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities so requested to be included therein; provided, however, that if such Registration Statement is for an Underwritten Offering, the Holder shall join in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the Company or the Requesting Securityholders except that the Holder shall not be required to give any representations and warranties relating to the Company.


SECTIONS, Registration Procedures and Other Agreements.


(a)

General, In connection with the Company's registration obligations
pursuant to Section 3 and, to the extent applicable thereto, Section 4 hereof, the Company will:


 

(i)

prepare and file with the SEC a new Registration Statement or such amendments and post-effective amendments to an existing Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective as set forth in Section 3(b); provided, however, that no Registration Statement shall be required to remain in effect after all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold and distributed as contemplated by such Registration Statement;


(ii)

notify the Holder promptly (I) when a new Registration Statement, amendment thereto, Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any new Registration Statement or post-effective amendment, when it has become effective, (2) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information, (3) of the issuance by the SEC of any comments with respect to any filing, (4) of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose, (5) of any suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (6) of the happening of any event which makes any statement of a material fact made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference untrue or which requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference in order to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not. misleading; and. make every reasonable effort to obtain as promptly as practicable the withdrawal of any order or other action suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or suspending the qualification or registration (or exemption therefrom) of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction;

(iii)

furnish to the Holder, without charge, at least one manually signed or "edgarized" copy and as many conformed copies as may reasonably be requested, of the then effective Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, and one copy of all financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference);

(iv)

deliver to the Holder, without charge, as many copies of the then effective Prospectus (including each prospectus subject to completion) and any amendments or supplements thereto as such Holder may reasonably request;

(v)

use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Holder reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the then effective Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to (x) qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify, or (y) subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (z) register or qualify such Registrable Securities under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company does not then maintain a currently effective registration or qualification of any of its securities;

(vi)

upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by clause (6) of Section 5(0(0 hereof, as promptly as practicable (in light of the circumstances causing the occurrence of such event) prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(vii)

use reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange (or quotation system operated by a national securities association) on which identical securities issued by the Company are then listed, and enter into customary agreements including, if necessary, a listing application and indemnification agreement in customary form;

(viii)

if the registration is in connection with an Underwritten Offering, enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities, which agreement shall contain provisions that are customary in connection with underwritten secondary offerings, including representations and warranties, opinions of counsel, letters of accountants and indemnification provisions with underwriters that acquire Registrable Securities;

(ix)

otherwise use its best efforts to comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations relating to such registration and the distribution of the securities being offered, including, but not limited, to, those of the SEC;


(x)

make available for inspection by a representative of the Holder and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holder, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by, and to cooperate fully with, any such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such registration, and otherwise to cooperate fully in connection with any due diligence investigation; provided that such representatives, underwriters, attorneys or accountants enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure to them of any such information, records or documents.


(b) The Holder shall furnish to the Company, upon request, in writing such information and documents as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company may be reasonably required to prepare properly and file such Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act.


SECTION 6. Registration Expenses. All expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications or registrations [or the obtaining of exemptions therefrom] of the Registrable Securities), printing expenses (including expenses of printing Prospectuses), messenger and delivery expenses, internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), fees and disbursements of its counsel and its independent certified public accountants (including the expenses of any special audit or "comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance or compliance), securities acts liability insurance (if the Company elects to obtain such insurance), fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with any registration hereunder and the fees and expenses of any other Person retained by the Company (a11 such fees and expenses being referred to as "Registration Expenses"), shall be borne by the Company, whether or not any Registration Statement becomes effective.


SECTION 7. Suspension of and Restrictions Upon Sales under Certain Circumstances. Upon receipt of any notice from. the Company that dispositions under the then current Prospectus must be discontinued and suspended, the Holder will forthwith discontinue and suspend disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Prospectus until (i) the Holder is advised in writing by the Company that a new Registration Statement covering the offer of Registrable Securities has become effective under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Holder receives copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(a) hereof, or (iii) the Holder is advised in writing by the COMM) , that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, The Company shall be liable to the Holder for all damages incurred. by the Holder due to any such suspension.


SECTION 8. Indemnification.


(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Holder, any of its officers and directors, if any, and each p erson who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation and reasonable legal fees and expenses) resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact in, or any omission of a material fact required to be stated in, any Registration Statement or in any preliminary or final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by the Holder or are contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by the Holder expressly for use therein,


(b) Indemnification by the Holder. In connection with any Registration Statement covering Registrable Securities of the Holder, the Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors and agents, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act), against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses directly resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact in, or any omission of a material fact required to be stated in, the Registration Statement or in any preliminary or final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion therein, if the offering to which the Registration Statement relates is an Underwritten Offering, the Holder agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters and to indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, if any, and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act to the same extent as hereinabove provided with respect to indemnification by such Holder of the Company,


(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification, and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however, that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in, but not control, the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified Person, unless (A) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim and employ counsel reasonably, satisfactory to the indemnified party in a timely manner, or (B) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon written advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing, that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of any such claim as to which such conflict of interest may exist), The indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent. No indemnified party will be required to consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any 'settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of the claim will not be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, as well as one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction.


(d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) hereof is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section I I (I) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent nlisrepresentations.


SECTION 9. Current Public Information. If applicable, the Company agrees that it will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and it will take such further action as may reasonably be required, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the applicable exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (y) any similar regulation hereinafter adopted by the SEC.


SECTION 10. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not previously entered into and shall not in the future enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with. respect to its securities which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holder in this Exhibit C.


SECTION I I. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Exhibit C may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the Holder.


SECTION 12. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted pursuant to this Exhibit C hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class registered or certified mail postage prepaid, facsimile, or air-courier (by an internationally recognized overnight courier) guaranteeing next business day delivery:


(a)

If to the Holder: Magnet Capital L.P., 3550 North Central Avenue, Suite 1400, Phoenix, Arizona 85012, Attention: Principal, facsimile no. 602-222-48.07, or at such other address as may be designated from time to time by notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12; and


(b)

If to the Company: Calibrus, Inc, 1225 West Washington, Tempe, Arizona 85281, Attention: President, facsimile no. 602-778-7569, or at such other address as may be designated from time to time by notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.


All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (i) in the case of personal delivery or facsimile, on the date of such delivery, (ii) in the case of air courier next business day delivery, on the Business Day after the date when sent, and (iii) in the case of mailing, on the day indicated on the registered or certified mail receipt.


SECTION 13, Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Exhibit C shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, transferees and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no Person to whom the Registrable Securities are transferred shall have any rights under this Agreement as the Holder unless such Person agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


This Employment Agreement is entered into by and between CALIBRUS, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Employer”), and Jeff W. Holmes (“Employee”).


WHEREAS, Employer seeks to secure the services of Employee and Employee seeks to serve as a key employee of Employer, privy to all of Employer’s trade secrets, proprietary information, know how and other property interests owned or held by Employer.


A G R E E M E N T :


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the promises contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


1.

Employment Term and Extensions .  


1.1.   Term .  Except as provided in paragraphs 1.2 and 11 of this Agreement, Employer will employ Employee, and Employee will enter and continue in Employer’s employment for a period of four (4) years, beginning as of the date Employee actually commences work and continuing until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of such date or a Termination (defined below).  


1.2.   Extensions .  This Agreement automatically will extend for four (4) successive one (1) year terms unless, not less than ninety (90) days before the commencement of any such additional term, either Employer or Employee gives written notice to the other of a Termination.


2.

Duties .  Employee shall serve as Employer’s Chief Executive Officer, performing such duties, as Employer's Board of Directors shall prescribe.  


3.

Extent of Service .  Employee shall devote his best efforts, full time, attention, energy and skills to discharge his duties and responsibilities to Employer and Employer’s business. Employee shall not, during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, engage in any commercial enterprise for gain or profit, except that Employee may pursue any activity that is not inconsistent with Employer’s interests and that is approved in advance and in writing by Employer’s Board of Directors.


4.

Compensation .  


     A)

Employee agrees to accept from Employer and Employer agrees to pay

Employee an annual salary of $180,000 ($15,000 per month) for the term of this agreement.  Employee shall be considered for Salary increases from time to time based on merit or such other criteria as the Board of Directors may determine with the approval of the Compensation Committee.


B)

If SG&A cost exceeds 40% of gross revenue, the Compensation Committee reserves the right to adjust the salaries of contract employees.  If salaries are adjusted, the percentage adjustment to Employee’s salary will not be larger than the percentage made to the Chief Executive Officer’s.


C)

The Compensation Committee will convene at the last scheduled Board of Directors meeting of the calendar year (usually during November) and determine if Options should be granted or a cash bonus should be paid based on the company’s performance and the individual’s performance during the year.  Compensation committee decisions on option grants and bonus payments will usually be carried out during the last week of the calendar year.  



5.

Additional Benefits .  Employer will provide Employee with reasonable and customary life, health and disability insurance, as well as two (2) weeks vacation annually, sick leave, and other benefits that Employer currently provides to its employees or that Employer’s Board of Directors later determines to be appropriate and that Employer then provides to its employees.  Employee acknowledges that the extent and level of benefit provided by Employer may be decreased during the term of this Agreement.  In lieu of providing health insurance coverage; Employer shall pay the cost of premiums continuing Employee’s current health insurance coverage through COBRA during the period of its availability, upon submittal of invoices for such insurance premiums.


6.

Expenses .  Employer will pay, or reimburse Employee, for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in Employee’s promotion of Employer’s business, consistent with such policies as may be established by Employer from time-to-time with respect to expenses and expense reimbursement.  Such policy changes shall not affect reimbursable expenses already incurred under any prior policy in effect when such expenses were incurred.  Employee will be entitled to such reimbursement only upon his providing proof of the expenses for which Employee seeks reimbursement, in accordance with Employer’s expense reporting policies, as in effect from time to time.


7.

Information Disclosure .  Employer acknowledges that Employer’s customer lists, know-how, trade secrets, proprietary information and other intellectual property interests now or in the future owned and held by Employer are valuable assets to Employer’s business.  Employee will not, during or after the term of his employment by Employer, disclose any information or knowledge with respect to such assets or any part of such assets to any person or entity.  If Employee breaches or threatens to breach this paragraph, and because of the difficulty of otherwise enforcing this paragraph, Employer may seek and receive an injunction restraining Employee from disclosing, in whole or in part, any information or knowledge with respect to such of Employer’s assets.  In addition to the above, Employer may pursue any and all other legal and equitable remedies available to Employer.  This paragraph shall not apply to information that is or becomes generally known to the public or trade (except by reason of Employee’s breach of his obligations hereunder), and information that Employee is required to disclose by order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but only to the extent specifically ordered by such court, and when reasonably possible, Employee shall give Employer prior written notice of such intended disclosure so that Employer has the opportunity to seek a protective order if it deems such an order appropriate).  


8.

Agreement Not to Compete .  As a material term of this Agreement and in order to protect the goodwill, the client and vendor relations, the confidential information, the competitive business advantage of Employer and Employer’s investment in the training and education of Employee, Employee agrees that, beginning with Employee’s employment with Employer and extending for a period of one (1) year after the date of the termination of that employment with Employer, Employee shall not, anywhere within the United States, Canada or any other geographical area where Employer conducts its business, directly or indirectly, be or become an officer, director, stockholder, investor, lender, partner, proprietor, trustee, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any corporation, partnership, trust or other business organization or entity engaged or to be engaged in or, individually, engage in any business or businesses competing with or similar to that of Employer existing on or after the date of such Termination without first obtaining the express written consent of Employer.  Employer conducts business on the Internet, and operates in numerous markets throughout the world.  In addition, Employee will not, for a period of one (1) year after a Termination, directly or indirectly (i) recruit any person employed by Employer to leave such employment, (ii) solicit the employment of any such person on Employee's own behalf or on behalf of any other individual or entity, or (iii) knowingly and willfully endeavor on Employee’s own account or on behalf of any other individual or entity to interfere with any of Employer's existing or prospective advantageous business relationships.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this paragraph will be inadequate and Employer, in addition to any other remedies, rights or damages available to it at law or equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach.


Employee acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this paragraph will be inadequate and Employer, in addition to any other remedies, rights or damages available to it at law or equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach.


Employee certifies and acknowledges that he has carefully read the foregoing provisions, that he understands and will fully and faithfully comply with all of the provisions hereof, and that the limitations imposed do not unduly restrict his ability to earn a living and are reasonable in their duration and territorial coverage, and are necessary to protect legitimate business interests of Employer.  


9.

Employer’s Property .  Without limiting the generality of any foregoing provision, Employee acknowledges and agrees that memoranda, notes, records and other documents made or compiled by Employee or made available to Employee during the term of this Agreement concerning the business of Employer, shall be Employer’s property and shall be delivered by Employee to Employer upon a Termination or at any other time at Employer's request.


A.1

Assignment Of Inventions .


(a)

All Inventions shall be the sole property of the Employer, and Employee agrees to perform the provisions of this Section 9.1 with respect thereto without the payment by the Employer of any royalty or any consideration therefore other than the regular compensation paid to Employee in the capacity of an employee or consultant.


(b)

Employee shall maintain written notebooks in which he shall set forth, on a current basis, information as to all Inventions, describing in detail the procedures employed and the results achieved as well as information as to any studies or research projects undertaken on the Employer’s behalf.  The written notebooks shall at times be the property of the Employer and shall be surrendered to the employer upon termination of his engagement or, upon the request of the Employer, at any time prior thereto.


(c)

Employee shall apply, at the Employer’s request and expense, for United States and foreign letters patent or copyrights either in Employee’s name or otherwise as the Employer shall desire.


(d)

Employee hereby assigns to the Employer all of his rights to such Inventions, and to applications for United States and/or foreign letters patent or copyrights and to United States and/or foreign letters patent or copyrights granted upon such Inventions.


(e)

Employee shall acknowledge and deliver promptly to the Employer, without charge to the Employer, but at its expense, such written instruments (including application and assignments) and do such other acts, such as giving testimony in support of Employee’s inventorship, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Employer to obtain, maintain, extend, reissue and enforce United States and/or foreign letters patent and copyrights relating to the Inventions and to vest the entire right and title thereto in the Employer of its nominee.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyright developed or conceived of, by Employee during the term of his employment which is related to the business of the Employer shall be a “work for hire” under the copyright law of the United States and other applicable jurisdictions.


(f)

Employee represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of or consultant to the Employer does not and will not breach any trust prior to his employment by the Employer.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith and represents and agrees that he has not brought and will not bring with him to the Employer or use in the performance of his responsibilities at the Employer any materials or documents of a former employer which are not generally available to the public, unless he has obtained written authorization from the former employer for their possession and use, a copy of which has been provided to the Employer.


(g)

No provisions of the Paragraph shall be deemed to limit the restrictions applicable to Employee under Section 8 and 9.



10.

Shop Rights .  The employer shall also have the royalty-free right to use in its business, and to make, use and sell products, processes and/or services derived from any inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether or not patent able, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulas and techniques, as well as improvements thereof or know-how related thereto, which are not within the scope of Inventions as defined herein but which are conceived of or made by Employee during the period he is engaged by the Employer or with the use or assistance of the Employer’s facilities, materials, or personnel.  


11.

Termination .  Employee’s employment may be terminated for any of the reasons set forth in paragraphs 11.1 to 11.6 of this Agreement (each and all of which are herein referred to as a “Termination”).  In the event that Employee is terminated by Employer, Employee shall, within the earlier of seven (7) days of Termination or the next regular pay period, receive 30 days severance benefits, including full salary, continued health and other benefits for 30 days and shall receive payment of any accrued bonuses and take possession of all vested Options.


11.1.

Breach of Agreement .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee fails to carry out any material duty contained herein or assigned by the Board of Directors.  


11.2

Extensions .  Employer or Employee may terminate Employee’s employment upon written notice to the other if given not less than ninety (90) days before the expiration of the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof, as provided in paragraph 1 hereof.


11.3.   Change of Control .  At Employer’s option, Employer may terminate Employee’s employment, if (a) Employer sells a substantial portion of Employer’s assets, (b) Employer determines to terminate and liquidate its business, or (c) Employer is merged or consolidated into an entity in which Employer is not the surviving entity or if Employer is purchased or acquired by or merged into an entity in such a manner as to transfer the day-to-day operational control of Employer to such entity.  If Employer is operating in a positive cash flow and positive earnings per share at the time of change of control and the Employee is terminated as a result of change of control, Employer will pay the Employee three (3) months severance pay within ninety (90) days of change of control.


11.4.

Criminal Conduct .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee is convicted, by a court of competent and final jurisdiction, of any crime that constitutes a felony in the relevant jurisdiction.


11.5.

Fiduciary Duty; Conduct . Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if (a) Employee commits any material act of fraud against, or materially breaches any fiduciary duty to, Employer; or (b) if Employee commits any act involving moral turpitude, unethical or unprincipled conduct, or which tends to subject Employer to ridicule, contempt or negative publicity (whether or not protected by the Constitution).


11.6

Incapacity .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee becomes incapacitated or ill or otherwise is unable to fulfill his obligations for a period of more than sixty (60) days.


11.7     Layoff .  If the Employee is laid off without cause and Employer cash flow and earnings are positive the Employee will be paid three (3) months severance within ninety (90) days of the layoff.


12.

Survival .  Without limiting the survival of other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of paragraphs 7 and 8 shall survive Employee’s Termination and the expiration of the term or any extension of this Agreement, irrespective of reason therefore.


13.

Review By Counsel .  Employee acknowledges that he has had an opportunity to seek advice and counsel from his own legal representative, and that in determining whether to execute this Agreement, he is not relying on Employer or its counsel for legal advice.


14.

Miscellaneous .


14.1.

Assignment .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the heirs and personal representative of Employee and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Employer and its successors and assigns.  However, neither Employee nor Employer may assign, transfer, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of its or his rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and any such attempt to assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or hypothecate without such consent shall be null and void.


14.2

Attorneys’ Fees .  If a dispute arises from this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to collect its reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, from the losing party.


14.3

Alternative Dispute Resolution .  Any dispute between Employer and Employee regarding any term, provision or breach of  provision of this Agreement shall be resolved through binding arbitration by an arbitrator mutually agreed upon by Employer and Employee.  


14.4.

Venue and Choice of Law .  Any disputes between the parties resolved pursuant to Section 13.3 shall be adjudicated in Phoenix, Arizona, unless otherwise agreed by both parties in writing and such disputes shall be governed by Arizona substantive and procedural law.  


14.5.

Complete Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to Employer’s employment of Employee and constitutes the complete understanding between the parties with respect to Employer's employment of Employee.  No statement, representation, warranty or covenant made by either party with respect to Employee’s employment will be binding unless expressly set forth in this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be altered, modified or amended except by written instrument signed by each of the parties.


14.6.

Counterparts .  The parties may execute this Agreement in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


14.7.

Headings .  The paragraph headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not expand, modify, limit or define the text of this Agreement.


14.8.

Notices .  Any notice or other communication required or made under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed or telexed, or sent by registered, certified or express mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed or telexed, or, if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, to the recipient at the following address (or to such other address as the recipient may designate by giving written notice):

 


To Employee:

Jeff W. Holmes

P.O. Box 11207

Zephyr Cove, NV 89448


To Employer:

Calibrus, Inc.

1225 W. Washington St. Suite 213

Tempe, AZ 85281



14.9.

Severability; Blue Pencilling .  If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, in whole or in part, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected.  In addition, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is deemed unenforceable as written, a tribunal of competent jurisdiction deciding any dispute between the parties may amend such provisions by deleting or limiting clauses or portions of such provision as are necessary to cause such provision to be enforceable under the applicable law.

  

14.10.

Waivers .  A written waiver, or successive written waivers, by either party of any breach or default by the other party of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall not operate as a wavier, or custom of waiver, of any other breach or default, whether similar to or different from the breach or default waived.  No wavier shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged.


14.11.

Effective Date; No Conflict .  Employee represents and warrants to Employer that his employment by Employer and his performance of his duties and activities hereunder, does not and will not breach any contract or agreement to which Employee is a party or is subject, or breach any duty Employee has to keep in confidence the proprietary information or intellectual property rights of another.     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of January 1, 2005.

 

            Holmes:                                                                          Employer

                                                                                                CALIBRUS, INC.

 

 

          By:_____________________                                       By:_____________________

               Jeff W. Hoilmes                                                              Chairman of the Board
                                                                                                                                        Board of Directors


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


This Employment Agreement is entered into by and between CALIBRUS, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Employer”), and Greg W. Holmes (“Employee”).


WHEREAS, Employer seeks to secure the services of Employee and Employee seeks to serve as a key employee of Employer, privy to all of Employer’s trade secrets, proprietary information, know how and other property interests owned or held by Employer.


A G R E E M E N T :


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the promises contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


1.

Employment Term and Extensions .  


1.1.   Term .  Except as provided in paragraphs 1.2 and 11 of this Agreement, Employer will employ Employee, and Employee will enter and continue in Employer’s employment for a period of four (4) years, beginning as of the date Employee actually commences work and continuing until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of such date or a Termination (defined below).  


1.2.   Extensions .  This Agreement automatically will extend for four (4) successive one (1) year terms unless, not less than ninety (90) days before the commencement of any such additional term, either Employer or Employee gives written notice to the other of a Termination.


2.

Duties .  Employee shall serve as Employer’s Director of Business Development, performing such duties, as the Employer’s Chief Executive Officer and The Board of Directors shall prescribe.  


3.

Extent of Service .  Employee shall devote his best efforts, full time, attention, energy and skills to discharge his duties and responsibilities to Employer and Employer’s business. Employee shall not, during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, engage in any commercial enterprise for gain or profit, except that Employee may pursue any activity that is not inconsistent with Employer’s interests and that is approved in advance and in writing by Employer’s Board of Directors.


4.

Compensation .  


      A)

Employee agrees to accept from Employer and Employer agrees to pay

Employee an annual salary of $105,000 ($8,750.00 per month) for the term of this agreement.  Employee shall be considered for Salary increases from



time to time based on merit or such other criteria as the Chief Executive Officer may determine with the approval of the Compensation Committee.


B)

If SG&A cost exceeds 40% of gross revenue, the Compensation Committee reserves the right to adjust the salaries of contract employees.  If salaries are adjusted, the percentage adjustment to Employee’s salary will not be larger than the percentage made to the Chief Executive Officer’s.


C)

The Compensation Committee will convene at the last scheduled Board of Directors meeting of the calendar year (usually during November) and determine if Options should be granted or a cash bonus should be paid based on the company’s performance and the individual’s performance during the year.  Compensation committee decisions on option grants and bonus payments will usually be carried out during the last week of the calendar year.  



5.

Additional Benefits .  Employer will provide Employee with reasonable and customary life, health and disability insurance, as well as two (2) weeks vacation annually, sick leave, and other benefits that Employer currently provides to its employees or that Employer’s Board of Directors later determines to be appropriate and that Employer then provides to its employees.  Employee acknowledges that the extent and level of benefit provided by Employer may be decreased during the term of this Agreement.  In lieu of providing health insurance coverage; Employer shall pay the cost of premiums continuing Employee’s current health insurance coverage through COBRA during the period of its availability, upon submittal of invoices for such insurance premiums.


6.

Expenses .  Employer will pay, or reimburse Employee, for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in Employee’s promotion of Employer’s business, consistent with such policies as may be established by Employer from time-to-time with respect to expenses and expense reimbursement.  Such policy changes shall not affect reimbursable expenses already incurred under any prior policy in effect when such expenses were incurred.  Employee will be entitled to such reimbursement only upon his providing proof of the expenses for which Employee seeks reimbursement, in accordance with Employer’s expense reporting policies, as in effect from time to time.


7.

Information Disclosure .  Employer acknowledges that Employer’s customer lists, know-how, trade secrets, proprietary information and other intellectual property interests now or in the future owned and held by Employer are valuable assets to Employer’s business.  Employee will not, during or after the term of his employment by Employer, disclose any information or knowledge with respect to such assets or any part of such assets to any person or entity.  If  Employee breaches or threatens to breach this paragraph, and because of the difficulty of otherwise enforcing this paragraph, Employer may seek and receive an injunction restraining Employee from disclosing, in whole or in part, any information or knowledge with respect to such of Employer’s assets.  In addition to the above, Employer may pursue any and all other legal and equitable remedies available to Employer.  This paragraph shall not apply to information that is or becomes generally known to the public or trade (except by reason of Employee’s breach of his obligations hereunder), and information that Employee is required to disclose by order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but only to the extent specifically ordered by such court, and when reasonably possible, Employee shall give Employer prior written notice of such intended disclosure so that Employer has the opportunity to seek a protective order if it deems such an order appropriate).  


8.

Agreement Not to Compete .  As a material term of this Agreement and in order to protect the goodwill, the client and vendor relations, the confidential information, the competitive business advantage of Employer and Employer’s investment in the training and education of Employee, Employee agrees that, beginning with Employee’s employment with Employer and extending for a period of one (1) year after the date of the termination of that employment with Employer, Employee shall not, anywhere within the United States, Canada or any other geographical area where Employer conducts its business, directly or indirectly, be or become an officer, director, stockholder, investor, lender, partner, proprietor, trustee, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any corporation, partnership, trust or other business organization or entity engaged or to be engaged in or, individually, engage in any business or businesses competing with or similar to that of Employer existing on or after the date of such Termination without first obtaining the express written consent of Employer.  Employer conducts business on the Internet, and operates in numerous markets throughout the world.  In addition, Employee will not, for a period of one (1) year after a Termination, directly or indirectly (i) recruit any person employed by Employer to leave such employment, (ii) solicit the employment of any such person on Employee's own behalf or on behalf of any other individual or entity, or (iii) knowingly and willfully endeavor on Employee’s own account or on behalf of any other individual or entity to interfere with any of Employer's existing or prospective advantageous business relationships.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this paragraph will be inadequate and Employer, in addition to any other remedies, rights or damages available to it at law or equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach.


Employee acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this paragraph will be inadequate and Employer, in addition to any other remedies, rights or damages available to it at law or equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach.


Employee certifies and acknowledges that he has carefully read the foregoing provisions, that he understands and will fully and faithfully comply with all of the provisions hereof, and that the limitations imposed do not unduly restrict his ability to earn a living and are reasonable in their duration and territorial coverage, and are necessary to protect legitimate business interests of Employer.  


9.

Employer’s Property .  Without limiting the generality of any foregoing provision, Employee acknowledges and agrees that memoranda, notes, records and other documents made or compiled by Employee or made available to Employee during the term of this Agreement concerning the business of Employer, shall be Employer’s property and shall be delivered by Employee to Employer upon a Termination or at any other time at Employer's request.


9.1

Assignment Of Inventions .


(a)

All Inventions shall be the sole property of the Employer, and Employee agrees to perform the provisions of this Section 9.1 with respect thereto without the payment by the Employer of any royalty or any consideration therefore other than the regular compensation paid to Employee in the capacity of an employee or consultant.


(b)

Employee shall maintain written notebooks in which he shall set forth, on a current basis, information as to all Inventions, describing in detail the procedures employed and the results achieved as well as information as to any studies or research projects undertaken on the Employer’s behalf.  The written notebooks shall at times be the property of the Employer and shall be surrendered to the employer upon termination of his engagement or, upon the request of the Employer, at any time prior thereto.


(c)

Employee shall apply, at the Employer’s request and expense, for United States and foreign letters patent or copyrights either in Employee’s name or otherwise as the Employer shall desire.


(d)

Employee hereby assigns to the Employer all of his rights to such Inventions, and to applications for United States and/or foreign letters patent or copyrights and to United States and/or foreign letters patent or copyrights granted upon such Inventions.


(e)

Employee shall acknowledge and deliver promptly to the Employer, without charge to the Employer, but at its expense, such written instruments (including application and assignments) and do such other acts, such as giving testimony in support of Employee’s inventorship, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Employer to obtain, maintain, extend, reissue and enforce United States and/or foreign letters patent and copyrights relating to the Inventions and to vest the entire right and title thereto in the Employer of its nominee.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyright developed or conceived of, by Employee during the term of his employment which is related to the business of the Employer shall be a “work for hire” under the copyright law of the United States and other applicable jurisdictions.


(f)

Employee represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of or consultant to the Employer does not and will not breach any trust prior to his employment by the Employer.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith and represents and agrees that he has not brought and will not bring with him to the Employer or use in the performance of his responsibilities at the Employer any materials or documents of a former employer which are not generally available to the public, unless he has obtained written authorization from the former employer for their possession and use, a copy of which has been provided to the Employer.


(g)

No provisions of the Paragraph shall be deemed to limit the restrictions applicable to Employee under Section 8 and 9.



10.

Shop Rights .  The employer shall also have the royalty-free right to use in its business, and to make, use and sell products, processes and/or services derived from any inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether or not patent able, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulas and techniques, as well as improvements thereof or know-how related thereto, which are not within the scope of Inventions as defined herein but which are conceived of or made by Employee during the period he is engaged by the Employer or with the use or assistance of the Employer’s facilities, materials, or personnel.  


11.

Termination .  Employee’s employment may be terminated for any of the reasons set forth in paragraphs 11.1 to 11.6 of this Agreement (each and all of which are herein referred to as a “Termination”).  In the event that Employee is terminated by Employer, Employee shall, within the earlier of seven (7) days of Termination or the next regular pay period, receive 30 days severance benefits, including full salary, continued health and other benefits for 30 days and shall receive payment of any accrued bonuses and take possession of all vested Options.


11.1.

Breach of Agreement .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee fails to carry out any material duty contained herein or assigned by the Chief Executive Officer.  


11.2

Extensions .  Employer or Employee may terminate Employee’s employment upon written notice to the other if given not less than ninety (90) days before the expiration of the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof, as provided in paragraph 1 hereof.




11.3.   Change of Control .  At Employer’s option, Employer may terminate Employee’s employment, if (a) Employer sells a substantial portion of Employer’s assets, (b) Employer determines to terminate and liquidate its business, or (c) Employer is merged or consolidated into an entity in which Employer is not the surviving entity or if Employer is purchased or acquired by or merged into an entity in such a manner as to transfer the day-to-day operational control of Employer to such entity.  If Employer is operating in a positive cash flow and positive earnings per share at the time of change of control and the Employee is terminated as a result of change of control, Employer will pay the Employee three (3) months severance pay within ninety (90) days of change of control.


11.4.

Criminal Conduct .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee is convicted, by a court of competent and final jurisdiction, of any crime that constitutes a felony in the relevant jurisdiction.


11.5.

Fiduciary Duty; Conduct . Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if (a) Employee commits any material act of fraud against, or materially breaches any fiduciary duty to, Employer; or (b) if Employee commits any act involving moral turpitude, unethical or unprincipled conduct, or which tends to subject Employer to ridicule, contempt or negative publicity (whether or not protected by the Constitution).


11.6

Incapacity .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee becomes incapacitated or ill or otherwise is unable to fulfill his obligations for a period of more than sixty (60) days.


11.7     Layoff .  If the Employee is laid off without cause and Employer cash flow and earnings are positive the Employee will be paid three (3) months severance within ninety (90) days of the layoff.


12.

Survival .  Without limiting the survival of other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of paragraphs 7 and 8 shall survive Employee’s Termination and the expiration of the term or any extension of this Agreement, irrespective of reason therefore.


13.

Review By Counsel .  Employee acknowledges that he has had an opportunity to seek advice and counsel from his own legal representative, and that in determining whether to execute this Agreement, he is not relying on Employer or its counsel for legal advice.


14.

Miscellaneous .


14.1.

Assignment .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the heirs and personal representative of Employee and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Employer and its successors and assigns.  However, neither Employee nor



Employer may assign, transfer, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of its or his rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and any such attempt to assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or hypothecate without such consent shall be null and void.


14.2

Attorneys’ Fees .  If a dispute arises from this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to collect its reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, from the losing party.


14.3

Alternative Dispute Resolution .  Any dispute between Employer and Employee regarding any term, provision or breach of  provision of this Agreement shall be resolved through binding arbitration by an arbitrator mutually agreed upon by Employer and Employee.  


14.4.

Venue and Choice of Law .  Any disputes between the parties resolved pursuant to Section 13.3 shall be adjudicated in Phoenix, Arizona, unless otherwise agreed by both parties in writing and such disputes shall be governed by Arizona substantive and procedural law.  


14.5.

Complete Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to Employer’s employment of Employee and constitutes the complete understanding between the parties with respect to Employer's employment of Employee.  No statement, representation, warranty or covenant made by either party with respect to Employee’s employment will be binding unless expressly set forth in this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be altered, modified or amended except by written instrument signed by each of the parties.


14.6.

Counterparts .  The parties may execute this Agreement in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


14.7.

Headings .  The paragraph headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not expand, modify, limit or define the text of this Agreement.


14.8.

Notices .  Any notice or other communication required or made under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed or telexed, or sent by registered, certified or express mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed or telexed, or, if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, to the recipient at the following address (or to such other address as the recipient may designate by giving written notice):


 

To Employee:

Greg W. Holmes

4349 E. Sands Dr.

Phoenix, AZ 85050


To Employer:

Calibrus, Inc.

1225 W. Washington St. Suite 213

Tempe, AZ 85281



14.9.

Severability; Blue Pencilling .  If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, in whole or in part, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected.  In addition, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is deemed unenforceable as written, a tribunal of competent jurisdiction deciding any dispute between the parties may amend such provisions by deleting or limiting clauses or portions of such provision as are necessary to cause such provision to be enforceable under the applicable law.

  

14.10.

Waivers .  A written waiver, or successive written waivers, by either party of any breach or default by the other party of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall not operate as a wavier, or custom of waiver, of any other breach or default, whether similar to or different from the breach or default waived.  No wavier shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged.


14.11.

Effective Date; No Conflict .  Employee represents and warrants to Employer that his employment by Employer and his performance of his duties and activities hereunder, does not and will not breach any contract or agreement to which Employee is a party or is subject, or breach any duty Employee has to keep in confidence the proprietary information or intellectual property rights of another.     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of January 1, 2005.

 

 

Holmes:                                                                    Employer:

                                                                                 CALIBRUS, INC.

 

 

 

By: ________________________                          By:_____________________

      Greg W. Holmes                                                     Jeff W. Holmes

                                                                                     Chief Executive Officer


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


This Employment Agreement is entered into by and between CALIBRUS, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Employer”), and Kevin J. Asher (“Employee”).


WHEREAS, Employer seeks to secure the services of Employee and Employee seeks to serve as a key employee of Employer, privy to all of Employer’s trade secrets, proprietary information, know how and other property interests owned or held by Employer.


A G R E E M E N T :


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the promises contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


1.

Employment Term and Extensions .  


1.1.   Term .  Except as provided in paragraphs 1.2 and 11 of this Agreement, Employer will employ Employee, and Employee will enter and continue in Employer’s employment for a period of two (2) years, beginning as of the date Employee actually commences work and continuing until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of such date or a Termination (defined below).  


1.2.   Extensions .  This Agreement automatically will extend for two (2) successive one (1) year terms unless, not less than ninety (90) days before the commencement of any such additional term, either Employer or Employee gives written notice to the other of a Termination.


2.

Duties .  Employee shall serve as Employer’s Chief Financial Officer (CFO), performing such duties, as the Employer’s Chief Executive Officer and The Board of Directors shall prescribe.  


3.

Extent of Service .  Employee shall devote his best efforts, full time, attention, energy and skills to discharge his duties and responsibilities to Employer and Employer’s business. Employee shall not, during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, engage in any commercial enterprise for gain or profit, except that Employee may pursue any activity that is not inconsistent with Employer’s interests and that is approved in advance and in writing by Employer’s Board of Directors.


4.

Compensation .  


A)

Employee agrees to accept from Employer and Employer agrees to pay

Employee an annual salary of $130,000 ($10,833.33 per month) for the term of this agreement.  Employee shall be considered for Salary increases from time to time based on merit or such other criteria as the Chief Executive Officer may determine with the approval of the Compensation Committee.


B)

Employee will receive 50,000 options for his employment.


C)

 If SG&A cost exceeds 40% of gross revenue, the Compensation Committee reserves the right to adjust the salaries of contract employees.  If salaries are adjusted, the percentage adjustment to Employee’s salary will not be larger than the percentage made to the Chief Executive Officer’s.


D)

The Compensation Committee will convene at the last scheduled Board of Directors meeting of the calendar year (usually during November) and determine if Options should be granted or a cash bonus should be paid based on the company’s performance and the individual’s performance during the year.  Compensation committee decisions on option grants and bonus payments will usually be carried out during the last week of the calendar year.  



5.

Additional Benefits .  Employer will provide Employee with reasonable and customary health, as well as two (2) weeks vacation annually, sick leave, and other benefits that Employer currently provides to its employees or that Employer’s Board of Directors later determines to be appropriate and that Employer then provides to its employees.  Employee acknowledges that the extent and level of benefit provided by Employer may be decreased during the term of this Agreement.  In lieu of providing health insurance coverage; Employer shall pay the cost of premiums continuing Employee’s current health insurance coverage through COBRA during the period of its availability, upon submittal of invoices for such insurance premiums.


6.

Expenses .  Employer will pay, or reimburse Employee, for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in Employee’s promotion of Employer’s business, consistent with such policies as may be established by Employer from time-to-time with respect to expenses and expense reimbursement.  Such policy changes shall not affect reimbursable expenses already incurred under any prior policy in effect when such expenses were incurred.  Employee will be entitled to such reimbursement only upon his providing proof of the expenses for which Employee seeks reimbursement, in accordance with Employer’s expense reporting policies, as in effect from time to time.


7.

Information Disclosure .  Employer acknowledges that Employer’s customer lists, know-how, trade secrets, proprietary information and other intellectual property interests now or in the future owned and held by Employer are valuable assets to Employer’s business.  Employee will not, during or after the term of his employment by Employer, disclose any information or knowledge with respect to such assets or any part of such assets to any person or entity.  If Employee breaches or threatens to breach this paragraph, and because of the difficulty of otherwise enforcing this paragraph, Employer may seek and receive an injunction restraining Employee from disclosing, in whole or in part, any information or knowledge with respect to such of Employer’s assets.  In addition to the above, Employer may pursue any and all other legal and equitable remedies available to Employer.  This paragraph shall not apply to information that is or becomes generally known to the public or trade (except by reason of Employee’s breach of his obligations hereunder), and information that Employee is required to disclose by order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but only to the extent specifically ordered by such court, and when reasonably possible, Employee shall give Employer prior written notice of such intended disclosure so that Employer has the opportunity to seek a protective order if it deems such an order appropriate).  


8.

Agreement Not to Compete .  As a material term of this Agreement and in order to protect the goodwill, the client and vendor relations, the confidential information, the competitive business advantage of Employer and Employer’s investment in the training and education of Employee, Employee agrees that, beginning with Employee’s employment with Employer and extending for a period of one (1) year after the date of the termination of that employment with Employer, Employee shall not, anywhere within the United States, Canada or any other geographical area where Employer conducts its business, directly or indirectly, be or become an officer, director, stockholder, investor, lender, partner, proprietor, trustee, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any corporation, partnership, trust or other business organization or entity engaged or to be engaged in or, individually, engage in any business or businesses competing with or similar to that of Employer existing on or after the date of such Termination without first obtaining the express written consent of Employer.  Employer conducts business on the Internet, and operates in numerous markets throughout the world.  In addition, Employee will not, for a period of one (1) year after a Termination, directly or indirectly (i) recruit any person employed by Employer to leave such employment, (ii) solicit the employment of any such person on Employee's own behalf or on behalf of any other individual or entity, or (iii) knowingly and willfully endeavor on Employee’s own account or on behalf of any other individual or entity to interfere with any of Employer's existing or prospective advantageous business relationships.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this paragraph will be inadequate and Employer, in addition to any other remedies, rights or damages available to it at law or equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach.


Employee acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this paragraph will be inadequate and Employer, in addition to any other remedies, rights or damages available to it at law or equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach.


Employee certifies and acknowledges that he has carefully read the foregoing provisions, that he understands and will fully and faithfully comply with all of the provisions hereof, and that the limitations imposed do not unduly restrict his ability to earn a living and are reasonable in their duration and territorial coverage, and are necessary to protect legitimate business interests of Employer.  


9.

Employer’s Property .  Without limiting the generality of any foregoing provision, Employee acknowledges and agrees that memoranda, notes, records and other documents made or compiled by Employee or made available to Employee during the term of this Agreement concerning the business of Employer, shall be Employer’s property and shall be delivered by Employee to Employer upon a Termination or at any other time at Employer's request.


9.1

Assignment Of Inventions .


(a)

All Inventions shall be the sole property of the Employer, and Employee agrees to perform the provisions of this Section 9.1 with respect thereto without the payment by the Employer of any royalty or any consideration therefore other than the regular compensation paid to Employee in the capacity of an employee or consultant.


(b)

Employee shall maintain written notebooks in which he shall set forth, on a current basis, information as to all Inventions, describing in detail the procedures employed and the results achieved as well as information as to any studies or research projects undertaken on the Employer’s behalf.  The written notebooks shall at times be the property of the Employer and shall be surrendered to the employer upon termination of his engagement or, upon the request of the Employer, at any time prior thereto.


(c)

Employee shall apply, at the Employer’s request and expense, for United States and foreign letters patent or copyrights either in Employee’s name or otherwise as the Employer shall desire.


(d)

Employee hereby assigns to the Employer all of his rights to such Inventions, and to applications for United States and/or foreign letters patent or copyrights and to United States and/or foreign letters patent or copyrights granted upon such Inventions.


(e)

Employee shall acknowledge and deliver promptly to the Employer, without charge to the Employer, but at its expense, such written instruments (including application and assignments) and do such other acts, such as giving testimony in support of Employee’s inventorship, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Employer to obtain, maintain, extend, reissue and enforce United States and/or foreign letters patent and copyrights relating to the Inventions and to vest the entire right and title thereto in the Employer of its nominee.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyright developed or conceived of, by Employee during the term of his employment which is related to the business of the Employer shall be a “work for hire” under the copyright law of the United States and other applicable jurisdictions.


(f)

Employee represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of or consultant to the Employer does not and will not breach any trust prior to his employment by the Employer.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith and represents and agrees that he has not brought and will not bring with him to the Employer or use in the performance of his responsibilities at the Employer any materials or documents of a former employer which are not generally available to the public, unless he has obtained written authorization from the former employer for their possession and use, a copy of which has been provided to the Employer.


(g)

No provisions of the Paragraph shall be deemed to limit the restrictions applicable to Employee under Section 8 and 9.



10.

Shop Rights .  The employer shall also have the royalty-free right to use in its business, and to make, use and sell products, processes and/or services derived from any inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether or not patent able, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulas and techniques, as well as improvements thereof or know-how related thereto, which are not within the scope of Inventions as defined herein but which are conceived of or made by Employee during the period he is engaged by the Employer or with the use or assistance of the Employer’s facilities, materials, or personnel.  


11.

Termination .  Employee’s employment may be terminated for any of the reasons set forth in paragraphs 11.1 to 11.6 of this Agreement (each and all of which are herein referred to as a “Termination”).  In the event that Employee is terminated by Employer, Employee shall, within the earlier of seven (7) days of Termination or the next regular pay period, receive 60 days severance benefits, including full salary, continued health and other benefits for 30 days and shall receive payment of any accrued bonuses and take possession of all vested Options.


11.1.

Breach of Agreement .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee fails to carry out any material duty contained herein or assigned by the Chief Executive Officer.  


11.2

Extensions .  Employer or Employee may terminate Employee’s employment upon written notice to the other if given not less than ninety (90) days before the expiration of the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof, as provided in paragraph 1 hereof.


11.3.   Change of Control .  At Employer’s option, Employer may terminate Employee’s employment, if (a) Employer sells a substantial portion of Employer’s assets, (b) Employer determines to terminate and liquidate its business, or (c) Employer is merged or consolidated into an entity in which Employer is not the surviving entity or if Employer is purchased or acquired by or merged into an entity in such a manner as to transfer the day-to-day operational control of Employer to such entity.  If Employer is operating in a positive cash flow and positive earnings per share at the time of change of control and the Employee is terminated as a result of change of control, Employer will pay the Employee three (3) months severance pay within ninety (90) days of change of control.


11.4.

Criminal Conduct .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee is convicted, by a court of competent and final jurisdiction, of any crime that constitutes a felony in the relevant jurisdiction.


11.5.

Fiduciary Duty; Conduct . Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if (a) Employee commits any material act of fraud against, or materially breaches any fiduciary duty to, Employer; or (b) if Employee commits any act involving moral turpitude, unethical or unprincipled conduct, or which tends to subject Employer to ridicule, contempt or negative publicity (whether or not protected by the Constitution).


11.6

Incapacity .  Employer may terminate Employee’s employment if Employee becomes incapacitated or ill or otherwise is unable to fulfill his obligations for a period of more than sixty (60) days.


11.7     Layoff .  If the Employee is laid off without cause and Employer cash flow and earnings are positive the Employee will be paid three (3) months severance within ninety (90) days of the layoff.


12.

Survival .  Without limiting the survival of other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of paragraphs 7 and 8 shall survive Employee’s Termination and the expiration of the term or any extension of this Agreement, irrespective of reason therefore.


13.

Review By Counsel .  Employee acknowledges that he has had an opportunity to seek advice and counsel from his own legal representative, and that in determining whether to execute this Agreement, he is not relying on Employer or its counsel for legal advice.


14.

Miscellaneous .


14.1.

Assignment .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the heirs and personal representative of Employee and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Employer and its successors and assigns.  However, neither Employee nor Employer may assign, transfer, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of its or his rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and any such attempt to assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or hypothecate without such consent shall be null and void.


14.2

Attorneys’ Fees .  If a dispute arises from this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to collect its reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, from the losing party.


14.3

Alternative Dispute Resolution .  Any dispute between Employer and Employee regarding any term, provision or breach of  provision of this Agreement shall be resolved through binding arbitration by an arbitrator mutually agreed upon by Employer and Employee.  


14.4.

Venue and Choice of Law .  Any disputes between the parties resolved pursuant to Section 13.3 shall be adjudicated in Phoenix, Arizona, unless otherwise agreed by both parties in writing and such disputes shall be governed by Arizona substantive and procedural law.  


14.5.

Complete Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to Employer’s employment of Employee and constitutes the complete understanding between the parties with respect to Employer's employment of Employee.  No statement, representation, warranty or covenant made by either party with respect to Employee’s employment will be binding unless expressly set forth in this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be altered, modified or amended except by written instrument signed by each of the parties.


14.6.

Counterparts .  The parties may execute this Agreement in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


14.7.

Headings .  The paragraph headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not expand, modify, limit or define the text of this Agreement.


14.8.

Notices .  Any notice or other communication required or made under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed or telexed, or sent by registered, certified or express mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed or telexed, or, if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, to the recipient at the following address (or to such other address as the recipient may designate by giving written notice):


 

To Employee:

Kevin J. Asher

2116 E. Beautiful Lane

Phoenix, AZ 85042


To Employer:

Calibrus, Inc.

1225 W. Washington St. Suite 213

Tempe, AZ 85281



14.9.

Severability; Blue Pencilling .  If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, in whole or in part, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected.  In addition, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is deemed unenforceable as written, a tribunal of competent jurisdiction deciding any dispute between the parties may amend such provisions by deleting or limiting clauses or portions of such provision as are necessary to cause such provision to be enforceable under the applicable law.

  

14.10.

Waivers .  A written waiver, or successive written waivers, by either party of any breach or default by the other party of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall not operate as a wavier, or custom of waiver, of any other breach or default, whether similar to or different from the breach or default waived.  No wavier shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged.


14.11.

Effective Date; No Conflict .  Employee represents and warrants to Employer that his employment by Employer and his performance of his duties and activities hereunder, does not and will not breach any contract or agreement to which Employee is a party or is subject, or breach any duty Employee has to keep in confidence the proprietary information or intellectual property rights of another.     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of February 5, 2008.

 

Holmes:                                                                Employer

                                                                            CALIBRUS, INC.

 

 

By:________________________                        By:__________________________

     Kevin J. Asher                                                       Jeff W. Holmes

                                                                                   Chief Executive Officer



 

CALIBRUS, INC.


2001 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


 

Calibrus, Inc.

2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan



Calibrus, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), hereby adopts this 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), this 2nd day of January, 2001, under which options to acquire stock of the Company may be granted from time to time to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.


1.

Purpose of the Plan .  The Plan is intended to aid the Company in maintaining and developing a management team, attracting qualified officers and employees capable of assisting in the future success of the Company, and rewarding those individuals who have contributed to the success of the Company.  It is designed to aid the Company in retaining the services of executives and employees and in attracting new personnel when needed for future operations and growth and to provide such personnel with an incentive to remain employees of the Company, to use their best efforts to promote the success of the Company's business, and to provide them with an opportunity to obtain or increase a proprietary interest in the Company.  The above aims will be effectuated through the granting of options ("Options") to purchase shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the "Stock"), subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.  It is intended that the Options issued pursuant to this Plan include, when designated as such at the time of grant, options which qualify as Incentive Stock Options ("Incentive Options") within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or any amendment or successor provision of like tenor.


2.

Shareholder Approval .  The Plan shall become effective immediately on adoption by the board of directors of the Company (the "Board").  However, any rights granted under the Plan shall be conditioned on the approval of the Plan by the Company's shareholders in the manner set forth below:


(a)

Within 12 months after the Plan has been adopted by the Board, the Plan shall be submitted for approval by those shareholders of the Company who are entitled to vote on such matters at a duly held shareholders' meeting or approved by the unanimous written consent of the holders of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Company.  If the Plan is presented at a shareholders' meeting, it shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Stock in attendance, in person or by proxy, at such meeting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may be approved by the shareholders in any other manner not inconsistent with the Company's articles of incorporation and bylaws, the applicable provisions of state corporate laws, and the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations adopted thereunder.


(b)

In the event the Plan is so approved, the secretary of the Company shall, as soon as practicable following the date of final approval, prepare and attach to this Plan certified copies of all relevant resolutions adopted by the shareholders and the Board.  All Options previously granted under this Plan shall be deemed to have been granted as of the date of approval by the shareholders.


(c)

In the event the Plan is not approved by the shareholders on or before the date that is one year subsequent to the date of this Plan, all Options previously granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have been granted as of the date that is one year subsequent to the date of this Plan and any Options granted thereafter shall be deemed to be granted as of the date of the grant under the terms of this Plan.  As a result of the failure to obtain shareholder approval within the time specified, none of the Options issued under this Plan will qualify as Incentive Options and none of the Options deemed issued prior to shareholder approval will qualify for the exemption provided in Rule 16b-3.


3.

Administration of the Plan .  Administration of the Plan shall be determined by the Board.  Subject to compliance with applicable provisions of the governing law, the Board may delegate administration of the Plan or specific administrative duties with respect to the Plan, on such terms and to



such committees of the Board as it deems proper.  Any Option approved by the Board shall be approved by a majority vote of those members of the Board in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present.  Any Option approved by a committee designated by the Board shall be approved as specified by the Board at the time of delegation.  The interpretation and construction of the terms of the Plan by the Board or a duly authorized committee shall be final and binding on all participants in the Plan absent a showing of demonstrable error.  No member of the Board or duly authorized committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.


Transactions under this Plan involving officers, directors, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of any class of equity security registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 ("Rule 16b-3") promulgated under the Exchange Act or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor.  To the extent any provisions of the Plan, or any action taken by an administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board or the duly authorized committee.


4.

Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan .  A total of four hundred twenty five thousand (425,000) shares of Stock may be subject to, or issued pursuant to, Options granted under the terms of this Plan.  To the extent permitted for plans qualifying under Rule 16b-3, (i) any shares subject to an Option under the Plan, which Option for any reason expires or is forfeited, terminated, or surrendered unexercised as to such shares, shall be added back to the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the terms of this Plan, and (ii) if any right to acquire Stock granted under the Plan is exercised by the delivery of shares of Stock or the relinquishment of rights to shares of Stock, only the net shares of Stock issued (the shares of Stock issued less the shares of Stock surrendered) shall count against the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the terms of this Plan.


5.

Reservation of Stock on Granting of Option .  At the time of granting any Option under the terms of this Plan, there will be reserved for issuance on the exercise of the Option the number of shares of Stock of the Company subject to such Option.  The Company may reserve either authorized but unissued shares or issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company.


6.

Eligibility .  Options under the Plan may be granted to employees, including officers, of the Company or its subsidiaries, as may be existing from time to time, as may be deemed in the best interest of the Company by the Board or a duly authorized committee.  Such Options shall be in the amounts, and shall have the rights and be subject to the restrictions, as may be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee, all as may be within the general provisions of this Plan.


7.

Term of Options and Certain Limitations on Right to Exercise .


(a)

Each Option shall have the term established by the Board or duly authorized committee at the time the Option is granted but in no event may an Option have a term in excess of five years.


(b)

The term of the Option, once it is granted, may be reduced only as provided for in this Plan under the written provisions of the Option.


(c)

Unless otherwise specifically provided by the written provisions of the Option, no holder or his or her legal representative, legatee, or distributee will be, or shall be deemed to be, a holder of any shares subject to an Option unless and until the holder exercises his or her right to acquire all or a portion of the Stock subject to the Option and delivers the required consideration to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Plan and then only to the extent of the number of shares of Stock acquired.  Except as specifically provided in this Plan or as otherwise specifically provided by the written provisions of the Option, no adjustment to the exercise price or the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock subject to the Option is acquired by the holder.

 

(d)

Options under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable at such time or times and on such terms as the Board or a duly authorized committee may determine at the time of the grant of the Option.


(e)

Options granted under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, further restrictions on the vesting and exercise of the Option, as the Board or a duly authorized committee shall deem advisable.


(f)

In no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of its term.


8.

Exercise Price .  The exercise price of each Option issued under the Plan shall be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee on the date of grant.


9.

Payment of Exercise Price .  The exercise of any Option shall be contingent on receipt by the Company of cash, certified bank check to its order, or other consideration acceptable to the Company; provided, that at the discretion of the Board or a duly authorized committee, the written provisions of the Option made provide that payment can be made in whole or in part in shares of Stock of the Company, which Stock shall be valued at its then fair market value as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee, or by the surrender or cancellation of other rights to Stock of the Company.  Any consideration approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee, that calls for the payment of the exercise price over a period of more than one year shall provide for interest, which shall not be included as part of the exercise price, that is equal to or exceeds the imputed interest provided for in section 483 of the Code or any amendment or successor section of like tenor.


10.

Withholding .  If the grant or exercise of an Option pursuant to this Plan is subject to withholding or other trust fund payment requirements of the Code or applicable state or local laws, such requirements may, at the discretion of the Board or a duly authorized committee at the time of the grant of the Option and to the extent permitted by the terms of the Option and the then governing provisions of the Code and the Exchange Act, be met (i) by the holder of the Option either delivering shares of Stock or canceling Options or other rights to acquire Stock with a fair market value equal to such requirements; (ii) by the Company withholding shares of Stock subject to the Option with a fair market value equal to such requirements; or (iii) by the Company making such withholding or other trust fund payment and the Option holder reimbursing the Company such amount paid within 10 days after written demand therefor from the Company.


11.

Incentive Options .  In addition to the other restrictions and provisions of this Plan, any Option granted hereunder that is intended to be an Incentive Option shall meet the following further requirements:


(a)

The exercise price of an Incentive Option shall not be less than the fair market value of the Stock on the date the Incentive Option is granted as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee and permitted by the applicable provisions of the Code or the greater of 100% of the average trading price of the Company's Stock over a ten (10) day trading period immediately prior to the date of the grant as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee based on an independent reliable source or 100% of the cash offering price at which Stock of the Company was sold for cash (excluding the exercise of other options conversion rights, or similar rights granted by the Company) within one year prior to the date of grant.


(b)

No Incentive Option may be granted under the Plan to any individual that owns (either of record or beneficially) Stock possessing more than 10% of the combined voting power of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation unless both the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the Stock on the date the Option is granted and the Incentive Option by its terms is not exercisable more than five years after the date it is granted.

 

(c)

Incentive Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries and only in connection with that employee's employment by the Company or the subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the above, directors and other individuals who have contributed to the success of the Company or its subsidiaries may be granted Incentive Options under the Plan, subject to, and to the extent permitted by, applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, as they may be amended from time to time.


(d)

The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date the Incentive Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year under the Plan (and all other plans of the Company and its subsidiaries) may not exceed $100,000.


(e)

No Incentive Option shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of the optionee, only by the optionee to whom the Incentive Option is granted.


(f)

No stock appreciation rights or other rights can be granted in tandem with an Incentive Option.


(g)

No individual acquiring shares of Stock pursuant to any Incentive Option granted under this Plan shall sell, transfer, or otherwise convey the Stock until after the date that is both two years from the date the Incentive Option was granted and one year from the date the Stock was acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Incentive Option.  If any individual makes a disqualifying disposition, he or she shall notify the Company within 30 days of such transaction.


(h)

No Incentive Option may be exercised unless the holder was, within three months of such exercise, and had been since the date the Incentive Option was granted, an eligible employee of the Company as specified in the applicable provisions of the Code, unless the employment was terminated as a result of the death or disability (as defined in the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder as they may be amended from time to time) of the employee or the employee dies within three months of the termination.  In the event of termination as a result of disability, the holder shall have a one year period following termination in which to exercise the Incentive Option.  In the event of death of the holder, the Incentive Option must be exercised within six months of the issuance of letters testamentary or administration or the appointment of an administrator, executor, or personal representative, but not later than one year after the date of termination of employment.  An authorized absence or leave approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee for a period of 90 days or less shall not be considered an interruption of employment for any purpose under the Plan.


(i)

All Incentive Options shall be deemed to contain such other limitations and restrictions as are necessary to conform the Incentive Option to the requirements for "incentive stock options" as defined in section 422 of the Code, or any amendment or successor statute of like tenor.


All of the foregoing restrictions and limitations are based on the governing provisions of the Code as of the date of adoption of this Plan.  If at any time the Code is amended to permit the qualification of an Option as an incentive stock option without one or more of the foregoing restrictions or limitations or the terms of such restrictions or limitations are modified, the Board or a duly authorized committee may grant Incentive Options, and may modify outstanding Incentive Options in accordance with such changes, all to the extent that such action by the Board or duly authorized committee does not disqualify the Options from treatment as incentive stock options under the provisions of the Code as may be amended from time to time.


12.

Awards to Directors and Officers .  Options granted under the Plan to directors and officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor) intended to qualify for the exemption from section 16(b) of the Exchange Act provided in Rule 16b-3 shall be subject to the following requirements, in addition to the other restrictions and limitations set forth in this Plan:


(a)

The selection of any director or officer, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option granted to such director or officer, and the terms of the Option shall be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee, composed of two or more directors of the Company, all of whom are disinterested persons (as defined in Rule 16b-3).


(b)

With respect to any award, the exercise price may not be less than the minimum required by applicable state law.


(c)

Approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company shall have been solicited substantially in accordance with the rules and regulations in effect under section 14(a) of the Exchange Act or any amendment or successor statute in effect at the time of the approval or, if the Company is not subject to section 14(a) of the Exchange Act at the time of shareholder approval, such information as would have been required concerning the Plan is provided to the shareholders at the first annual meeting of shareholders subsequent to the Company becoming subject to such rules.


(d)

The Option or, if exercised, the Stock acquired on exercise, may not be transferred prior to six months subsequent to the date of the grant of the Option.


(e)

The Option may not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title 1 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.


(f)

Any cash settlement of Options, withholding of shares of Stock to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of the Company under the Code, or surrender or withholding of shares of Stock to pay the exercise price of the Option, shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor.


All of the foregoing restrictions and limitations are based on the governing provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as of the date of adoption of this Plan.  If at any time the governing provisions are amended to permit an Option to be granted or exercised pursuant to Rule 16b-3 or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor without one or more of the foregoing restrictions or limitations, or the terms of such restrictions or limitations are modified, the Board or a duly authorized committee may issue Options to directors and officers, and may modify outstanding Options, in accordance with such changes, all to the extent that such action by the Board or a duly authorized committee does not disqualify the Options from exemption under the provisions of Rule 16b-3 or any amendment or successor rule of similar tenor.


13.

Dilution or Other Adjustment .  In the event that the number of shares of Stock of the Company from time to time issued and outstanding is increased pursuant to a stock split or a stock dividend, the number of shares of Stock then covered by each outstanding Option granted hereunder shall be increased proportionately, with no increase in the total purchase price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan shall be increased by the same proportion.  In the event that the number of shares of Stock of the Company from time to time issued and outstanding is reduced by a combination or consolidation of shares, the number of shares of Stock then covered by each outstanding Option granted hereunder shall be reduced proportionately, with no reduction in the total purchase price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan shall be reduced by the same proportion.  In the event that the Company should transfer assets to another corporation and distribute the stock of such other corporation without the surrender of Stock of the Company, and if such distribution is not taxable as a dividend and no gain or loss is recognized by reason of section 355 of the Code or any amendment or successor statute of like tenor, then the total purchase price of the Stock then covered by each outstanding Option shall be reduced by an amount that bears the same ratio to the total purchase price then in effect as the market value of the stock distributed in respect

of a share of the Stock of the Company, immediately following the distribution, bears to the aggregate of the market value at such time of a share of the Stock of the Company plus the stock distributed in respect thereof.  In the event that the Company distributes the stock of a subsidiary to its shareholders, makes a distribution of a major portion of its assets, or otherwise distributes significant portion of the value of its issued and outstanding Stock to its shareholders, the number of shares then subject to each outstanding Option and the Plan, or the exercise price of each outstanding Option, may be adjusted in the reasonable discretion of the Board or a duly authorized committee.  All such adjustments shall be made by the Board or duly authorized committee, whose determination upon the same, absent demonstrable error, shall be final and binding on all participants under the Plan.  No fractional shares shall be issued, and any fractional shares resulting from the computations pursuant to this section shall be eliminated from the respective Option.  No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends, for the issuance of additional shares of Stock for consideration approved by the Board, or for the issuance to stockholders of rights to subscribe for additional Stock or other securities.


14.

Options to Foreign Nationals .  The Board or a duly authorized committee may, in order to fulfill the purposes of this Plan and without amending the Plan, grant Options to foreign nationals or individuals residing in foreign countries that contain provisions, restrictions, and limitations different from those set forth in this Plan and the Options made to United States residents in order to recognize differences among the countries in law, tax policy, and custom.  Such grants shall be made in an attempt to provide such individuals with essentially the same benefits as contemplated by a grant to United States residents under the terms of this Plan.


15.

Assignment .  No Option granted under this Plan shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Code.  Except as permitted by the foregoing, each Option granted under the Plan and the rights and privileges thereby conferred shall not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process.  On any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the Option, or of any right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to the provisions thereof, or on the levy of any attachment or similar process on such rights and privileges, the Option and such rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void.


16.

Effect of Termination of Employment .  In the event that any holder is terminated or resigns from his or her position with the Company or a subsidiary within six months of the grant of an award, any unexercised portion of such Option shall immediately become null and void and such holder shall have no further rights thereunder.  In the event that any officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary is terminated at any time for, in the determination of the Board or a duly authorized committee, gross negligence in the performance of his or her duties, substantial failure to meet written standards established by the Company for the performance of his or her duties, criminal misconduct, or willful or gross misconduct in the performance of his or her duties, the Board or a duly authorized committee may cancel any and all rights such individual may have in the unexercised portion of any Option held at the time of termination.  The Board or a duly authorized committee may, at the time of the grant of the Option, establish any other restrictions on the exercise of such Option subsequent to the termination or resignation of any individual that it deems appropriate.


17.

Listing and Registration of Shares .  Each Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary or desirable to list, register, or qualify the shares covered thereby on any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or obtain the consent or approval of any governmental agency or regulatory body as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless and until such listing, registration, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.


18.

Expiration and Termination of the Plan .  The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any time by the Board or a duly authorized committee except with respect to any Options then granted but not exercised under the Plan.  The Plan shall otherwise terminate on the earlier of the date that is:  (i) ten years after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board; or (ii) ten years after the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.


19.

Form of Options .  Options granted under the Plan shall be represented by a written agreement which shall be executed by the Company and the holder and which shall contain such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee and permitted under the terms of this Plan.  Option agreements evidencing Incentive Options shall contain such terms and conditions, among others, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board or a duly authorized committee to qualify them as incentive stock options under section 422 of the Code or any amendment or successor statute of like tenor.


20.

No Right of Employment.  Nothing contained in this Plan or any Option awarded pursuant to this Plan shall be construed as conferring on a director, officer, or employee any right to continue or remain as a director, officer, or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries.


21.

Amendment of the Plan .  This Plan may not be amended more than once during any six month period, other than to comport with changes in the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Subject to the foregoing and the limitations of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor, the Board or a duly authorized committee may modify and amend the Plan in any respect; provided, however, that to the extent such amendment or modification would cause the Plan to no longer comply with the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act with respect to Options granted to officers or directors under Rule 16b-3 or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor or with the provisions of the Code governing incentive stock options as they may be amended from time to time, such amendment or modification shall also be approved by the shareholders of the Company.


Subject only to the prohibition against amending this Plan more than once during any six month period, the Plan shall be deemed to be automatically amended as is necessary (i) with respect to the issuance of Incentive Options, to maintain the Plan in compliance with the provisions of section 422 of the Code, and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, or any amendment or successor statute thereto, and (ii) with respect to Options granted to officers and directors of the Company, to maintain the Plan in compliance with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any amendment or successor rule of like tenor.



Calibrus, Inc.



By:_________________________________

     Dave Biggs, President


ATTEST:

  The undersigned hereby attests to this Calibrus, Inc. 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan.


 Calibrus, Inc.


                                                                                  By: _______________________________

                              

      Gregg Holmes, Secretary

























CALBRUS, INC.


2001 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN










CALBRUS, INC.

2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan



Calbrus, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), hereby adopts this 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), this 2nd day of January, 2001, under which options to acquire stock of the Company may be granted from time to time to employees and consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries.  In addition, at the discretion of the board of directors, options to acquire stock of the Company may from time to time be granted under this Plan to other individuals who contribute to the success of the Company or its subsidiaries and are not employees of the Company, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.


1.

Purpose of the Plan .  The Plan is intended to aid the Company in maintaining and developing a management team, attracting qualified officers and employees capable of assisting in the future success of the Company, and rewarding those individuals who have contributed to the success of the Company.  It is designed to aid the Company in retaining the services of executives and employees and in attracting new personnel when needed for future operations and growth and to provide such personnel with an incentive to remain employees of the Company, to use their best efforts to promote the success of the Company's business, and to provide them with an opportunity to obtain or increase a proprietary interest in the Company.  It is also designed to permit the Company to reward those individuals who are not employees of the Company but who are perceived by management as having contributed to the success of the Company or who are important to the continued business and operations of the Company.  The above aims will be effectuated through the granting of options ("Options") to purchase shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the "Stock"), subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.


2.

Effective Date .  The Plan shall become effective immediately on adoption by the board of directors of the Company (the "Board").


3.

Administration of the Plan .  Administration of the Plan shall be determined by the Board.  Subject to compliance with applicable provisions of the governing law, the Board may delegate administration of the Plan or specific administrative duties with respect to the Plan, on such terms and to such committees of the Board as it deems proper.  Any Option approved by the Board shall be approved by a majority vote of those members of the Board in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present.  Any Option approved by a committee designated by the Board shall be approved as specified by the Board at the time of delegation.  The interpretation and construction of the terms of the Plan by the Board or a duly authorized committee shall be final and binding on all participants in the Plan absent a showing of demonstrable error.  No member of the Board or duly authorized committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.


4.

Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan .  A total of one million seventy five thousand (1,075,000) shares of Stock may be subject to, or issued pursuant to, Options granted under the terms of this Plan. Any shares subject to an Option under the Plan, which Option for any reason expires or is forfeited, terminated, or surrendered unexercised as to such shares, shall be added back to the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the terms of this Plan, and if any right to acquire Stock granted under the Plan is exercised by the delivery of shares of Stock or the relinquishment of rights to shares of Stock, only the net shares of Stock issued (the shares of Stock issued less the shares of Stock surrendered) shall count against the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the terms of this Plan.


5.

Reservation of Stock on Granting of Option .  At the time of granting any Option under the terms of this Plan, there will be reserved for issuance on the exercise of the Option the number of shares of Stock of the Company subject to such Option.  The Company may reserve either authorized but unissued shares or issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company.

 

6.

Eligibility .  Options under the Plan may be granted to employees, including officers, and directors of the Company or its subsidiaries, as may be existing from time to time, and to other individuals who are not employees of the Company, but performed bona fide services to the Company, as may be deemed in the best interest of the Company by the Board or a duly authorized committee.  Such Options shall be in the amounts, and shall have the rights and be subject to the restrictions, as may be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee, all as may be within the general provisions of this Plan.


7.

Term of Options and Certain Limitations on Right to Exercise .


(a)

Each Option shall have the term established by the Board or duly authorized committee at the time the Option is granted but in no event may an Option have a term in excess of five (5) years.


(b)

The term of the Option, once it is granted, may be reduced only as provided for in this Plan and under the written provisions of the Option.


(c)

Unless otherwise specifically provided by the written provisions of the Option, no holder or his or her legal representative, legatee, or distributee will be, or shall be deemed to be, a holder of any shares subject to an Option unless and until the holder exercises his or her right to acquire all or a portion of the Stock subject to the Option and delivers the required consideration to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Plan and then only to the extent of the number of shares of Stock acquired.  Except as specifically provided in this Plan or as otherwise specifically provided by the written provisions of the Option, no adjustment to the exercise price or the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock subject to the Option is acquired by the holder.


(d)

Options under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable at such time or times and on such terms as the Board or a duly authorized committee may determine at the time of the grant of the Option.


(e)

Options granted under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, further restrictions on the vesting and exercise of the Option, as the Board or a duly authorized committee shall deem advisable.


(f)

In no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of its term.


8.

Exercise Price .  The exercise price of each Option issued under the Plan shall be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee on the date of grant.


9.

Payment of Exercise Price .  The exercise of any Option shall be contingent on receipt by the Company of cash, certified bank check to its order, or other consideration acceptable to the Company; provided, that at the discretion of the Board or a duly authorized committee, the written provisions of the Option may provide that payment can be made in whole or in part in shares of Stock of the Company, which Stock shall be valued at its then fair market value as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee, or by the surrender or cancellation of other rights to Stock of the Company.  Any consideration approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee, that calls for the payment of the exercise price over a period of more than one year shall provide for interest, which shall not be included as part of the exercise price, that is equal to or exceeds the imputed interest provided for in section 483 of the Code or any amendment or successor section of like tenor.


10.

Withholding .  If the grant or exercise of an Option pursuant to this Plan is subject to withholding or other trust fund payment requirements of the Code or applicable state or local laws, such requirements may, at the discretion of the Board or a duly authorized committee and to the extent permitted by the terms of the Option and the then governing provisions of the Code and the Exchange Act, be met (i) by the holder of the Option either delivering shares of Stock or canceling Options or other rights to acquire Stock with a fair market value equal to such requirements; (ii) by the Company withholding shares of Stock subject to the Option with a fair market value equal to such requirements; or (iii) by the Company making such withholding or other trust fund payment and the Option holder reimbursing the Company such amount paid within 10 days after written demand therefor from the Company.


11.

Dilution or Other Adjustment .  In the event that the number of shares of Stock of the Company from time to time issued and outstanding is increased pursuant to a stock split or a stock dividend, the number of shares of Stock then covered by each outstanding Option granted hereunder shall be increased proportionately, with no increase in the total purchase price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan shall be increased by the same proportion.  In the event that the number of shares of Stock of the Company from time to time issued and outstanding is reduced by a combination or consolidation of shares, the number of shares of Stock then covered by each outstanding Option granted hereunder shall be reduced proportionately, with no reduction in the total purchase price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan shall be reduced by the same proportion.  In the event that the Company should transfer assets to another corporation and distribute the stock of such other corporation without the surrender of Stock of the Company, and if such distribution is not taxable as a dividend and no gain or loss is recognized by reason of section 355 of the Code or any amendment or successor statute of like tenor, then the total purchase price of the Stock then covered by each outstanding Option shall be reduced by an amount that bears the same ratio to the total purchase price then in effect as the market value of the stock distributed in respect of a share of the Stock of the Company, immediately following the distribution, bears to the aggregate of the market value at such time of a share of the Stock of the Company plus the stock distributed in respect thereof.  In the event that the Company distributes the stock of a subsidiary to its shareholders, makes a distribution of a major portion of its assets, or otherwise distributes significant portion of the value of its issued and outstanding Stock to its shareholders, the number of shares then subject to each outstanding Option and the Plan, or the exercise price of each outstanding Option, may be adjusted in the reasonable discretion of the Board or a duly authorized committee.  All such adjustments shall be made by the Board or duly authorized committee, whose determination upon the same, absent demonstrable error, shall be final and binding on all participants under the Plan.  No fractional shares shall be issued, and any fractional shares resulting from the computations pursuant to this section shall be eliminated from the respective Option.  No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends, for the issuance of additional shares of Stock for consideration approved by the Board, or for the issuance to stockholders of rights to subscribe for additional Stock or other securities.


12.

Options to Foreign Nationals .  The Board or a duly authorized committee may, in order to fulfill the purposes of this Plan and without amending the Plan, grant Options to foreign nationals or individuals residing in foreign countries that contain provisions, restrictions, and limitations different from those set forth in this Plan and the Options made to United States residents in order to recognize differences among the countries in law, tax policy, and custom.  Such grants shall be made in an attempt to provide such individuals with essentially the same benefits as contemplated by a grant to United States residents under the terms of this Plan.


13.

Assignment .  No Option granted under this Plan shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Code.  Except as permitted by the foregoing, each Option granted under the Plan and the rights and privileges thereby conferred shall not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process.  On any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the Option, or of any right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to the provisions thereof, or on the levy of any attachment or similar process on such rights and privileges, the Option and such rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void.


14.

Effect of Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the option grant, in the event that any holder is terminated or resigns from his or her position with the Company or a subsidiary within six months of the grant of an award, any unexercised portion of such Option shall immediately become null and void and such holder shall have no further rights thereunder.  In the event that any officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary is terminated at any time for, in the determination of the Board or a duly authorized committee, gross negligence in the performance of his or her duties, substantial failure to meet written standards established by the Company and agreed to by the officer or employee for the performance of his or her duties, criminal misconduct, or willful or gross misconduct in the performance of his or her duties, the Board or a duly authorized committee may cancel any and all rights such individual may have in the unexercised portion of any Option held at the time of termination.  The Board or a duly authorized committee may, at the time of the grant of the Option, establish any other restrictions on the exercise of such Option subsequent to the termination or resignation of any individual that it deems appropriate.  Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the option grant, the foregoing paragraph shall not apply to consultants who are issued options.


15.

Listing and Registration of Shares .  Each Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary or desirable to list, register, or qualify the shares covered thereby on any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or obtain the consent or approval of any governmental agency or regulatory body as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless and until such listing, registration, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.


16.

Expiration and Termination of the Plan .  The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any time by the Board or a duly authorized committee except with respect to any Options then granted but not yet exercised  under the Plan.  The Plan shall otherwise terminate on the earlier of the date that is:  (i) ten years after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board; or (ii) ten years after the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.


17.

Form of Options .  Options granted under the Plan shall be represented by a written agreement which shall be executed by the Company and the holder and which shall contain such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee and permitted under the terms of this Plan.


18.

No Right of Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan or any Option awarded pursuant to this Plan shall be construed as conferring on a director, officer, or employee any right to continue or remain as a director, officer, or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries.


19.

Amendment of the Plan .  This Plan may not be amended more than once during any six month period, other than to comport with changes in the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Subject to the foregoing and the limitations, the Board or a duly authorized committee may modify and amend the Plan in any respect.


Calbrus, Inc.



By:____________________________

      Dave Biggs, President


ATTEST:

  The undersigned hereby attests to this Calbrus, Inc. 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.


Calbrus, Inc.



By: ___________________________

                                                                                              Gregg Holmes, Secretary









THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE OFFEERED OR SOLD UNLESS AT THE TIME OF SUCH OFFER OR SALE, THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SALE DELIVERS A PROSPECTUS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS'OF SECTION 10 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"),FORMING A PART OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO, WHICH IS EFFECTIVE UNDER SAID ACT, UNLESS IN TIIE OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE CORPORATION, SUCH OFFER AND SALEIS EXEMPT FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF SAID ACT.


CALIBRUS, INC.


STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


(2001 Amended and Restated Incentive Qualified Stock Option Plan)


PART I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT.


The Company has granted an option to the Holder to -purchase Common Stock. of the Company, subject to the. terms and conditions of the Plan. and :this Option Agreement, as fellows:.


Holder's Name and Address:

______________________

C/o Calibrus, Inc.

1225 West Washington Street, Suite 213 Tempe, Arizona 85251


Date of Grant:

______________________


Exercise Price per Share:

______________________


Total Number of Shares Granted

______________________


Total Exercise Price:

______________________


Type of Option:

___ _ Incentive -Stock Option


____ Nonstatutory Stock Option


Term/Expiration Date:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

All Shares vest upon grant.


Termination Period:

This Option may be exercised for ninety (90) days after termination of the Optionee's employment with the Company. Upon the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised for such longer period as provided in the Plan. If the Optionee changes in status from Employee to Consultant, this Option Agreement shall remain in effect. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date provided above.





PART II. AGREEMENT.

This Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the date of grant named in the Notice of Grant in Part I above (the "Grant Date") between CALIBRUS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and the person set forth above (the "Holder"). This Option is granted under the 2001 Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Company.


WHEREAS, the Company, through its Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Board"), has determined that in order to attract qualified persons to become employees and encourage employees of the Company to purchase and own the common stock of the Company, thereby promoting their increased interest in the Company's affairs, growth and development, it should offer employees of the Company chance to participate financially in the success of the Company by obtaining an equity interest in it,


WHEREAS , to encourage such. interest the Company determined to grant Optionee options effective as of the date , of this Agreement pursuant to resolution of the Board; and


WHEREAS, by this Agreement, the Company and the Holder desire to establish the terms upon which the Company will grant to the Holder and the Holder will accept this Option from the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and the Holder hereby agree as follows:


1.

Grant of Option.


     1.1 Grant of Option. The Board of Directors of the Company hereby grants to the Holder (the "Option") to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price"), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSW).


     1.2

Manner of Exercise.


          1.2.1 The Holder may exercise this Option, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Option with the form of subscription attached hereto duly executed to the Company at its corporate office together with the fall Purchase Price payable in (i) cash, (ii) withheld Shares upon exercise of an Option having a Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised equal to the Option price (plus the applicable withholding tax) with the prior approval of the Company, (iii) with Shares owned by the Holder upon exercise of an Option having a Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised equal to the Option Price (plus the applicable withholding tax) with the prior approval of the Company, (iv) any combination of the foregoing, or (v) a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

          1.2.2 Upon receipt of this Option with the form of subscription duly executed and accompanied by payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the Shares for which this Option is then being exercised, the Company shall cause to be issued certificates or other evidence of ownership for the total number of whole Shares for which this Option is being exercised in such denominations as are required for delivery to the Holder, and the Company shall thereupon deliver such documents to the Holder or its nominee.

 

          1.2.3 If the Holder exercises this Option with respect to fewer than all of the Shares that may be purchased under this Option, the Company shall execute a new Option for the balance of the Shares that may be purchased upon exercise of this Option and deliver such new Option to the Holder.


          1.2.4 The Company covenants and agrees to pay when due and payable any and all taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue of this Option, or the issue of any Shares upon the exercise of this Option. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of this Option or of the Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender, and until the payment of such tax, the Company shall not: e required to issue such Shares.


          1.2.5 The Company shall, at the time of any exercise of all or pert of this Option, upon the request of the Holder hereof, acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to afford to such Holder any rights to which such Holders shall continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with the provisions of this Option, provided that if the Holder of this Option fails to make any such request, such failure shall not affect the continuing obligations of the Company to afford any such rights to such Holder.


     1.3 Exchange of Option. This Option may be split-up, combined or exchanged for another Option or Options of like tenor to purchase a like aggregate number of Shares. If the Holder desires to split-up, combine or exchange this Option, it shall make such request in writing delivered to the Company at its corporate office and shall surrender this Option and any other Options to be so split-up, combined or exchanged, the Company shall execute and deliver to the person entitled thereto an Option or Options, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company shall not be required to effect any split-up, combination or exchange which will result in the issuance of an Option entitling the Holder to purchase upon exercise a fraction of a Share. The Company may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any split-up, combination or exchange of Options. The term "Option" as used herein includes any Options issued in substitution for or replacement of this Option., or into which this Option may be divided or exchanged.


     1.4 Holder as Owner. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Option, the Company may deem and treat the Holder as the absolute owner of this Option (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon) for the purpose of any exercise hereof and for all. other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary. Irrespective of the date of issue and delivery of certificates for any Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option, each person in whose name any such certificate is issued shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Shares represented thereby on the date on which all or a portion of the Option surrendered in connection with the subscription therefore was surrendered and payment of the purchase price was tendered, No surrender of all or a portion of the Option on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, however, shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive Shares upon such surrender as the record holder of such Shares on such date, but such person or persons shall be constituted the record holder or holders of such Shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are opened. Each person holding any Shares received upon exercise of Option shall be entitled to receive only dividends or distributions payable to holders of record on or after the date on which such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Shares.


     1.5 Transfer and Assignment, This Option may not be sold, hypothecated, exercised, assigned or transferred except in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended the "Act").


     1.6 Method for Assignment Any assignment permitted under this Option shall be made by surrender of this Option to the Company at its principal office with the form of assignment attached hereto duly executed and funds sufficient to pay any transfer tax. In such event, the Company shall, without charge, execute and deliver a new Option in the name of the assignee designated in such instrument of assignment and this Option shall promptly be canceled. This Option may be divided or combined with other Options that carry the same rights upon presentation thereof at the corporate office of the Company together with a written notice signed by the Holder, specifying the names and denominations in which such. new Options are to be issued.


     1.7 Rights of Holder. Nothing contained in this Option shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or consent or receive notice as a stockholder in respect of any meetings of stockholders for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any tune prior to the expiration of this Option and prior to its exercise, any of the following shall occur:


          1.7.1 The Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of current or retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company;


          1.7.2 The Company shall offer to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor;


          1.7.3 There shall be proposed any capital reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or a consolidation or Merger of the Company with another entity; or


          1.7.4 There shall be proposed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Holder, at the earliest practicable tune (and, in any event, not less than thirty (30) days before any record date or other date set for definitive action), written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken to determine the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, convertible or exchangeable securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such reorganization, reclassification, sale, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be. Such notice shall also set forth such facts as shall indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Purchase Price and the kind and amount of the Common Stock and other securities and property deliverable upon exercise of this Option, Such notice shall also specify the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record shall participate in said distribution or subscription rights or shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, sale, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be (on which date, in the event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate). Without limiting the obligation of the Company to provide notice to the holder of actions hereunder, it is agreed that failure of the Company to give notice shall not invalidate such action of the Company.


     1.8 Lost Option. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Option, and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, including a surety bond if required by the Company, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Option, if mutilated, the Company will cause to be executed and delivered a new Option of like tenor and date. Any such new Option executed and delivered shall constitute an additional contractual obligation on the part of the Company, whether or not this Option so lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.


     1.9

Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:


          1.9.1 At all times it shall reserve and keep available for the exercise of this Option into Common Stock such number of authorized shares of Common Stock as are sufficient to permit the exercise in Ball of this Option into Common Stock; and


          1.9.2 All Shares issued upon exercise of the Option shall be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully-paid and non-assessable,


2.

Adjustment of Purchase Price and Number of Shares Purchasable Upon Exercise.


     2.1 Recapitalization. The number of Shares purchasable on exercise of this Option and the purchase price therefore shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the event that the Company shall: (i) pay a dividend in, or make a distribution of, shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) spin-off a subsidiary by distributing, as a dividend or otherwise, shares of the subsidiary to its stockholders. In any such case, the total number of shares purchasable on exercise of this Option immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the Holder shall be entitled to receive, at the same aggregate purchase price, the number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive immediately following the occurrence of any of the events described above had this Option been exercised in full immediately prior to the occurrence (or applicable record date) of such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 2 shall, in the case of a stock dividend or distribution, be made as of the record date and, in the case of a subdivision or combination, be made as of the effective date thereof. If, as a result of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 2, the Holder shall become entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of series of securities of the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company shall equitably determine the allocation . of the adjusted purchase price between or among shares or other units of such classes or series and shall notify the Holder of such allocation.


     2.2

Merger or Consolidation, In the event of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company or in the event the Company consolidates with or merges into another entity or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another entity, then and in each such event, the Holder, on exercise of this Option as provided herein, at any time after the consummation of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger or transfer, shall be entitled, and the documents executed to effectuate such event shall so provide, to receive the stock or other securities or property to which the Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if the Holder had exercised this Option immediately prior thereto. In such ease, the terms of this Option shall survive the consummation of any such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger or transfer and shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities or property receivable on the exercise of this Option after such consummation and as an exchange for a larger or smaller number of shares, as the case may be.


     2.3 Notice of Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2,2, "Merger or Consolidation," in the case of any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in connection with a plan of complete liquidation of the Company, or in the case of the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, all rights under this Option shall terminate on a date fixed by the Company, such date so fixed to be not earlier than the date of the commencement of the proceedings for such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up and not later than thirty (30) days after such commencement data. Notice of such termination of purchase rights shall be given to the Holder at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination date.


     2.4 Statement of Adjustment: Any adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2 shall be made on the basis of the number of Shares which the Holder would have been entitled to acquire by exercise of this Option immediately prior to the event giving rise to such adjustment and as to the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the rise to such adjustment. Whenever any such adjustment is required to be made, the Company shall forthwith determine the new number of Shares which the Holder hereof shall be entitled to porchase hereunder and/or such new Purchase him and shall prepare, retain on file and transmit to the Holder within ten (10) days after such preparation a statement describing in reasonable detail the method used in calculating such adjustment.


     2.5 No Fractional Shares. The Company shall not issue any fraction of a Share in connection with the exercise of this Option, and in any case where the Holder would, except for the provisions of this Section 2.5, be entitled under the terms of this Option to receive a fraction of a Share upon such exercise, the Company shah upon the exercise and receipt of the Purchase Nee, issue the largest number of whole Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Option, The Company shall not be required to make any cash or other adjustment in respect of such fraction of a Share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled. The Heider, by the acceptance of this Option, expressly waives his right to receive a certificate for any fraction of a Share upon exercise hereof.


2.6 No Change in Form Required. The form of Option need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 2 in the Purchase Price or in the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of a Option, may state the same Purchase Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in the Options initially issued pursuant to the Agreement.


3.

Registration Under the Securities Act of 1.933.


     3.1 Registration and Legends. The Holder understands that (i) the Company has not registered the Option or the Shares under the Act, or the applicable securities laws of any state in reliance on exemptions from registration and (ii) such exemptions depend upon the Holder's investment intent at the time the Holder acquires the Option or the Shares. The Holder therefore represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Option, and will acquire the Shares, for the Holder's own account for investment and not with a view to distribution, assignment, resale or other transfer of the Option or the Shares. Because the Option and the Shares are not registered, the Holder is aware that the Holder must hold them indefinitely unless they are registered under the Act and any applicable securities laws or the Holder must obtain exemptions from such registration. Upon exercise, in part or in whole, of this Option, the Shares shall bear the following legend:


The shares of Common Stook represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Act or any applicable state securities laws i and they may not be offered for sale, sold, transferred, pledged or hypothecated without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities laws, or an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the company, that an exemption from such registration is available.


     3.2 No-Action Letter. The Company agrees that it will be satisfied that no post-effective amendment or new registration is required for the public sale of the Shares if it shall be presented with .a letter from the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), stating in effect that, based upon stated facts which the Company shall have no reason to believe are not true in any material respect, the Staff will not recommend any action to the Commission if such Shares are offered and sold without delivery of a prospectus, and that, therefore, no Registration Statement under which such Shares are to be registered is required to be filed.

 

     3.3 Inclusion in Company Registration Statement

 

          3.3.1 The Holder of this Option and/or Shares issued to the Holder pursuant to this Option without an effective registration statement (the "Restricted Shares") under the Act may have the right to join with the Company to register the Restricted Shares and the Shares underlying this Option (the "Underlying Shares") in a future registration statement under the Act filed by the Company with the Commission, which includes a public offering of equity securities for cash, either for the account of the Company or for the account of any other person. This right to join with the Company in a registration statement is not applicable to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission on Form S-4, S-8 or any other inappropriate form. If, at any time, the Company proposes to file a registration statement as described above with the Commission, it may, in its sole discretion, offer to include in any such filing any proposed disposition of the Restricted Shares or the Underlying Shares, In such event, the Company will, at least thirty (30) days prior to such filing, give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holder's address appearing on the records of the Company and shall. Within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the Company's notice of filing, the Holder may request registration of the Restricted Shares and/or Underlying Shares pursuant to a written request setting forth the intended method of distribution and such other data or information as the Company or its counsel shall reasonably require and such Restricted Shares and/or Underlying Shares shall be included in the registration statement to the maximum extent permissible, The Company shall supply the Holder with copies of such registration statement and of the prospectus included therein in such quantities as may be reasonably necessary for the purpose of the proposed disposition,


          3.3.2 If at the time of any request to register the Restricted Shares or Underlying Shares the Company is engaged or has fixed plans to engaged within thirty (30) days of the date of the request in a registered public offering as to which the Restricted Shares or the Underlying Shares may be included or is involved in an activity, in the good faith determination of the underwriter, in the ease of such offering, or the Board, in the case of such other activity, which would be adversely affected by the requested registration to the material detriment of the offering or the Company's activities, then the Company may, at its option, direct that the request be delayed for a period not in excess of six months from the effective date of such offering or the date of commencement of such proposed offering or such other material activity, as the case may be, unless the underwriter, in the case of the offering, or the Board, in the case of such other material activity, specifies a longer period.


     3.4

Covenants Regarding Registration, in connection with any registration under Section 3.1 hereof, the Company and the Holder covenant and agree as follows:


          3.4.1 The Company shall use its best efforts to have any Registration Statement declared effective at the earliest possible time, and shall furnish such number of prospectuses as shall be reasonably requested.


          3.4.2 The Company and the Holder shall pay their respective 'shares of all costs, fees, and expenses in connection with the Registration Statement under Section 3.3, "Inclusion in Company Registration Statement," in proportion to the dollar value of the securities being registered by each party, including, without limitation, the Company's legal and accounting fees, printing expenses, blue sky fees and expenses, except that the Company shall not pay for any of the following costs and expenses; (a) underwriting discounts and commissions allocable to the Shares, (b) state transfer taxes, (c) brokerage commissions, and (d) fees and expenses of counsel and accountants for the holders of the Shares.


          3.4.3 The Company will take all necessary action which may be required in qualifying or registering the Shares included in any Registration Statement for offering and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such states as are requested by the holders of such Shares, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to execute or file any general consent to service or process or to qualify as a foreign corporation to do business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.


     3.5

Indemnity.


          3.5.1 The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder who is registering securities pursuant to this Section (the "Seller") and each underwriter, within the meaning of the Act, who may purchase from or sell for any Seller any of the Shares from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, and liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any post-effective amendment or new registration statement or any supplemented prospectus under the Act included therein required to be filed or furnished by reason of this Section, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission based upon information furnished or required to be furnished in writing to the Company by such Seller or underwriter within the meaning of such Act; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 3.5 with respect to any prospectus which shall be subsequently amended prior to the written confirmation of sale of any Shares shall not inure to the benefit of any Seller or underwriter from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased such Shares which are the subject thereof (or to the benefit of any person controlling such Seller or underwriter), if such Seller or underwriter failed to send or give a copy of the prospectus as amended to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Shares and if such amended prospectus did not contain any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission giving rise to such cause, claim, damage, or liability.


          3.5.2 The Seller who uses the procedures under Section 3 shall indemnify and secure the agreement of any underwriter which the Seller employs to indemnify the Company, its directors, each officer signing the related post-effective amendment or registration statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of the Act from and against any losses, claims, damages, and liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any post-effective amendment or registration statement or any prospectus required to be filed or furnished by reason of this Section or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by any such Seller or underwriter expressly for use therein.


     3.6

Agreements. The agreements in this Section shall continue in effect regardless of the exercise and surrender of this Option,


Reservation of Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve, for the purpose of issuance on exercise of this Option such number of shares of Common Stock or such class or classes of capital stock or other securities as shall from time to time be sufficient to comply with this Option and the Company shall take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued Common Stock or such other class or classes of capital stock or other securities to such number as shall be sufficient for that purpose.


Survival. All agreements, covenants, representations and warranties herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Option and any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of any parties hereto and the exercise, sale and purchase of this Option (and any other securities or property) issuable on exercise hereof.


Remedies. The Company agrees that the remedies at law of the Holder, in the event of any default or threatened default by the Company in, the performance or compliance with any of the terms of this Option, may not be adequate and such terms may, in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedy, be specifically enforced by a decree of specific performance of any agreement contained herein or by an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise.


7.

Other Matters.


     7.1

Binding Effect. All the covenants and provisions of this Option by or for the benefit of the Company shall bind and inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns hereunder.


     7.2 Notices. Notices or demands pursuant to this Option to be given or made by the Holder to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed, until another address is designated in writing by the Company, as follows:



 

 

Calibrus, Inc.

1225 West Washington Street Suite 213

Tempe, Arizona 85251

Attn: President


Notices to the Holder provided for in this Option shall be deemed given or made by the Company if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Holder at the Holder's last known address as it shall appear on the books of the Company.


     7.3

Governing Law. The validity, interpretation and performance of this Option shall be governed by the laws of the State of Arizona.


     7.4 Parties Bound and Benefited. Nothing in this Option expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the Company and the Holder any right, remedy or claim under promise or agreement hereof, and all covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements contained in this Option shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and its successors and of the Holder, its successors and, if permitted, its assignees.


     7.5

Headings, The Article headings herein are for convenience only and are not part f this Option and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.


     7.6 Disputes or Disagreements. As a condition of granting of the Option herein granted, the Holder agrees, on Holder's behalf and on behalf of Holder's personal representatives, that any disputes or disagreements which may arise under or as a result of or pursuant to this Agreement, shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, and that any interpretation by the Board under the terms of this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.


8. No Guarantee of Employment. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS AN EMPLOYEE AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (AM) NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE' S EMPLOYMENT AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.


[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]



 


IN WITNESS WFITREOF, the parties have executed this Option Agreement on the day and year first above written. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Holder and the Company to be effective on the date first above written.


CALIBRUS, INC.


By: _/s/ Jeff W Holmes______________





Holder:


_________________________________

 

Address:__________________________

              __________________________




CONSENT OF SPOUSE'


The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In consideration of the Company's granting his or her spouse the right to purchase Shares as set forth in the Plan and this Option Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest shall be similarly bound. The undersigned hereby appoints the undersigned's spouse as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned with respect to any amendment or exercise of rights under the Plan or this Option Agreement.



__________________________________

Signature of Spouse of Optionee




Print Name ________________________





CALIBRUS, INC.
Assignment



FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _____________________________________

 hereby sells,

assigns and transfers unto _______________________________

the within Option
and the rights represented thereby, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

___________________________ Attorney, to transfer said Option on the books of Calm's, Inc., with full power of substitution.


Dated:

_____________________________


                                                              Signed:_____________________________


                                                              Print Name:__________________________





Subscription Form


Calibrus, Inc.
1225 West Washington Street
Suite 213
Tempe, Arizona 85251

The undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for the purchase of __________________

(

) Shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Option, and herewith makes payment, covering the purchase of the Shares, which should be delivered to the undersigned at the address stated below, and, if such number of Shares shall not be all of the Shares purchasable: hereunder, then a new Option of like tenor for the balance of the remaining Shares purchasable under this Option be delivered to the undersigned at the address stated below.


The undersigned agrees that: (1) the undersigned will not offer, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any such Shares, unless either (a) a registration statement, or post-effective amendment thereto, covering such Shares have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and such sale, transfer or other disposition is accompanied by a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Act forming a part of such registration statement, or post-effective amendment thereto, which is in effect under the Act covering the Shares to be so sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or (b) counsel to the Company satisfactory to the undersigned has rendered an opinion in writing and addressed to the Company that such proposed offer, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Shares is exempt from the provisions of Section 5 of the Act in view of the circumstances of such proposed offer, sale, transfer or other disposition,, (2) the Company may notify the transfer agent for its Common Stock that the certificates for the Common Stock acquired by the undersigned are not to be transferred unless the transfer agent receives advice from the Company that one or both of the conditions referred to in (1)(a) and (1)(b) above have been satisfied; and (3) the Company may affix the legend set forth in Section 3.1 of this Option to the certificates for Shares hereby subscribed for, if such legend is applicable.



Dated:_____________________     Signed:_____________________________________


                                                         Address:_____________________________________





[STATEMENTOFCORPORATEETHIC002.GIF]




TO:

All Employees


FROM:

Jeff Holmes

CEO


STATEMENT OF CORPORATE ETHICS


Calibrus, Inc. and its subsidiaries have a responsibility to ensure that all associates (employees) perform their duties in a manner that conforms to all applicable laws and the highest ethical standards.  All employees should familiarize themselves with this policy and feel free to address questions concerning interpretations of same with Legal Department, or me.


The Organization’s Basic Philosophy – Calibrus believes that personal integrity, as well as honest, fair and open dealings with others, are prerequisites to ensuring compliance with this policy.  This policy aids Calibrus in achieving its primary goals in maximizing both profits and shareholder’s return on invested capital.


Calibrus as a Corporate Citizen – As a corporate citizen, Calibrus has a duty to perform in a manner befitting an institution that strives to be both an economic and social asset in the communities where it operates.  In order to do this, Calibrus must use its resources to the best economic advantage, thus benefiting its customers, employees to contribute to or participate in any activity intended to improve their own community.


Equal Opportunity Employment – Calibrus is an Equal Opportunity Employer.  It is the policy of the Company, from recruitment through employment and promotion, to provide equal opportunity at all times without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, disability, qualified veteran status or age.  The Company is committed to keeping discrimination out of the work place and to evaluating employees only on the basis of their performance and abilities.  We are committed to maintaining a workplace free of harassment of any kind, including physical, emotional, sexual or verbal.  All employees are required to support, without reservation, the non-discriminatory policies of the Company.


Political Contributions – It is Calibrus’ policy not to contribute to any political party, committee or candidate for public office.  The policy does not preclude our employees from either rendering services or contributing their own resources to candidates for public office or political committees, if permitted by applicable laws.

 

Acceptance of Payment/Gifts/Improper Payments – No associate shall directly or indirectly seek or accept any payment, fees, services, or gratuities from any other person, organization or company that seeks or does business with Calibrus.  The receipt of common courtesies, sales promotion items of small value, occasional meals and reasonable entertainment appropriate to a business relationship and associated with business discussions are permitted and are considered consistent with sound business practices.


No payment or transfer of assets may be made unless it is duly authorized, properly accounted for and clearly identified in the Company’s financial records and used as stated in the supporting documentation for same.  Furthermore, no associate shall authorize any payment or the use of any funds for a bribe, “kick-back” or similar payment, which might be constructed as an attempt to obtain favorable treatment.  Under Federal legislation, it is a felony punishable by imprisonment and substantial fines to make payments of this kind to foreign government officials.


Financial Record Keeping – Calibrus’ financial records must fully and fairly reflect all expenditures and receipts.  No undisclosed or unrecorded funds shall be established for any purpose.  Attempts to create false or misleading records are forbidden, and no false or misleading entries shall be made in the Company’s financial records for any reason.


Software Duplication Policy – Calibrus licenses computer software from a variety of outside companies.  Calibrus does not own this software and its related documentation and only has the right expressly stated in the license agreement.  We must therefore strictly adhere to those terms and conditions.  According to the United States copyright laws, illegal reproduction of software can result in civil damages of $50,000 or more, as well as criminal penalties, which could include both fines and imprisonment.


Conflicts of Interest – Employees and their families are expected to be free from personal interests or actions, which may be in conflict with the goals of the Company.  The following situations, which are not intended to be all inclusive, are considered occurrences which could cause a conflict of interest: directly or indirectly owning any interest in a supplier, engaging in a business venture which could be construed as a conflict of interest or allegiance; receiving commissions, fees, loans or gifts of value derived in any way from a supplier; divulging Company information to an unauthorized recipient; or being employed by an organization in a related field while sill be employed by Calibrus.


Proprietary Information – Calibrus’ trade secrets or any other proprietary information must not be disclosed to any company or person outside Calibrus unless such disclosure is made under an approved non-disclosure agreement signed by an authorized representative of Calibrus and the outside party.  Also, employees must protect the proprietary information of Calibrus’ customers, vendors and business employees.


Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks – Employees shall not knowingly infringe or violate any other entity’s or person’s patents, copyrights or trademarks.  Further, Calibrus shall not hire any person in order to obtain a competitor’s trade secrets or confidential information.

 

In Closing – By observing the highest of ethical standards, we may take pride in our performing in a high competent, professional manner. This will ensure compliance with all applicable laws as well as a beacon to all who deal with Calibrus that Calibrus is truly the leader in all areas with a solid reputation as an exemplary organization.


In order to ensure that all employees have read and understood this policy, we requesting that all employees sign this form and return it to the Human Resource Department.  Thank you for your cooperation.



* * *


I have read this form, and am and have been in compliance with such policy except as noted below:



____________________________________________

________________________

Employee Signature

Date



____________________________________________

Name (type or print)